SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 


i 


OF THE 


BY 


JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 


1887 


con 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


OF THE 


PeoiMO LANGUAGE 


BY 


JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 


1887 . 


Mf 
a eal ode tad 
Uae eS J 


PRETACE: 


A number of years ago the writer undertook the compilation of a 
bibliography of North American languages, and in the course of his 
work visited the principal public and private libraries of the United 
States, Canada, and Northern Mexico; carried on an extensive corre- 
spondence with librarians, missionaries, and generally with persons 
interested in the subject, and examined such printed authorities as 
were at hand. The results of these researches were embodied in a 
volume of which a limited number of copies were printed and distrib- 
uted—an author’s catalogue which included all the material at that 
time in his possession.! Since its issue he has had an opportunity to 
visit the national libraries of England and France, as well as a number 
of private ones in both these countries, and a sufficient amonnt of new 
material has been collected to lead to the belief that a fairly complete 
catalogue of the works relating to each of the more important lin 
guistic stocks of North America may be prepared. The first of such 
vatalogues is the present; the second, which it is hoped to issue 
shortly, will be the Siouan. 


The people speaking the Eskimo language are more widely scattered, 
and, with perhaps two or three exceptions, cover a wider range of ter- 
ritory than those of any other of the linguistic stocks of North America. 
From Labrador, on the east, their habitations dot the coast line to the 
Aleutian Islands, on the west, and a dialect of the language is spoken 
on the coast of Northeastern Asia. As far north as the white man has 
gone remains of their deserted habitations are found, and southward 
they extend, on the east coast to latitude 50° and on the west coast to 
latitude 60°. Within this area a number of dialects are spoken, the 
principal of which will be found entered herein in their alphabetic 
order. 

Some difficulty has been encountered in deciding upon the claim of 
certain titles to admission into the bibliography. There are certain 
districts, notably in Alaska and Northeastern Asia, visited or inhabited 
by Eskimo or people closely allied to them and by other tribes not 
Eskimo. A vocabulary collected in such a ‘district may be purely 
Eskimo, or purely not Eskimo, or a mixture containing words in differ- 
ent languages and dialects. The vocabularies collected by Norden- 


1 Proof-sheets of a Bibliography of the Languages of the North American Indians, 
Washington, 1885, pp. i-xl, 1-1135, 4°. as 
iii 


IV PREFACE. 


skiéld, near Bering Strait, for example, contain Sandwich Island 
words, imported by sailors on whaling vessels, which words have come 
into general use among the Indians of that region. Vocabularies col- 
lected in Cook’s Inlet, Alaska, may be of either the Alent or Kadiak 
dialect of the Eskimo or of tribes of radically distinct linguistic stocks. 

The compiler has frequently found himself in doubt in such eases 
but has, after careful consideration, concluded that he can best serve 
the needs of students of the Eskimo by retaining all titles about which 
any reasonable doubt exists. Under this ruling it is probable that a 
few titles will be found in the list which should properly be excluded, 
but it is believed that the number of such entries is small, and that 
the usefulness of the catalogue will be greater by retaining these few 
doubtful titles, some of which should properly be excluded, than by 
excluding more rigorously, and so omitting titles which should be re- 
tained. 

The greatest deficiency will probably be found in titles relating to 
the Asiatic Eskimo. No special effort has been made to collect such 
material, and that relating to them which does appear was gathered in- 
cidentally. 

No opportunity has been lost to take titles at first hand, and there 
will be found herein a larger percentage of books and manuscripts 
described de visu, it is thought, than is usual in works of this kind. 


The earliest printed record of the language known to me is the Green- 
land vocabulary in the two editions of Olearius’s Voyage of 1656. 
The earliest treatise on the language is found in the various editions of 
Hans Egede’s work on Greenland, first printed in 1729; the next by 
Anderson in 1746. Egede’s dictionary followed closely, appearing in 
1750. The earliest text met with is the latter author’s Four Gospels, 
printed at Copenhagen in 1744, though Nyerup credits him with a work 
printed two years earlier. To the younger Egede we are indebted for 
the first grammar, which appeared at Copenhagen in 1760, 

The first text in the dialect of Labrador of which mention is made 
herein is the Harmony of the Gospels, printed at Barbime in 1800 (see 
Nalegapta), the translator of which Ido not know. There is no printed 
grammar of this dialect; but mention will be found under Freitag of a 
manuscript grammar dated 1839 and under Bourquin of another as 
about to be printed. The only dictionary is that of Erdmann of 1864. 

As to the extreme west, Veniaminoft and Netzvietoff translated and 
issued a number of texts between 1840 and 1848; also a dictionary of 
the Aleut, and a grammatic treatise of the Kadiak and Aleut, in 1846. 
The only other dictionary of any of the western dialects is that of 
Buynitzky, published in 1871. 

The only texts of the Eskimo of the middle stretch of country are 
those of the Hudson Bay people by the Rev. E. J. Peck. 


PREFACE. av; 


For a succinct statement of the order and date of publication the reader 
is referred to the chronologic index at the end of the bibliography. 

The best collection of Eskimo texts I have met with is that of Major 
Powell, of Washington; the second, perhaps, that in the library of the 
British Museum. The best collection of Arctic literature is that in the 
British Museum; the second, that in the Library of Congress. 


No detailed statement of the plan pursued in recording this matter is 
thought to be necessary, as but few departures from the ordinary rules 
of library cataloguing have been made. The dictionary plan has been 
followed to its extreme limit as the best adapted to the purpose in view. 
All works are entered under their author when known —translators 
being considered as authors—and under first word of title, not an 
article or a preposition, when the name of the author is not known. 
A cross-reference is given from the first words of every Eskimo title 
when such title is entered under an author’s name, whether or not the 
work is anonymous. All titular matter, including cross-references, is 
in a larger, all index and explanatory matter in a smaller, type. 

During the progress of type setting a number of titles have come to 
hand in time for insertion in their proper places, but, in some cases, 
too late to permit the proper entry to be made in the subject or dialect 
indexes; and the translation of the Eskimo titles, which was done after 
the matter was in galley proof, has shown that a few items have been 
wrongly entered in the subject indexes. I think these unavoidable 
minor errors and omissions should not be held to weigh against the 
manifest advantages of a single alphabetic arrangement. 

The prices quoted are from such sources as were at command, and 
are arranged chronologically. 

My thanks are due to Mr. John Murdoch, librarian of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, who has kindly translated the Eskimo titles for me. 


J. GaP. 
APRIL 20, 1887. 


na ORT 


h* 4575 


Te aim Ss are 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


BY JAMES C. PILLING. 


| This character following a title indicates that the compiler has seen no copy of the work referred to.] 


A. 


[A B C ecard in the Greenland language. ] 
1 p.16°. No title or caption; begins: a e 
iou, and ends: tau mau lan. 
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 
My copy, procured of the Unitiits-Buch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 10 pf. 


[Abécédaire ou Premier Livre de lecture. 

Hauniame, 1849. ] i 

20 pp. sm. 8°. In the Eskimo language. 

Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, No. 352, 

where it brought, with eight other works in Es- 
kimo, i6 fr. 


Abecedarium; 
Aleut. See Aleutian. 
Eskimo. A bécédaire. 
Greenland. A BC ecard, 
Abecedarium, 
Gronlandsk, 
Kattitsomarsut. 


[Abecedarium in the Greenland lan- 
guage. | 

Colophon: Budissime, Nakkitarsima- 
put E. M. Monsemit. [1861.] 

Pp. 1-8, 16°. No title-page or caption; the 
page begins: aeio u, and ends: tau mau lau 
1861. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitéts-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 20 pf. 


Abel (Iwarus ). Schediasma hocce 
etymologico-p hilologicum prodromum 
Americano-Grénlandicum in patronis 
appropriatum insinuat I. A. 

Havnize, 1783. : 


12°. Title from the British Museum Cata- 
logue of Printed Books, London, 1882. 


[Acts of the Apostles, translated into the 
Language of the Esquimaux Indians on 
the Coast of Labrador, by the Mission 
aries of the United Brethren, 

London, 1816. ] - 
160 pp. 12°. Title from Triibner’s catalogue, 


August, 1874, p. 115, where it is priced 7s, 6d. 
See Apostelit. 


| Adam (Lucien). 


En quoi la langue es- 
quimaude différe-t-elle grammaticale- 
ment des autres langues de Amérique 
du Nord? 

In Congrés International des A méricanistes, 
Compte-Rendu, fifth session, pp. 337-355, Co- 
penhague, 1884, 8°. 

The subject is treated under the following 
heads: Gender, Number, Pronominal suffixes, 
Declension of nouns and of separate personal 
pronouns, Declension of adverbs of place and 
of demonstrative pronouns, VPostpositions, 
Verb, Incorporation, and Polysynthesis. 

The communication to the Congress was 
only an analysis of a memoir on the snbject. 

I am informed by the author that the article 
was also issued separately ; whether with title- 
page or not I do not know. 


Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater 
(Dr. Johann Severin). Mithridates | 
oder | allgemeine | Sprachenkunde | 
mit | dem Vater Unser als Sprach- 
probe | in bey nahe | fiinf hundert 
Sprachen und Mundarten, | von | Jo- 
hann Christoph Adelung, | Churfiirstl. 
Sichsischem Hofrath und Ober-Biblio- 
thekar. | [Two lines quotation.] | Er- 
ster[—Vierter] Theil. | 

Berlin, | in der Vossischen Buchhand- 
lung, | 1806[-1817]. “ 

4 vols. (vol. 3 in 3 parts), 8°. 

Aleut numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—Vocabularies, 
vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; vol. 4, pp. 251-252. 

Andreanowski Island vocabulary, vol. 3, pt. 
3, p. 459. 

Eskimo grammatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 425-448.—Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—Vocabu- 
laries, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 240-341; pt. 3, pp. 238, 454- 
455 (from Dobbs and Long), 461 (from Cook); 
vol. 4, pp. 251-252. 

Greenland grammatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 435-448, 452-454.—Lord’s Prayer (six ver- 
sions), vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 448-452 (from Anderson, 
Egede, and others).—Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.— 
Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; pt. 3, 

_pp. 454-455 (from Egede and Anderson), 461; 
yol. 4, pp. 251-252, 


i 


2 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Adelung (J. C.)— Continued. 


Kadjak numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—Vocabu- 
laries, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; pt. 3, pp. 458- 
459 (from Resanoff), 466-468 (from Robek and 
Sauer); and vol. 4, pp. 251-252, 254. 
> Konegen grammatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 456-4 65. 

Labrador grammatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 480-433. 

Norton Sound grammatic comments, vol. 3, 
pt. 3, pp. 456-465.—Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 461, 466 (from Cook). 

Tschugazzen grammatic comments, vol. 3, 
pt. 3, pp. 456-465.—Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.— 
Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 840-341; pt. 3, pp. 
458-459, 466 (from Resanoff’), vol. 4, pp. 251-252. 

Ugaljachmutzi grammatic comments, vol. 
3, pt. 3, pp. 232-235.—Voeabularies, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 212-213, 230-231, 235, 237, 238 (from Resanoff). 

Unalaschka vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458- 
459 (from Resanoff) ; vol. 4, p. 255. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu- 
scum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, 
Trumbull, Watkinson. 

Sold at the Fischer sale, No. 17, for £1; 
another copy, No. 2042, for 16 shillings. At 
the Field sale, No. 16, it brought $11 88; at the 
Squier sale, No. 9, $5. Leclerc (1878) prices it, 
No, 2042, at 50 frances. At the Pinart sale, No. 
1322, it sold for 25 frances; and at the Murphy 
sale, No. 24, a half-calf, marble-edged copy 
brought $4. ; 


Aglegmut: 
Texts. See Pinart (A. L.). 
Vocabulary. Balbi (A.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Wowodsky (—). 
Words. Schomburgk (R. H.). 


Ajokeersoutit oppersartuit Gudimik pek- 


kossenigdlo, tamiessa Luterij katekis- 
musingvietta ok’ause. 

Havniame, 1849. * 

Literal translation: Teachings by God, such 
are Luther’s his Catechism, its words. At 
Copenhagen, 1849. 

125 pp. 8°, in Greenland Eskimo. Title from 
Dr. H. J. Rink, Christiania, Norway. 


Ajokersutit | illuartut Gudimik | Pek- 


korsejniglo Innungnut; | Koisimarsudlo 
Koisituksiedlo | Iliniwegeksejt Nalen- 
gnixegeksejdlo, | Pidluarsinnaungorkud- 
lugit. 

Kidbenhavnime, | Aipeksanik nak- 
kittarsimarsut | 1797. | J. R. Thielmit. 

Literal translation: Instructions | holy by 
God | and according to his will, to men; | 
that the baptized and candidates for baptism | 
scholars and all-sorts-of-people | may now be 
blessed. | At Copenhagen, | a second time 
pressed | 1797. | By J. R. Thiel. 

Title verso blank 1 1. half-title: I. Katekis- 


musim, &c. (@ 2) verso blank 11. text, entirely | 


in Greenland, pp. 3-159, 16°, At p. 181 is a half- 


Ajokeersutit — Continued. 
title: II. Kalkkorsun, &c. verso blank. The 
questions and answers are numbered in Part I, 
1-393 ; in Part II, 1-222. Catechism in the Es- 
kimo language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Maisonneuve. 

Leclere, 1878, No. 2220, prices this work at 40 
frances; he attributes the authorship to Fabri- 
clus. 

Ajokeersutit | illuartut Gudimik | Pek- 
korséjniglo Innungnut; | Koisimarsudlo 
Koisituksedlo | Iliniegeksejt Nalen- 
gniwgeksejdlo, | Pidluarsinnaungorkud- 
lugit. | 

Kidbenhavnime, | Pingajueksénik 
nakkittarsimarsut | 1818. | Mliarsuin 
iglownne C. F. Skubartimit. 

Literal translation of imprint: At Copen- 
hagen, | a third time pressed, |{ 1818. | At the 
orphans their houses [‘‘ Wausenhaus”’] from 
C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. 1-158, 16°. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

A later edition as follows: 

Ajokeersutit | illuartut Gudimik | Pek- 
korsejniglo Innungnut; | Koisimarsudlo 
Koisituksedlo | Diniegeksejt Nalen- 
gniegeksejdlo, | Pidluarsinnaungorknd- 
lugit. | 


Kigbenhavnime, | Sissameksaémilk 
nakkittarsimarsut | 1833. | P.T. Bruon- 
ikimit. | 


Pp. 1-158, 16°. ‘‘A fourth time pressed.” 
Copies seen: British Museum. 


Ajokertutsit pijarialiksuit, See Erd- 
mann (I.). 


Ajokoersoirsun Atuagekseit. See Bgede 
(Paul). 


Akudnirmiut Songs, Tales. See Boas (F.). 


Aleut. Russkie Aleutskie slovar. 3 
Manuscript, 2 vols. 4°. Mussian-Aleut vo- 
cabulary. In possession of Mr. A. L. Pinart, 
who says it is a very important work, written 
about the year 1850. 


Aleut. Russkie Aleutskie slovar. : 
Manuscript, 36 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut vo- 


cabulary, dialect of Atkha. In possession of 
Mr. A. L. Pinart. 


Aleut. Russkie Aleutskie slovar. $ 
Manuscript, 62 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut vo- 
cabulary. In possession of Mr. A. L. Pinart, 
who says it is a very important document, and 
has on it many pencil notes by Radloff. 
Aleut: : 
Abecedarium. See Aleutian. 
Bible, Matthew, Tishnoff (E.), 
Veniaminoff (J.) and 
Netzvietoff (J.), 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 3 


Aleut — Continued. 


See Jean (Pere), 
Tishnoff (E.), 
Veniaminoff (J.) and 
Netzvietoff (J.). 
Tishnoff (E.). 
Veniaminoff (J.) and 
Netzvietoff (J.). 
Pinart (A. L.). 
Henry (V.), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Grammatic comments. Buynitzky (S. N.), 
Furuhelm (H.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Henry (V.), 
Pfizmaier (A.). 
Guide to the Heavenly Veniaminoff (J.). 
Kingdom. 
Notes on the Unalas- Veniaminoff (J.). 
kan Islands. 
Numerals. 


Catechism. 


Christian guide book. 
Christian creed. 


Dictionary. 
Grammar. 


Grammiatic treatise. 


Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. S.), 
Buynitzky (5S. N.), 
Coxe (W.), si 
Erman (G. A.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Pott (A. F.), 
Aleutian, 
Tishnoff (E.). 
Oppert (G.). 

Lowe (I.). 
Veniaminoff (J.) and 
Netzvietoff (J.). 

Pinart (A. L.), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Pinart (A. L.). 
Baer (K. E. von), 
Balbi (A.), 
Balitz (A.), 
Bancroft (H. H.), 
Buynitzky (S. N.), 
Drake (S. G.), 
Everette (W. E.), 
Gallatin (A.), 
Herzog (W.), 
Lowe (F.), 
Miiller (F.), 
Robeck (—), 
Russkie, 
Sauer (M.). 
Campbell (J.), 
Coxe (W.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Umery (J.). 
[Aleutian Abecedarium. 
St. Petersburg, 1839 or 1840. ] o 
8°. Without place or date. Title from 
Ludewig, p. 4, who copies from Vater's Lit- 
teratur Jer Grammatiken, p. 454, 


Primer. 


Relationships. 
Remarks, 
Sacred history. 


Songs. 


Texts. 
Vocabulary. 


Words. 


Aleutian. Aueyrcsiii | syxpapp. | 

MockBa. | Bo Cynoqasbuoit Tanorpacin. | 
1846. 

Translation: Aleutian | Abecedarium. | 
Moscow. | Synod Press. | 1846, 


American Bible Society. 


Anderson (Johann). 


Aleutian — Continued. 


- Title 11. pp. 1-30, 8°. 
type, partly in Russian. 
Copies seen: British Museum, Pilling, Powell. 


Partly in Cyrillic 


American Bible Society: These words following 


a title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
that institution, New York City. 

Specimen 
verses | from versions in different | 
languages and dialects | in which the 
| Holy Scriptures | have been printed 
and circulated by the | American Bible 
Society | and the | British and Foreign 
Bible Society. | [Picture, and one line 
quotation. ] | 

New York: | American Bible Society, 
| Instituted in the Year MDCCCXVI. | 
1876. 

Pp. 1-48, 16°.— John iii, 16, in the language 
of Greenland, and in the Esquimaux [of Lab- 
rador], p. 36. 

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Eames, 
Powell, Trumbull. 

An edition, similar except in date, appeared 
in 1279 (Powell) ; and another, ‘‘Second edition, 
enlarged,” in 1885. (Powell.) 


American Tract Society: These words following 


a title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
that institution, New York City. 

Herrn Johann 
Anderson, | I. V. D. | und weyland 
ersten Biirgerimeisters der freyen Kay- 
serlichen | Reichstadt Hamburg, | 

Nachrichten | von Island, | Grénland 
und der Strasse Davis, | zum wahren 
Nutzen der Wissenschaften | und der 
Handlung. | Mit Kupfern, und einer 
nach den nevesten und in diesem Werke 
ange- | gebenen Entdeckungen, genau 
eingerichteten Landcharte. | Nebst 
einem Vorberichte | von den Leben- 
sumstiinden des Herrn Verfassers. | 

Hamburg, | verlegts Georg Christian 
Grund, Buchdr. 1746. 

Title verso blank 11. 14 other p. Il. text pp. 
1-328, register 3 ll. map, 8°.—Dictionariolum, 
pp. 285-299.—Formularum loquendi usitatis- 
simarum, pp. 300-303.--Formvla conivgandi 
verbum, pp. 304-314.—Ten Commandments, 
Prayers, &c. pp. 314-3825, All in Greenland. 

Copies seen; Astor, British Museum, Brown, 
Congress, 

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 649, at 25 fr. 


Herrn Johann*Anderson, | I. V. D. | 
und wieland ersten Biirgermeisters der 
freyen Kayserl. | Reichstadt Hamburg, 
| Nachrichten | yon | Island, Grénland 


4 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Anderson (J.)— Continued. 
| und der | Strasse Davis, | zam wah- | 


ren Niitzen der Wissenschaften | und 
der Handlung. | Mit Kupfern, und einer 
nach den neuesten und in diesem Werke 
| angegebenen Entdeckungen, genau 
eingerichteten Landcharte. | Nebst 
einem Vorberichte | von den | Lebens- 
umstiinden des Herrn Verfassers. | 

Frankfurt und Leipzig 1747. 

Title verso blank and 14 other p. ll. text 
pp. 1-388, register 4 11. 12°.—Linguistics as in 
1746 edition, pp. 321-337, 337-341, 342-353, 353- 
368. 

Oopies seen: Brown, Trumbull. 

There is an edition: Kiébenhavn, 1748, 12°, 
which does not contain the linguistics. (Brit- 
ish Museum, Brown.) 


Beschryving | van Ysland, | Groen- 
land | en de|Straat Davis. | Tot nut 
der wetenschappen en den | koophan- 
del. | Door den Heer | Johan Anderson, 
| Doctor der beide Rechten, en in leven 
eerste Burgermeester der | vrye keizer- 
lyke Rykstad Hamburg. | Verrykt met 
Platen en een nieuwe naauwkeurige 
Landkaart der ontdek- | kingen, waar 
van in dit werk gesproken word. | Be- 
nevens een voorbericht, bevattende de 
levensbyzonderheden | van den geleer- 
den schryver. | Uit het hoogduitsch ver- 
taalt:'| Door’ || J.DiJ. | 

Te Amsterdam, | By Steven van Es- 
veldt, Bockverkoper | in de Beurs- 
Steeg, 1750. 

9 p. ll. pp. 1-289, map, sm. 4°.—Linguistics, 
pp. 244-258, 255-262, 262-273, 274-286. 
Copies seen: British Museum, Brown. 


— liistoire | Naturelle | de L’Islande, | 


du Groenland, | du Détroit de Davis, | 
Et @autres Pays situés sous le Nord, | 
traduite de ?Allemand | de M. Ander- 
son, de ’Académie | Impériale, Bourg- 
mestre en Chef | de Ja Ville de Ham- 
bourg. | Par M** [J. P. Rousselot de 
Surgy], de ’Académie Impériaie, & | 
de la Société Royale de Londres. | Tome 
Premier [-Second]. | [Design.] | 

A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Jorry, Im- 
primeur- | Libraire, Quai des Augus- 
tins, prés | le Pont §. Michel, aux Ci- 
gognes. | M. DCC. L [1750]. | Avee Ap- 
probation & Priyilége du Roi. 

2vols.: pp. i-xl, 1-314; i-iv, 1-391, 16°.—Sup- 
plément contenant un petit Dictionnaire et 


quelques Principes de la Grammaire Groen- 
landoise, vol 2, pp. 295-386. 


Anderson (William). 


Anderson (J.)— Continued. 


Copies seen: Brown, Congress. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 650, at 12 fr. 

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 1408, mentions an 
edition: Paris, Jorry, 1754. 


—— Beschryving | van | Ysland, | Groen- 


land | en de|Straat Davis. | Bevat- 
tende zo wel ene bestipte bepaling 
van de ligging en | grote van die Hilan- 
den, als een volledige ontvouwing van 
hunne | inwendige gesteltenis, vuur- 
brakende Bergen, heete en war- | me 
Bronnen enz. een omstandig Bericht van 
de Vruchten | en Kruiden des Lands; 
van de wilde en tamme Landdie- | ren, 
Vogelen en Visschen, de Visvangst der 
Yslanders | en hunne onderscheide be- 
handeling, toebereiding en | drogen der 
Visschen, voorts het getal der Inwoon- 
| ders, hunnen Aart, Levenswyze en 
Bezigheden, | Woningen, Kledingen, 
Handteering, Arbeid, | Veehoedery, 
Koophandel, Maten en Ge- | wichten, 
Huwelyks Plechtigheden, Opvoe- | ding 
lunner Kinderen, Godsdienst, Ker- | 
ken en Kerkenbestuur, Burgerlyke 
Rege- | ring, Wetten, Strafoeffeningen 
en wat | wyders tot de kennis van een 
Land | vereischt word. | Door den 
Heer | Johan Anderson, | Doctor der 
Beide Rechten, en in Leven eerste Bur- 
germeester | der vrye Keizerlyke Ryks- 
stad Hamburg. | Verrykt met Platen 
en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Land- 
kaart der | ontdekkinge, waar van in 
dit Werk gesproken word. | Uit het 
Hoogduits vertaalt. | Door | J. D. J. | 
Waar by gevoegt zyn de Verbeteringen 
| Door den Heer Niels Horrebow, | Op- 
gemaakt in zyn twecejarig verblyf op 
Ysland. | [ Design. ] | 

Te Amsterdam, | By Jan van Dalen, 
Boekverkoper op de Colveniersburg wal 

j by de Staalstraat. 1756. 

Engraved frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 
11. 7 other p. ll. pp. 1-286, index 3 ll. map, sm. 
4°,—Linguistics, pp. 244-258, 258-262, 262-273, 
274-286. 

Copies seen: Brown, Congress. 
Vocabulary of the 
language of Prince William’s Sound. 

In Cook (J.) and King (J.), Voyages to the 
Pacific Ocean, vol. 2, pp. 375-376, London, 1784, 
3 vols. and atlas, 4°. 

Mr. Anderson died at sea, August, 1778, be- 
fore the expedition returned to England. 

This vocabulary is reprin ted in the following 
editions of Cook and King’s Voyages: 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Anderson (W.)— Continued. 

London, Nicol, 1784, 3 vols. 4°. Linguistics, 
vol. 2, pp. 375-376. 

Dublin, Chamberiaine, 1784, 3 vols. 8°. Lin- 
guistics, vol. 2, pp. 375-376. 

London, Stockdale, 1784, 4 vols. 8°. Prince 
William's Land Vocabulary, vol. 3, pp. 310-311. 

London, Nicol, 1785, ‘‘second edition,” 3 vols. 
4°. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 375-376. 

Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 3, p. 
105. 

Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 8°. 
129. 

Perth, Morrison & Son, 1785, 4 vols. 16°. 

Perth, Morrison & Son, 1787, 4 vols. 16°. 

Berlin, Hande und Spener, 1787-1788, 2 vols. 
4°, Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 89-90. 

There is an edition in Russian, St. Peters- 
burg, 1805-1810, which I have not seen; and 
one, Philadelphia, De Silver, 1818, 2 vols. 8°, 
which contains no linguistics. 

The work is reprinted in Kerr (R.), General 
History and Collection of Voyages, vol]. 15, pp. 
115-514; vol.16; and vol.17, pp. 1-311. The lin- 
guistics appear in vol. 16, pp. 285-286. 

Extracts from the work are printed in Pink- 
erton and Pelham, but they do not contain the 
linguistics. 

The vocabularies are also reprinted in Fry 
(E.), Pantographia, London, 1799, 8°, and in 
Voyages of Capt. James Cook, London, 1842, 
Woke, p-c00.. (*) 


Andreanowski: 
Vocabulary. 


Linguistics, vol. 3, p. 


See Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.S.), 
Robeck (—). 
Anner’ 14b innungorsimasub parinek’ar- 


neranik. See Rudolph (—). 


Antrim (Benajah J.). Pantography, | 
or | universal drawings, | in the com- 
parison of their natural and arbitrary 
laws, | with the nature and importance 
of | Pasigraphy, | as|the science of 
letters; | being particularly adapted to 
the orthoepic accuracy | requisite in in- 
ternational correspondences, and | the 
study of foreign languages. | With 
Specimens of more than Fifty Different 
Alphabets, including a concise descrip- 
tion | of almost all others known gen- 
erally throughout the World. | [De- 
sign.] | By Benajah J. Antrim. | 

Philadelphia: | Published by the au- 
thor, and for sale by | Thomas, Cow- 
perthwait & Co. | 1843 

Pp. i-vi, 7-162, 12°.—Numerals 1-10 of tho 
Esquimaux and of Greenland, p. 153. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress. 

aperssitit | okalugtuarissanut | tasta- 
mantitorkamigdlo tastaman- | tité- 
migdlo agdlagsimassunut. 


cre 


aperssatit — Continued. 

Druck von Gustav Winter in Stolpen. 
| 1877. 

Literal translation: Questions | telling of 
the {| Old Testament and of the New | Testa- 
ment written. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents 1 1. text pp. 
1-68, 12°. Questions and answers in the lan- 
guage of Greenland; based on Tastamanti- 
torkamik. 

Oopies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procured of the Unitats-Buch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1M. 


Apersitit kigutsillo unipkantsinut. See 
Bourquin (T.). 


Apostelit Piniarningit. | Lucasib Aglak- 


tangit. 
Colophon: W.McDowallib, Nenilauk- 
tangit. [1819.] 


Literal translation: The Apostles their 
Acts. | Luke his writings. | W. McDowall, his 
pressings. 

No title-page; heading as above; pp. 1-160, 
16. Acts of the Apostles in the Eskimo of 
Labrador. The British Museum catalogue 
(the copy described therein I have seen) 
gives it the date of 1819, which is ‘probably 
correct, as Bagster’s Bible of Every Land men- 
tions an edition of that date. 

There is sometimes issued separately, with 
heading as above, a portion (pp. 277-637) of the 
work, titled Testamentetak tamedsa, London, 
1840, which is probably the ‘‘ Acts, Epistles, 
and Revelations in Eskimo-Labrador, com- 
pleted in 1839,” mentioned by Bagster. Tbe 
first part of Testamentetak tamedsa (pp. 1-276), 
containing the four gospels, was also issued 
separately with the title beginning Tamedsa 
Matthzeusib. 

See Acts. 

Apostles’ Creed: 


Greenland. 
Hudson Bay. 


See Egede (H.). 
Peck (E. J.), 


See Everette (W. E.), 
Petitot (E. F. S.J.). 


Arctic Vocabulary. 


Argaluxamut Vocabulary. See Hoffman (W. J.). 
See Wandall (E. A.). 


See Fabri- 


Arithmetic, Greenland. 


Arkiksutiksak Pellesinnut. 
cius (0O.). 
Asiagmut Vocabulary. See Vocabularies. 


Astor: This word following a title indicates that a 
copy of the work referred to was seen by tho 
compiler in the Astor Library, New York City. 


Atka: 
Christian creed. See Veniaminoff (J.) and 
Netzvietoff (J.). 
Veniaminoff (J.) and 
Netzvietoff (J.). 


Veniaminoff (J.). 


Gospel of Matthew. 


Notes on the Unalaska 
Islands. 


6 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Atka— Continued. 


Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.), 
Gibbs (G.), 


Veniaminoff (J.). 


Atkinson (fev. Christopher). The | Emi- 


grant’s Guide | to | New Brunswick, | 
British North America. | By | the Rev. 
Christ. Atkinson, A. M., | Late Pastor 
of Mascreen Kirk, St. George, New 
Brunswick. | [Quotation six lines. ] | 
Berwick-upon-Tweed: | Printed at 
the Warder Office, 57, High Street. | 
1842. 2 
Pp. i-iv, 1-124, map and plates, 16°. — The 
Lord’s Prayer in Eskimo, p. 98. 
A | Guide | to | New Brunswick, | 
British North America, &c. | By the 
Rey. Christopher W. Atkinson, A. M. | 
Late Pastor of Mascreen Kirk, St. 
George, New Brunswick. | Second Edi- 
tion, | [Quotation, five lines. ] | 
Edinburgh: | Printed by Anderson & 
Bryce, High-street. | 1843. “ 
Pp. i-iy, 1-2, 1-220, map and plate, 16°.— 
Lord’s Prayer in Eskimo, pp. 137-138. 
The third edition: Edinburgh, 1844, pp. i-xvi, 
13-284, 16°, contains no linguistics. = 


Titles and notes of the three editions of this 
work from Mr. W. Eames. 


Attuegattit Evangeliumit sukuiadutdjt. 


See Kragh (P.). 


Attuekkeen illuarsautikset. See Kragh 


(P.). 


Atuagagdliutit. | Nalinginarnik | tus- 


aruminasassunik univkaét. | No. 1-45. | 

Nungme Nunap Nalagata | Nakiteri- 
viane Nakitat.| L. Méllermit. | 1861-1865. 

Literal translation: The means for furnish- 
ing reading. | About all sorts of | things heard, 
narrations. | No. 1-45. | At the Point [Godt- 
haab] on the country its ruler’s {the Inspec- 
tor’s] | his printing press pressed. | From L. 
Moller. 

An illustrated eight-page quarto paper, two 
columns tothe page, printedin Eskimo at Godt- 
haab, Greenland, in a small printing oftice, 
founded by Dr. H. J. Rink in connection with 
the inspector’s office. First issued January, 
1861, and continued at irregular intervals. Up 
to and including the issue of April, 1874 (No. 
193), the columns were numbered consecutively 
to 3,081. This is followed by 24 columns index. 
Since that time there have been six volumes is- 
sued to April 15, 1880, each containing 192 col- 
umus, making in all 4,257 columns. Thisis the 
last [have seen. Dr. Rink informs me the pub- 
lication was continued until 1885, the whole 
numbering 5,162 columns, with more than 250 
leaves of illustrations in addition. 


Auer (Alois). 


Authorities 


Atuagagdliutit — Continued. 


Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Pow- 
ell. 

Parts 1-4, Jan.-April, 1865, at the Fischer 
sale, No. 2,343, brought £1. 


Outside title: Sprachen- 
halle. | 

N. B. Die erste Abtheilung, das Vater 
Unser in 608 Sprachen und Mundarten, 
enthilt den Adelung’schen Mithridates 
sammt 86 von mir beigefiigten Vater- 
Unser-Formeln, in getreuen Abdrucke 
nach den | Quellen, und zwar in tabel- 
larischer Aufstellung, um alle Mingel 
und Fehler der Originalien deutlicher 
zu veranschaulichen, und dadurch die 
Verbesserung zu erzielen. | 

Die zweite Abtheilung, das Vater 
Unser in 206 Sprachen und Mundarten, 
enthilt die von mir neuerdings gesam- 
melten verbesserten Vater-Unser in den 
Volkern eigenthiimlichen Schriftziigen 
mit der | betreffenden Aussprache und 
wortlichen Uebersetzung, | A. Auer. 

First engraved title: Das | Vater Unser 

Second engraved title: Das | Vater Unser | in 
mehr als 200 Sprachen und Mundarten | mit | 
Originaltypen. 

[| Wien: 1844-1847. ] 

Outside title, reverse, a short description, 1 
sheet; 17 other sheets printed on one side only, 
in portfolio; oblong folio. Part I, dated 1844, 
has the caption: Das Vater-Unser in mehr als 
sechshundert Sprachen und Mundarten, typo- _ 
metrische aufgestellt. Part II, dated 1847, 
has the caption: Das Vater-Unser in 206 Spra- 
chen und Mundarten, neuerdings gesammelt 
und aufgestellt von A. Auer. Zweite Abthei- 
lung. Mit 55 verschiedenen den V 6lkern eigen- 
thiimlichen Schriftztigen abgedruckt. 

The Lord’s Prayer in the Greenland is num- 
bered 602-607. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard. 

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 57438, gives brief title 
of an edition: Vienn#® e Typographia Imp. 
1851, royal 8°. (*) 

See Catalogue, 
Dall (W. H.) and Baker (M.), 
De Schweinitz (E.), 
Giessing (C.), 
Leclere (C.), 
Ludewig (H. E.), 
Nyerup (R.), 
Pick (B.), 
Quaritch (B.), 

Reichelt (G. T.), 

Rink (H. J.), 
Sabin (J.), 
Steiger (E.), 
Viter(J.8.), 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 7 


B. 


Baer (John). Comparative vocabulary | Bagster (J.) —Continued. 


of the Yerigen and Chucklock. 
Manuscript, 3 ll. folio, in the Bureau of Eth- 
nology; printed form of 180 words. A note as 
follows: ‘The foregoing were taken by John 
Baer, U.S. Marines, belonging to Commander 
Rodgers’ N. Pacific Exploring Expedition, and 
were collected in Glasenep Harbor, Straits of 
Seniavine, west side of Behrings Straits.” 
The “Chucklock” is Eskimoan; the Yeri- 
gen is probably a Siberian language. 


Baer (Karl Ernst von). 
ethnographische Nachrichten | iiber | 
die Russischen Besitzungen | an der | 
Nordwestkiiste von Ainerika. | Gesam- 


melt | von dem ehemaligen Oberver- | 


walter dieser Besitzungen, | Contre- 
Admiral v. Wrangell. | Auf Kosten der 
Kaiser]. Akademie der Wissenschaften | 

herausgegeben | und mit den Berech- 
nungen aus Wrangell’s Witterungs- 
beobachtungen | und andern Zusatzen 
vermehrt | von | K. E. v. Baer. | 

St. Petersburg, 1839. | Buchdruckerei 
der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wis- 
senschaften. 

Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. E. yon) and Helmer- 
sen (G. von), Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Kuss- 
ischen Reiches, St. Petersburg, 1839, 8°. 

Short comparative vocabulary of the Atna, 
Ugalenzen, and Koloschen, p. 99.—Short vo- 
cabulary of the Inkiiliiehliiaten, pp.119-121.—A 
few words and numerals (1-5) of the Eskimo of 
Behring Strait, the Kadiak, Eskimo of Igloolik, 
and Unalaschker, p. 123.—Names of the planets 
and months in Kuskokwim, pp. 134-135.—Com- 
parative vocabulary of the Aleuten of Fox Isl- 
and, Kadjack, Tschugatschen, Ugalenzen, Kus- 
kekwim, and neighboring tongues not Eski- 
moan, pp. 259-270. 

Copies seen: Congress. 


Kuskutchewak vocabulary. 
In Richardson (J.), Arctic Searching Expe- 
dition, vol. 2, pp. 369-382, London, 1851, 8°. 
Reprinted in the edition: New York, Har, 


Statistische und | 


London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons, 
| 15, Paternoster Row ; | Warehouse for 
Bibles, New Testaments, prayer books, 
lexicons, grammars, concordances, | 
and psalters, in ancient and modern 
languages. [1848-1851.] 

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12, maps, 4°.—Gos- 
pel of John i, 1-14, in the Esquimaux of Labra- 
dor, p.359; in the language of Greenland, pp. 
362-363. 

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Bos- 
ton Athenxum. 


[——] The Bible of every Land; | or, | A 


History, Critical and Philological, | of 
all the Versions of the Sacred Script- 
ures, | in every language and dialect 
into which | translations have been 
made; | with | specimen portions in 
their own characters: | including, like- 
wise, | the History of the original texts 
of Scripture, | and intelligence illustra- 
tive of the distribution and | results of 
each version: | with particular refer- 
ence to the operations of the British 
and Foreign Bible Society, and kindred 
institutions, | as well as those of the 
missionary and other societies through- 
out the world. | Dedicated by permis- 
sion to his Grace the Archbishop ot 
Canterbury. | [Vignette. ] | 

London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons, 
| 15, Paternoster Row; | Warehouse for 
Bibles, New Testaments, prayer books, 
lexicons, grammars, concordances, 
and psalters, | in ancient and modern 
languages. | [Quotation, one line. ] 
[ 1848-1851. ] 

il p. Il. pp. xvii-lxiv, 411. pp. 1-406, 1-4, 2 1. 
pp. 1-12, 3 ll. 4°.--Linguistics as in previous 
title. 

Copies seen: Astor. 


pers, 1852, 8°, pp. 235-236. (Harvard.) 
Baffin Bay Vocabulary. See Notice. 
[Bagster (Jonathan), editor.] The Bible 


[——] The Bible of Every Land. | A his- 
tory of | the Sacred Scriptures | in every 
language and dialect | into which 


of Every Land. | A History of | the Sa- 
cred Scriptures | in every Language 
and Dialect | into which translations 
_have been made: | illustrated with | 
‘specinien portions in native characters ; 
| Series of Alphabets; | Coloured Eth- 
nographical Maps, | Tables, Indexes, 
ete. | Dedicated by permission to his 
Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. | 
[Vignette, and quotation, one line. ] | 


translations have been made: | illus- 
trated by | specimen portions in native 
characters; | Series of Alphabets: |. 
coloured ethnographical maps, | tables, 
indexes, ete. | New edition, enlarged 
and enriched. | [Design, and quotation, 
one line. ] | 

London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons: 

| at the warehouse for Bibles, New 
Testaments, church services, prayer 


8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Bagster (J.)—Continued. 
books, lexicons, grammars, | concord- 
ances, and psalters, in ancient and mod- 
ern languages; | 15, Paternoster Row. 
[ 1860. ] 

27 p. ll. pp. 1-36, 1-480, maps, 4°.—Gospel of 
John i, 1-14, in the Esquimaux of Labrador, p. 
438; in the Greenland (1799 version), p. 441; in 
the Greenland (1822 version), p. 443. 

Copies seen: Boston Public, Congress, Eames. 


Baker (Marcus). See Dall (W. H.) and 
Baker (M.). 


Balbi(Adrien), Atlas | ethnographique 
du globe, | ou | classification des peu- 
ples | anciens et modernes | d’aprés 
leurs langues, | préeédé d’un discours 
sur lutilité et Vimportance de Vétude 
des langues appliquée a _ plusieurs 
branches des connaissances humaines ; 
@un aper¢u | surles moyens graphiques 
employés par les différens peuples de la 
terre; d’un coup-d’ceil sur histoire | de 
la langue slave, et sur la marche pro- 
gressive de la civilisation | et de la lit- 
térature en Russie, | avec environ sept 
cents vocabulaires des principaux idi- 
omes connus, | et suivi | du tableau 
physique, moral et politique | des cing 
parties du monde, | Dédié 4S. M. VEm- 
pereur Alexandre, | par Adrien Balbi, | 
ancien professeur de géographie, de 
physique et de mathématiques, | mem- 
bre correspondant de l’Athénée de Tré- 
vise, etc. etc. | [Design. ] | 

A Paris, | Chez Rey et Gravier, Li- 
braires, Quai des Augustins, N° 55. | 
M. DCCC. XXVI[1826]. | Imprimé chez 
Paul Renouard, Rue Garenciére, N° 5, 
F.-S.-G. 

73 unnumbered Il. folio. 

Langues de la région boréale de l’Amérique 
du Nord, formant la famille des idiomes eski- 
maux, plate xxxvi. — Tableau polyglotte des 
langues américaines, plate xli, contains a vo- 
cabulary of twenty-six words of a number of 
languages, among them the Ougaljakhmoutzi, 
Groenlandais (propre), Groenlandais (Ross ou 
de la Baie du Prince Régent), Groenlandais 
(Dobb), Groenlandais (Parry ou de l'Ile d’Hi- 
ver), Tchougatche-Konega, Aleutien de I’Lle 
Ounalaska, Tchouktche-Améric. ou A glemoute 
del’'Ile Nuniwok, Tchouktche-Améric. ou A gle- 
moute de l’Tle Saint-Laurent. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Powell, 
Watkinson. 

— Introduction | 
graphique | du 
un discours sur 


X% | Vatlas ethno- 
globe, | contenant | 
Vutilité et Vimpor- 


Balitz (Antoine). 


Bancroft: 


Bancroft (Hubert Howe). 


Balbi (A.) — Continued. 
tance de V’étude des langues | appli- 
quée A plusieurs branches des connais- 
sances humaines; | un aper¢u | sur les 
moyens graphiques employés par les 
différens peuples de la terre; | des ob- 
servations sur la classification des 
idiomes | décrits dans l’atlas; | un coup- 
(Voeil sur ’histoire de la langue slave | 
et sur la marche progressive de la 
civilisation et de la littérature | en 
Russie, | dédié | & S. M. ’Empereur 
Alexandre, | par Adrien Balbi, | ancien 
professeur de géographie, de physique 
et de mathématiques, | membre cor- 
respondant de l’Athénée de Trévise, 
etc., etc. | Tome premier. | [ Design. ] | 

A Paris, | chez Rey et Gravier, Li- 
braires, | Quai des Augustins, N° 55. | 
M. DCCC. XXVI [1826]. 

Pp. i-exliii, 1-416, 8°. Vol. I all that was 
published.—Langues de la région boréale de 
lVAmérique du Nord, formant la famille des 
idiomes esquimaux, pp. 317-321, contains (from 
Cranz) the conjugation of the verb ermik (to 
wash one’s self), at first without suffixes, then 
with suflixes; also information on the litera- 
ture of the language. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson. 

The Atlas and Introduction together priced 
by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2044, at 30 fr. At the 
Murphy sale, No. 136*, they brought $3.50, 


Vocabulary of the 


Aleuts. 

Manuscript, 1011. 4°. In the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in the Aleu- 
tian Islands in 1869. 

This word following a title indi- 
cates that a copy of the work referred to was 
seen by the compiler in the library of Mr. H. 
H. Bancroft, San Francisco, Cal. 

The | Native 
Races | of | the Pacific States of North 
America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | 

Volume I. | Wild Tribes[V. Primitive 
History ]. | 

New York: | D. Appleton and Com- 
pany. | 1874 [-1876]. 

5 vols. maps and plates, 8°. Vol. I. Wild 
Tribes; II. Civilized Nations; III. Myths and 
Languages; IV. Antiquities; V. Primitive 
History. 

About one-third of vol. 3 of this work is 
devoted to the languages of the west coast, 
Chapter I giving a classification of languages 
and a general discussion. Chapter II is headed 
“Hyperborean Languages,” and contains, pp. 
574-580, Distinction between Eskimo and Amer- 
ican, Eskimo pronunciation and declension, 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 9 


Bancroft (H. H.)— Continued. 

Dialects of the Koniagas and Aleuts, Dialects 
of the Atnahs and Ugalenzes compared; vo- 
cabulary of the Eskimo, Kuskokwigmute, 
Malemuto, Aleut, and Kadiak. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Brinton, Brit- 
ish Museam, Eames, Powell. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 49, at 150 fr. 

Bought by Quaritch at the Ramirez sale (cat- 
alogue No. 957) for £5 15s. and priced by him, 
No. 29917, at £5. 
Tho | Native Races | of | the Pacific 
States | of | North America. | By | Hu- 
bert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I. | Wild 
Tribes[-V. Primitive History]. | 

Author’s copy. | San Francisco, 1874 
[-1876]. 

5 vols. 8°. Similar, except on title-page, to 
previous editions. One hundred copies issued. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum. 

In addition to the above this work has been 
issued with the imprint of Longmans, London; 
Maisonneuve, Paris; and Brockhaus, Leipzig; 
none of which have I secn. 


The Works | of | Hubert Howe Ban- 
croft. | Volume I[-V]. | The Native 
Races. | Vol. I. Wild Tribes[-V. Primi- 
tive History ]. | 

San Francisco: | A. L. Bancroft & 
Company, Publishers. | 1882. 

5 vols. 8°. This series will include the His- 
tory of Central America, History of Mexico, 
&c., each with its own system of numbering 
and also numbered consecutively in the series. 
Of these works there have been published vols. 
1-7, 9-13, 15, 18-22, 27-29, 32, 33. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Powell. 


Bannister (Henry Martyn): Vocabulary 
of the Malimoot, Kotzebue Sound. 


Manuscript of 200 words, 10 ll. 4°. In the 
library of the Buroau of Ethnology. 


Bartholinus (Caspar). 


Barton (Benjamin Smith). 


Bastian (Adolf). 


Barth (J. A.) —Continued. 


Copies seen: Astor, Congress, British Mu- 
seum. 

There is another edition, in 1818, with title 
exactly similar to the above, 81 ll. large folio. 
The Greenland ode occurs on the 73d 1. (British 
Museum.) 


Vocabula Gréen- 
landica collecta 4 Casp. Bartholino, J. 
10/6 1D: 

In Bartholinus (Thomas), Acta medica & 
philosophica Hafniensia, vol. 2, pp. 71-77, 
Hafniaw, 1675, sm, 4°. 

Contains about 250 Greenland words, ar- 
ranged alphabetically, two columns to the page, 
with Latin equivalents. 


New Views 

| of the | Origin | of the | Tribes and 
Nations | of | America. | By Benjamin 
Smith Barton, M. D. | Correspondent- 
Member [ &c. 10 lines]. | 

Philadelphia: | Printed for the Au- 
thor, | by John Bioren. | 1798. 

1 p. l. pp. i-cix, 1-133, 1-32, 8°.—Vocabulary 
of the Greenlanders (from Cranz), and Eski- 
maux words scattered through the compara- 
tive vocabulary, which occupies pp. 1-132. 

Oopies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Eames, Wisconsin Historical Society. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 107, 
brought $8. Leclerc, 1878, No. 809, prices an 
uncut copy at 40 fr. At the Murphy sale, 
catalogue No. 184, a half-morocco copy brought 
$9.50. 

The first edition, Philadelphia, 1797, does 
not contain the Greenland vocabulary, but does 
include a few Eskimo words. (Congress.) 
Ethnologie und ver- 
gleichende Linguistik. 

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 4 (1872), 
pp. 137-162, 211-231, Berlin, [u.d.], 8°. 

Contains examples in, and grammatio com- 
ments upon, a number of American languages, 


Baptismal forms, Greenland. See Egede (H.). 


Barth (Johannes August). Pacis | annis 
-MDCCCXIV et MDCCCXYV | foederatis 
arinis restitutae | monumentum | orbis 


among them the Tschudi and Greenland, p. 157. 
Bathurst Vocabulary. See Petitot (E. F.S.J.). 


Beck (John). [Translations into the lan- 
” 


terrarum | de |{ fortuna reduce gaudia | 
gentium linguis interpretans | princip- 
ibus piis felicibus augustis | populisque 
| victoribus liberatoribus liberatis | 
dicatum. | [Engraving.] | Curante | Jo- 
‘hanne Augusto Barth. | 

Vratislaviae [Breslau], | Typis Gras- 
sii Barthii et Comp. 1516. 

Outside title reading: Monumentum Pacis, 
1 1. title above verso blank 1 1. 49 other un- 
numbered ll. folio.—An ode in the languago of 


Greenland (ovor the name of J. Brodersen), 
491... 


Beechey (Capt. Frederic William). 


guage of Greenland. ] 
‘‘He translated the entire New Testament, 
with several portions of the Old, into the native 
tongue; and only a year before his departure 
{his death, which occurred in 1777) assisted 
brother Konigseer in revising a version of tho 
Harmony of the Four Gospels.”—Cranz. 


Nar- 
rative | of a| Voyage to the Pacific | 
and | Beering’s Strait, | to co-operate 
with | the Polar Expeditions: | per- 
formed in| His Majesty’s Ship Blos- 
som, | under the command of | Captain 


10 


Beechey (I. W.)— Continued. 
F.W. Beechey, R. N. | F.R.S.,F.B.A.S., 
and F. R. G. S. | In the years 1825, 26, 
27, 28. | Published by authority of the 
Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. 
| In two parts. | Part I[-I1]. | 

London: | Henry Colburn and Rich- 
ard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | 
MDCCCXXXI [1831]. 

2 vols. map, 4°.—Esquimaux names of ani- 
mals, vol. 1, p. 299.—Vocabulary of words of the 
western Esquimaux, vol. 2, pp. 619-627. 

The introductory remarks say: ‘‘ This vocab- 
ulary centains a collection of words made by 
Mr. Collie, Mr. Osmer, and myself.” 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Atheneum, 
British Museum, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 122, 
brought $6. 


Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pa- 
cific | and Beering’s Strait | to co-oper- 
ate with | the Polar Expeditions: | per- 
formed in His Majesty’s Ship Blossom, | 
under the command of | Captain F. W. 
Beechey, R.N. | F.R.S., &c. | in the 
years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | Published by au- 
thority of the Lords Commissioners of | 
the Admiralty. | Anew edition. | In two 
volumes. | Vol. I[-IL]. | 

London: | Henry Colburn and Rich- 
ard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | 
1831. 

2 vols. maps, 8°.—Vocabulary of words of 
the western Esquimaux, pp. 366-383. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Eames. 

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 4317, titles an edi- 
tion: London, John Murray, 1831, 2 vols. 8°. 


— Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pa- 
cific | and Beering’s Strait, | to co-oper- 
ate with | the Polar Expeditions: | 
performed in | his Majesty’s Ship Blos- 
som, | under the command of | Captain 
F. W. Beechey, R. N. | F. R. 8. &e. | in 
the years 1825, 26, 27, 23. | Published by 
authority of the Lords Commissioners | 
of the Admiralty. | 

Philadelphia: | Carey & Lea—Chest- 
nut Street. | 1832. 

Pp. i-vi, 11. pp. i-xi, 13-498, 8°.— Esquimaux 
names of animals, pp. 255-256. 

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 123, 
brought $2.50, and one at the Murphy sale, cata- 
logue No. 205, $1.75. 

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 4348, titles a German 
version: Weimar, 1832, 2 vols. 8°, 


Behring Strait Numerals. See Baer (K. E. von). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Benediction, Itudson Bay. See Peck (E. J.). 


Bergholtz (Gustaf Fredrik ). The Lord’s 
Prayer | in the | Principal Languages, 
Dialects and | Versions of the World, | 
printed in | Type and Vernaculars of 
the | Different Nations, | compiled and 
published by | G. F. Bergholtz. | 

Chicago, Illinois. | 1884. 

Pp. 1-200, 12°.—The Lord’s Prayer in the 
Esquimaux or Eskimo (Labrador and the 
Whale Rivers, Hudson's Bay, British Amer- 
ica), p. 69.—Lord’s Prayer in Greenland, p. 85. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Bergmann (Gustav von). Das Gebeth 
des Herrn | oder | Vaterunsersamm- 
lung | in hundert zwey und fiinfzig 
Sprachen. | Herausgegeben | von | 
Gustav von Bergmann | Prediger zu 
Ruien in Livland. | [Design. ] | 

Gedruckt zu Ruien 1789. 

Title and 6 other p. ll. pp. 1-58, 4 Il. 16°.— 
Lord's Prayer in Greenland, p. 6. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

Berthelsen (R.) See Kaladlit Okalluk- 
tualliait. 


Beyer (John Frederic). Grénland-Ger- 
man | Dictionar | By | John Frederie 
Beyer. | New Herrnhuth | Greenland | 
Apr. 16 1750. = 

Manuscript, 163 pp. 64x 83 in. in size, averag- 
ing 32 words, with definitions, to the page. 
No preface or introduction. Preserved in the 
Moravian archives at Bethlehem, Pa. This 
description was kindly procured for me by Mr. 
John W. Jordan, of the Pennsylvania Iistor- 
ical Society, Philadelphia. 

Bibelib | pivianarninga, saimanarnin- 
galo. | [Picture of Bible. ] | 

[Druct von J. B. Steinkopf in Stutt- 
gart. ] 1851. 

Literal translation: The Bible | its precious- 
ness and its consolation. 

1 p. l. pp. 1-8, 16°. Tract in tke language 
of the Eskimo of Labrador. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

Bibelimit ujarsimmassut. See Sténberg 
(KILO); 

Bibelingoak imalénét: Gudim. See Fa- 
bricius (O.). 

Bibelingoak Merdlainnut 
See Fabricius (0O.). 


imaloneet. 


Bible: Greenland. See Testamenteto- 
kak. 
ld Testament Greenland. Beek (J.), 
(in part), ; 
Old Testament Greenland. Brodersen (J.). 
(in part), 
Pentateuch, Labrador. Mosesil. 


Genesis, 
Genesis, 
Exodus, 
Exodus, 
Leviticus, 
Leviticus, 
Numbers, - 
Deuteronomy, 
Joshua, 
Joshua, 
Judges, 
Judges, 
Ruth, 
Ruth, 
Samuel L-II, - 
Samuel I-IT, 
Kings I-II, 
Kings I-II, 
Chronicles, 
Ezra, 

Kizra, 
Nehemiah, 
Nehemiah, 
Esther, 
Esther, 
Job, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 
Psalms, 

_ Psalms, 
Proverbs, 
Proverbs, 
Proverbs, 
Ecclesiastes, 
Song of Solo- 

mon, 
Tsaiah, 
Tsaiah, 
Isaiah, 
Jeremiah, 
Ezekiel, 
Daniel, 
Daniel, 


Minor prophets, 


Minor prophets, 
Apocrypha (pt.) 


Now Testament, 
New Testament, 
New Testament, 
New Testament, 


New Testament, Greenland. 


New Testament, 


Four Gospels, 
Four Gospels, 


Bible — Continued. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Greenland. See Fabricius (0.). 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 


Greenland. 
Greenland. 


Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Greenland. 
Greenland. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


,Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Greenland. 
Greenland. 


Mosesib. 
Kragh (P.). 
Four Books. 
Kragh (P.). 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Brun (R.), 
Egede (Pau)), 
Egede (Peter), 
Fabricius (0.), 
Joérensen (T.), 
Kjer (K.), 
Kristumiutut, 
Maller (V.), 
Wolf (N. G.). 
Davidib, 
Erdmann (F.). 
Wolf (N. G.). 
Erdmann (F.), 
Salomonib. 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 


Brodersen (J.), 
Wolf (N. G.). 
Prophetib. 
Salomonib. 
Salomonib. 
Kragh (P.). 
Salomonib. 
Kragh (P.). 
Salomonib. 
Kragh (P.). 
Beck (J.), 
Egede (Paul), 
Fabricius (0.), 
Kleinschmidt 
(J. C.), 
Testamente- 
tak terssa. 
Testamente- 
tak tamedsa. 
Egede (Pan)), 
Gospels. 


Epistle, 


Four Gospels, 
Your Gospels, 
Four Gos pels, 


Matthew, 
Matthew, 


Matthew (pt.), 
Matthew (pt.), 
Luke, 

Luke, 

John (part), 
John (part), 


John (part), 
John (part), 
John (part), 
John (part), 


Jecbn (part), 
John (part), 
John (part), 


John (part), 
John (part), 
John (part), 


John, 


John (part), 
Acts, 
Acts, 
Acts, 


Epistles, 
Epistles, 
Epistles, 
Epistles, 

Ro- 
mans (pt.), 
Epistles, Corin- 
thians (pt.), 
Epistles, John 

(pt.), 
Revelation, 
Revelation, 
Revelation, 


Bible (small), Greenland. 


Bible lessons: 


Greenland. 


Labrador. 


Bible — Continued. 


11 


Labrador. See Burghardt (C, 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Aleut. 
Aleut. 


Greenland. 
Labrador. 
Greenland. 
Hudson Bay. 
Eskimo. 
Greenland. 


Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 


Greenland. 
Hudson Bay. 
Labrador. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Labrador. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Hudson Bay. 


Hudson Bay. 
Hudson Bay. 
Greenland. 


Ifudson Bay. 
Labrador. 


Seo F. 


F.), 
Tamedsa_ Mat- 
theusib, 
Testamenti- 
tak tameedsa_ 
Tishnoff (E.), 
Veniaminoff 
(J.) and Netz- 
vietoff (J.). 
Warden (D.B.). 
Warden (D.B.). 
Apostelit. 
Peck (E. J.). 
Church. 
American Bi- 
ble Society, 
Apostelit, 
Bagster (J.), 
Bible Society, 
British and 
Foreign Bi- 
ble Society, 
“Warden (D.B.). 
Peck (E. J.). 
American Bi- 
ble Society, 
Bagster (J.), 
Bible Society, 
British and 
Foreign Bi- 
ble Society, 
Kohlmeister 
(G. B.), 
Warden (D.B.). 
Acts, 
A postelit, 
Testamenti- 
tak tameedsa. 
Apostelit, 
Gospels. 
Acts, 
Epistles. 
Pock (E. J.), 


Peck (E. J.), 
Peck (E. J.). 
Apostelit. 


Peck (E. J.). 
Acts. 


ubricius (0.). 


See Fabricius (0.), 


Kaumarsok, 
Kjer (K.), 
Kragh (P.), 
J esusib, 
Nalekab, 
Tamerssa. 
Jerusalemib. 
Jesuse, 


12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Bible lessons— Continued. 

Labrador. See Kaumajok, 
NAlekam, 
Nalungiak, 
Naughtawkkoa, 
Nauk taipkoa, 
Nukakpiak, 
Nukakpiarkek, 
Tamedsa Gudib, 
Tussajungnik, 
Ussornakaut. 


Bible Society. Specimen verses | in 164 
| Languages and Dialects | in which 
the | Holy Scriptures | have been 
printed and circulated by the | Bible 
Society. | [Design, and one line quo- 
tation. | | 

Bible House, | Corner Walnut and 
Seventh Streets.) Philadelphia. |[ 1876? ] 
Printed covers, pp. 3-46, 18°..—St. John iii, 
16, in the language of Greenland and of the 


Esquimaux, p. 36. 
Oopies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. 


—— Specimen verses | in 215 | languages 
and dialects | in which the | Holy Seript- 
ures | have been printed and circulated 
by the | Bible Society. | [Design, and 
one line quotation. ] | 

Bible House, | Corner Walnut and 
Seventh Streets, | Philadelphia. | 
Craig, Finley & Co., Prs., 1020 Arch 
St. | [n.d.] 

Printed covers, pp. 1-48, 16°.—St. John iii, 
16, in the Eskimo of Labrador and of Green- 
land, p. 26. 

Copies seen: Eames, Powell. 

Some copies of this edition have printed 
cover, the title being printed in type differing 
from the above, and the line beginning with 
the word Craig is omitted. (Eames, Powell.) 


Bible stories: 
Greenland. See Fabricius (0.), 
Gutip, 

Kragh (P.), 
Mentzel (—), 
Okautsit, 

Senf kornesutépok, 
Sténberg (K. J. 0O.), 
Steenholdt (W. F.), 
Tamerssa, 
Tastamentitorkamik. 
Okpernermik, 
Pillitikset, 
Pingortitsinermik, 
Senfkornetun-ipok, 
Unipkautsit. 


Boas (Dr. Franz). [Tales and songs of 
the Okomiut and Akudnirmiut, the Es- 
kimo of Cumberland Sound and Davis 
Strait ; collected by Dr. Franz Boas.] * 


Labrador. 


Boas (F.)—Continued. 


Manuscript; recorded in blank books. Infor- 
mation from the author. Contents as follows: 


I. Old tales. 
1. Yjimarasukdjukdjuak. 
2. Sednalo Kaxkodlulo (Sedna and the molli- 
moke). 
. Ytitaija (tale and song). : 
. Origin of the white men (tale and song). 
. Unikartua (old story). 
. Arnalukalo Kaggim innualo (the woman 
and the spirit of the sing house). 
7-12. Short tales. 
13. Grandmother and grandchild. 
14. Tigang. 
II. Old songs. 
1. Song of the Innuit traveling to Lake Net- 
tilling. 
. Song of a man who watches the seal at its 
hole. 
3. Mocking the Torgnak. 
4-7. Songs of the Fornit. 
8. Old song in the language of the Angekut. 
9. Song of Kodlu’s sister. 
10. Terrieniarlo arnalukalo (fox and woman). 
11. Kandjukdjuam nulianga (song of the 
Kaudjukdjuak’s wife). 
12. Tulugam pissinga (song of the raven). 
13. Avignakulum pissinga (song of the lem- 
ming). 
14. Terrieniak (song of the fox). 
15. Nettik (song of the seal). 
16. The young man who was lost in his Kajak. 
17. Song of aman who had lost his way home. 
18. Pissik (song). 
19-21. Yelukitaktung (playing at ball). 
22. Arlum pissinga (song of the killer). 
23. Suluitung. 
24. Adlam pissinga (song of the adla). 
25. Kallopalling. 
26. Song of the sun. 


III. Fables. 

1. Avignarlo terrieniarlo (lemming and fox). 

2. Tulugarlo naujalo (raven and gull). 

3. Opikdjuarlo avignakululo (owl and lem- 
ming). 

4, Opikdjuarlo Kopernuarlo (owl and snow- 
bird). 

. Opikdjuarlo tulugarlo (owl and raven). 


a ao P OO 


bo 


5, 
IV. New songs. 

1. Beauties of summer. 

2. Journey to Pileing. 

3. The returning hunter. 

4, The desperate hunter. 

5, Song of a man who went adrift on the ice. 

6. Kidloaping’s song. 


This material was collected by Dr. Boas in 
1883-’84. A copy was sent to Dr. Rink, of Chris- 
tiania, Norway, and the original retained by 
the author. ; 

In addition to the above, Dr. Boas informs me 
that he has collected a vocabulary of perhaps 
a thousand words and some slight account of 
the grammar of the language. See Rink (H.J.). 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Bock (Carl Wilhelm). Analysis Verbi | 
oder | Nachweisung der Entstehung | 
der | Formen des Zeitwortes | fiir | Per- 
son, Tempus, Modus, Activum, Me- 
dium und Passivum; | namentlich im | 
Griechischen, Sanskrit, Lateinischen | 
und Tiirkischen; | von | Carl Wilhelm 
Bock, | Prediger zu Bergholz bei Lick- 
nitz. | 

Berlin. | A. Asher & Comp. | 1844. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-172, 8°.—Groénliindische Sprache, 
p. 34. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

— Erkliirung | des Baues | der beriihm- 
testen und merkwiirdigsten iilteren und 
| neueren Sprachen | Europa’s, Asien’s, 
Afrika’s, Amerika’s | und der Siidsee- 
Inslen | von | C. W. Bock. | 

Berlin. | Verlag der Plahn’schen 
Buchhandlung (Henri Sauvage). | 
1853. 

Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. v—vi, 1-98, folding diagrams, 
8°. Followed by: Analysis Verbi | oder | Er- 
klirung des Baues | ilterer und neuerer 
Sprachen | aller Erdtheile. 

1 p. 1. pp. v-viii, 1-172, 1-24, 8°.— Gronlin- 
dische Sprache, pp. 34, 81, 167. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, British 
Museum, Congress. 

[Bodoni (Jean-Baptiste), editor.] Ora- 
tio | Dominica | in| CLY. Lingvas | 
versa | et | Exoticis Characteribvs | 
plervmave expressa. | 

Parmae | Typis Bodonianis 
[1806]. 

3 p. ll. pp. i-cexlix, fulio.—Pars Quarta, Lin- 
guas Americanas complectens: Groenlandice 
(ex Evang. Groenl. Hafuiz edito), p. cexvii. 

Copies seen: British Maseum, Lenox, Wat- 
kinson. 

An “uncut, fine, clean copy,” at the Fischer 
sale, catalogue No. 1272, brought 3s. 6d. 

[Boggild (O.). Simonimik Syrenimiumik 
...O. Boggild. 

Niingme, 1876. ] 

48 pp. 8°.—Bible story, Simon the Cyrenian, 
in the Eskimo of Greenland.— Rink. 

[Bompas (ft. Rev. William Carpenter). ] 
Western Esquimaux Primer. 

Colophon: London: Gilbert & Rivy- 
ington, Whitefriars Street, and St. 
John’s Square. 

No title-page; pp. 1-23, 12°. Grammar les- 
sons, prayers, hymns, and vocabulary, in double 
columns, English and Eskimo, alphabetically 
arranged according to the English words. I 


am informed by Archdeacon Kirkby that Mr. 
Bompas is the author, 


MDCCCVI 


13 


Bompas (W. C.)—Continued. 
Copies seen: Powell, Society for the Promo 
tion of Christian Knowledge. 


Boston Atheneum: These words following a 
title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in that library, 
Boston, Mass. 


Boston Public: These words following a title 
indicate that a copy of the work referred to 
was seen by the compiler in that library, Bos- 
ton, Mass. 


[Bourquin (Theodor).] Apersfitit kigut- 
sillo | unipkautsinut aglangne | hailigi- 
nétunut | apostelillo | kingornganne 
pijokalaurtunut | illingajut. | Illauti- 
taumajoKkarivok okautsit tussarngartat 
| sunatuinait tukkingita nellonarungn- 
aertitauni- | ngannik. | Biblische | und 
kirchengeschichtliche | fragen und 
antworten | sowie | erkliirung ver- 
schiedener fremdwéorter; | gedruckt auf 
kosten der 8. F. G. in London. | 

[G. Winterib Stolpenemétub nenil- 
aurtangit.] 1872. 

Literal translation: Questions and Answers 
| [relating] to the stories in writing | holy (?) | 
and the apostles’ | afterwards their histories (?) 
| made so. | It explains words strange | various 
their sense. | G. Winter’s Stolpen printing 
press. | 1872. 

Title 1 1. preface 1 1. vorwort, signed by 
Bourquin, pp. i-xiii, text pp. 1-99, reverse of 
p- 99 Berichtigung, 169°. 

A catechism of Bible history in the language 
of Labrador. 

In his preliminary remarks the author asks 
for criticisms on his work, in order that im- 
provements may be made in a subsequent 
edition. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procured from the Unitiéts-Buch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 30 pf. 


{Esquimau Grammar. ] 4 
“At the present time [1885] Theodore Bour- 
quin is preparing an Esquimau Grammar which 
will be published in 1886 or 1887.'’—Reichelt. 

Bourquin is superintendent of the Moravian 
Missions in Labrador. 


Brandt (R. J.). See Kragh (P.). 


Brinley: This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler at the sale of books belonging to the 
late George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn. 

Brinton: This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by the compiler in the library of Dr. D. G. 
Brinton, Media, Pa. 


Bristol Bay Vocabulary. See Johnson (J.W.), 


Vocabularies. 


14 


British and Foreign Bible Society: These words 
following a title indicate that a copy of the 
work referred to was seen by the compiler in 
the library of that institution, London, Eng- 
land. 

British and Foreign Bible Society. Speci- 
mens of some of the languages and 
dialects | in which | The British and 
Foreign Bible Society | has printed or 
circulated | the Holy Scriptures. | 

Colophon: London: Printed by 
Messrs. Gilbert & Rivington, for the 
British and Foreign Bible Society, 
Queen Victoria Street, E.C., where all 
information concerning the society’s 
work may be obtained. [n.d.] 

1 sheet, large folio, 28 x38 inches, 6 columns.— 
Contains St. John iii, 16, in Greenland, No. 126, 
and in Esquimaux [of Labrador], No. 127. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 


Specimens | of some of the | lan- 
guages and dialects ; in which the 
British and Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed and circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. | [ Picture. ] | 

No. 10, Earl Street, Blackfriars, Lon- 
don. | Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown 
Court, Temple Bar, London, | from 
types. principally prepared at_ his 
foundry. | [1865?] 

Pp. 1-16, 8°.—Contains Acts ii, 8, in Green- 
land and Esquimaux [of Labrador}, p. 15. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Powell. 


Specimens | of some of the | lan- 
guages and dialects | in which the | 
British and Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed and circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. | [Picture, and one line. ] | 

London. | 1868. | Printed by W. M. 
Watts, 80, Gray’s-Inn Road, from types | 
principally prepared at his foundry. 

Pp. 1-16, 18°.—Contains Acts ii, 8, in Green- 
land and Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 15. 

Though agreeing in most respects with the 
[1865] edition, this 1s not from the same plates. 

Oopies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Powell. 

— St. John iii. 16 | in some of the | 
languages and dialects | in which the 
| British & Foreign Bible Society | 
has printed or circulated the Holy 
Scriptures. | [Picture, and one line quo. 
tation, ] | 

London; | Printed for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert & 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


British and Foreign — Continued. 
Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. 
C. | 1875. 

Pp. 1-30, 1 1. 1 6°.—Contains St. John iii, 16, in 
Greenland and Esq uimaux [of Labrador], p. 29. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, P owell. 

Some copies are date d 1868. (*) 

— St. John III. 16 | in some of the | 
languages and dialects | in which the 
| British and Foreign | Bible Society | 
has printed and circulated | the Holy 
Scriptures. | 

London: | British and Foreign Bible 
Society, Queen Victoria Street. | Phila- 
delphia Bible Society, cor. Walnut and 
Seventh Sts, | Philadelphia. | [n.d.] 

Printed title on cover, pp. 8-30, 12°.—Con- 
tains St. John iii, 16, in the Greenland and 
Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 29. 

Copies seen: Eames, Powell. 

—— St. John iii. 16 | in most of the | lan- 
guages aud dialects | in which the | 
British & Forei gn Bible Society | has 

. printed or circulated the Holy Seript- 
ures. | [Desig n, anc one line quotation.] 
| Enlarged edition. | 

London: | Printed for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert & 
Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E.C. 
| 1878. 

1p. 1. pp. 1-50, 1 6°.—St. John iii, 16, Eskimo 
{of Labrador], and Greenland, p. 26. 

Copies seen: A merican Bible Society, Powell, 

— St. John iii. 16| in most of the | 
languages and dialects | in which the | 
British & Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed or circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. | [Design, and one line quota- 
tion.] | Enlarged e dition. | 

London: | Printed for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert & 
Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. . 
C. | 1882. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-48, 1 1. 16°.—St. John iii, 16, in 
Eskimo [of Labrador] and Greenland, p. 26. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, British Museum, Pilling, Powell. 

— Ev. St. Joh. iii. 16. | in den meisten 
der | Sprachen und Dialecte | in welchen 
die | Britische und Ausliindische Bibel- 
gesellschaft | die heilige Schrift druckt 
und verbreitet. | [Design, and one line 
quotation. ] | Vermehrte Auflage. | — 

London: | Britische und Ausliindische 
Bibelgesellschaft, | 146 Queen Victoria 
Street, E. C, | 1685, 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


British and Foreign—Continued. 
Printed cover as aboye, pp. 1-68, 3 ll. 16°.— 
St. John iii, 16, in Esquimaux, p. 20; in Green- 
land, p. 25. 
~ Copies seen: Powell. 

—— Epaur. ors Joanna, ra. 3ii cr. 16. | OOpasint | 
HepeBoJOBh CBAINEHUALO NUCANIA, | HSAAIDIX'D | 
BCAUKOOPUTAICKUMD H HnocrpanubiMb | 6u0.1e- 
iickum O6ujecTBoM's. | [ Design, and one line 
quotation. } | 


Heyatano jad Oputanckaro W nMOCcTpaunaro | 
OudaciicKaro | obuyeerBa, | y Tuasnoepra um Pa- | 


puurroua (Limited), 52, Cr. Aikouch Cxep, 
Jonqou, | 18865. 

Literal translation: The gospel by John, 3d 
chapter, 16th verse. | Samples | of the transla- 
tions of the holy scripture, | published | by the 
British and Foreign Bible Society. | ‘ God's 
word endureth furever” | Printed for the Brit- 
ish and Foreign Bible | Society | at Gilbert and 
Rivington’s (Limited) St. Johu’s Square, Lon- 
don, | 1885. 

No inside title, printed cover in Russian as 
above, reverse quotation and notes, pp. 5-68, 
11. 16°.—St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo [of Labra- 
dor] and Greenland, p. 36 (Nos. 105 and 106). * 

Copies seen: Powell. 


oP = Siz Jean: IIL. 16, &c, | Spécimens | 


de la traduction de ce passage dans la 
plupart | des langues et dialectes | dans 
lesquels la | Société Biblique Britan- 
uique et Etrangére | a imprimé ou mis 
en circulation les saintes écritures. | 
[ Design, and one line quotation. ] | 

Londres: | Société Biblique Britan- 
nique et Etrangére, | 146, Queen Victor:a 
Street, E. C. | 1885. 

Title on outside cover as above, pp. 1-68, 2 lL. 
16°.—St. John iii, 16, in Esquimaux, p. 20; in 
Greenland, p. 25. 

Copies scen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

—— St. John iii. 16, &c. | in most of the | 
languages and dialects | in which the | 
British and Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed or circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. | [Design, and one line quota- 
tion. ] | Enlarged edition. | 

London: | The British and Foreign 

. Bible Society, | 146, Queen Victoria 
Street, London, KE. C. | 1885. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-68, 2 ll. 16°.—St. John 
iii, 16, in Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 20; in 
Greenland, p. 25. 

In this edition the ‘‘specimens” are arranged 
alphabetically instead of geographically. 

Oopies seen; British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 


15 


British Museum: These words following a title 
indicate that a copy of the work referred to was 
seen by the compiler in the library of the Brit- 
ish Museum, London, England. 


Brodersen (Jaspar). [An ode in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. ] 

In Barth (J. A.), Pacis annis MDCCCXIV 
et MDCCCXY, &e. 1. 49. Vratislaviwe [Bres- 
lau], [1816], folio. 

Reprinted in another edition of Barth’s work, 
with title similar to above, Vratislavice, [1818], 
81 1l., large folio, the ode occurring on the 73d 
1. (British Museum.) 


[Translations into the Greenland 
language. ] * 
“Brother Konigseer, departing this life in 
1786, was succeeded in his office as superintend- 
ent of the mission by Brother Jaspar Broder- 
sen, a student of theology, who had already 
lived several years in the country. * * * 
Being firmly persuaded that the best service 
he could render to his flock would be to extend 
their acquaintance with the inspired volume, 
he employed his lcisure hours in translating 
scleet portions of the historical part of the Old 
Testament and of the prophecies of Isaiah. 
Besides this he compiled a new collection of 
hymns for the use of the Greenlanders, and, 
having brought a small printing-press with 
lim from Europe, he struck off a few copies for 
immediate circulation till a larger impression 
could be printed inGermany. * * * A severe 
fit of iliness in April, 1792, * * * caused his 
return to Europe with his family in 1794.”— 
Cranz. 

Brown: This word following a title indicates that 
acopy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the library of the late John Carter 
Brown, Providence, R. I. 

Brown (Dr. Robert). On the History and 
Geographical Relations of the Cetacea 
frequenting Davis Strait and Baffin’s 
Bay. 

In Royal Society (of London}, Manual of the 
Nat. Hist. Geol. and Physics of Greenland, 
&¢. pp. 69-93, London, 1875, 8°. 

Greenland and Eskimo (of western shores of 
Davis Strait) names for whales, pp. 70, 91. 

Reprinted from the Zodl. Soc. Proc., No. 35, 
pp. 533-556. * 

Brun or Bruun (Rasmus). [Gr@nlandst 
Psalmebog. " 

Kiobh. 1761.] 

Title from Nyerup’s Dansk-norsk Litteratur- 
lexicon, vol. 1, p. 98. 

Bryant (—). Table to shew the Affinity 
between the Langnages spoken at 
Oonalashka and Norton Sound, and 
those of the Greenlanders and Esqui- 


maux, 


16 


Bryant — Continued. 

In Cook (J.) and King (J.), Voyage to the 
Pacific Ocean, vol. 3, pp. 552-553, London, 1754, 
4°, 

Contains vocabularies of Oonalashka, Nor- 
ton Sound, Greenland (from Cranz), and Es- 
quimanx, 

These vocabularies are reprinted in the fol- 
lowing editions of Cook and King’s Voyages: 

London, Nicol, 1784, 3 vols. 4°, Linguistics, 
vol. 8, pp. 554-555. 

Dublin, Chamberlaine, 1784, 3 vols. 6°. Lin- 
guistics, vol. 3, pp. 554-555. 

The second edition: London, Nicol, 1785, 3 
vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 3, pp. 554-555. 

Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 4. pp. 
538-539. 

Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 4, ap- 
pendix, pp. 99-100. 

Perth, Munson & Son, 1785-?, 4 vols. 16°. 

Perth, Munson & Son, 1787, 4 vols. 16°. 

There is an edition in Russian, St. Peters- 
burg, 1805-1810, which I have not seen; and 
one, Philadelphia, De Silver, which contains 
no linguistics. 

The voyages reprinted in Kerr (R.), General 
History and Collection of Voyages, vol. 15, pp. 
114-514, vol. 16, and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. The 
linguistics occur in vol. 16, pp. 310-311. 

Extracts from the work occur in Pinkerton 
and Pelham, but they contain no linguistics. 

The vocabularies are reprinted also in Voy- 
ages of Cupt. James Cook, vol. 2, pp. 553-554, 
London, 1842, 8° (*), and in Fry (i.), Pantog- 
raphy, London, 1799, 8°. 


Bureau of Ethnology: These words following a 


title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. 


[Burghardt (fev. C. F.).] The | Gospels 
| according to | St. Matthew, St. 
Mark, St. Luke, | and | St. John, | 
translated into the language | of | the 
Esquimaux Indians, | on the coast of | 
Labrador; | by the | Missionaries | of 
the | Unitas Fratrum; or, United 
Brethren. | residing | at Nain, Okkak, 
and Hopedale. | Printed | For the use of 
the Mission, | by | The British and For- 
eign Bible Society. | 

London: | Printed by W. M’Dowall, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1813. 

1 p. |. pp. 1-416, 12°. The work does «not 
contain the Gospel of John. One thousand 
copies printed fur the British and Foreign 
Bible Society, to correspond with the Gospel 
of St. John, with which it was intended to be 
bound. 

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Astor, 
Congress, Powell, Trumbull. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2232, at 20 fr. 
The Brinley copy, catalogue No. 5641, brought 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Burghardt (C. F.) — Continued. 
$5.25; the Murphy copy, catalogne No. 2914*, 
$3.50; and a copy is priced by Quaritch, cata- 
logue No, 30046, at 3s. Gd. 

The Report of the British end Foreign 
Bible Society, vol. 1, gives the title: The Four 
Gospels in Esquimaux. British and Foreign 
Bible Society, 1811 & 1813. Bagster’s Bible 
of Every Land says John was published in 
1810, the remaining three in 1813. See Kohl- 
meister (B. G.) for the former, 


Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Uber 

den Naturiaut. Von Hrn. Buschmann, 

In Kénigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1852, pt. 3, pp. 
391-423, Berlin, 1853, 4°. 

Contains a few words of Kadjak, Eskimo, 
Groénliindiseh, and Inklik. 

Issued separately as follows: 


— Uber | den | Naturlaut, | von | Joh. 

Carl Ed. Buschmann. | 

Berlin, | In Ferd. Diimmle1’s Verlags- 
Buchhandlung. | 1853. | Gedruckt in 
der Druckerei der kéniglichen Akade- 
mie | der Wissenschaften. 

1p. 1. pp. 1-34, 4°. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Mnseum. 

Translated and reprinted as follows: . 


— “On Natural Sounds,” by Professor 
J. C. E, Buschmann. ‘Translated by 
Campbell Clarke, Esq., from the Ab- 
handlungen Kéniglichen Akademie der 
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem 
Jahre 1852. 


In Philological Society [of London?], vol. 
6, pp. 188-206. [London, 1855], 8°. 


Der athapaskische Sprachstamm, 
dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann. 

In Kénigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1855, pp. 144-319, 
Berlin, 1856, 4°. 

Comparative vocabularies of a number of 
languages occur on pp. 242-313, among them 
the Ugalenzen, Inukalik, Inkalit, and Koi- 
tschanen. 

Separately issued as follows: 


—— Der | athapaskische Sprachstamm | 
dargestellt | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Busch- 
mann. | Aus den Abhandlungen der 
Koénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | 
zu Berlin 1855. | 

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei 
der kiénig] Akademie | der Wissen- 
schaften | 1856. | In Commission bei 
F. Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung. 

Printed cover 1 1. pp. 149-320, 4°, 

Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, British Mu- 
seum, Trumbull. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 17% 


Buschmann (J. C. E.)— Continued. Buschmann (J. C. E.)—Continued. 


Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. 639, prices it at 
6s. ; the Fischer copy, catalogue No. 273, brought 
l1ls.; the Squier copy, catalogue No. 142, $1.13; 
priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 2050, at 10 fr.; the 
Murphy copy, catalogue No. 2850, brought $2; 
priced by Quaritch, No. 30031, at 7s. 6d. 


— Die Pima-Sprache und die Sprache 
der Koloschen, dargestellt von Hrn. 
Busehmann. 

In Kénigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1856, pt. 3, pp. 
321-432, Berlin, 1857, 4°. 

A short comparative vocabulary of the Ko- 
losch and Eskimo, p. 389. 

Separately issued as follows : 


— Die Pima-Sprache | und | die Sprache 
der Koloschen | dargestellt | von | Joh. 
Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Ab- 
handlungen der Kénig]. Akademie der 
Wissenschaften | zu Berlin aus dem 
Jahre 1856. | 

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei 
der Kénig]. Akademie | der Wissen- 
schaften | 1857. | In Commission bei F. 
Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandiung. 

1 p. 1. pp. 821-432. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Trum- 
bull. 

At the Fischer sale, a copy, catalogue No. 
274, brought 6s.; priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 


2053, at 10 fr. and by Triibner, 1882, No. 122, at 
4s. 6d. 


—— Die Volker und Sprachen Neu-Mexi- 
ko’s und der Westseite des britischen 
Nordamerika’s, dargestellt von Hrn. 
Buschmann. 

In K6nigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1857, pp. 209-414, 
Berlin, 1858, 4°. 

Numerals of Prince William’s Sound, p. 326.— 
A few words of Nutka and Eskimo, p. 367. 

Separately issued as follows: 


— Die Volker und Sprachen | Neu- 
Mexico's | und | der Westseite | des | 
Britischen Nordamerika’s | dargestellt | 
von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus 
den Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akade- 
mie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 
1857. | 

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruck- 
erei der Kénigl. Akademie | der Wissen- 
schaften | 1858. | In Commission bei E. 
Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung. 

Printed cover, title 11. pp. 209-414, 4°. 


Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Trumbull, 
Watkinson. 
ESK——2 


The copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 
270, brought 14s.; at the Field sale, catalogue 
No. 235, 75 cents; priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 
3012, at 12 fr. and by Triibner, 1882, at 15s. 


—— Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache 


im nordlichen Mexico und héheren 
amerikanischen Norden. Zugleich eine 
Musterung der Volker und Sprachen des 
nérdlichen Mexico’s und der Westseite 
Nordamerika’s von Guadalaxara an bis 
zum Hismeer. VonJoh. Carl Ed. Busch- 
mann. ' 

In K6énigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhandlungén, aus dem Jahre 1854, Zweiter 
Supp-.Band, pp. 1-819 (forms the whole volume), 
Berlin, 1859, 4°. 

Comparison of terms of the Jakutat and 
Ugalenzen, p. 683.— Comparison of terms of the 
Ugaljachmutzi and Aztek, pp. 684-685.—Vo- 
cabulary of the Ugalenzen (from Resanoff and 
Wrangell), pp. 688-689.— Comparison of the lan- 
guage of Prince William Sound (from Port- 
lock) with the Tschugatschen (from Wran- 
gell),p. 693.— Comparison of the Tschugatschen 
(from Wrangell) with the Kadjak (from Wran- 
gell) and the Innuit of Kotzebue Sound, pp. 
693-694.— Comparison of the dialects of Stuart, 
Nuniwok, and Tschuakak Islands with Eskimo 
dialects, pp. 703,704.—Vocabulary ofthe Inkilik 
(from Sagoskin and Wassiljew), pp. 707, 708.— 
Vocabulary of the Inkalit-Jug-eljout (from Sa- 
goskin), p. 708. 

Separately issued as follows: 


—— Die | Spuren deraztekischen Sprachsa 


| im nérdlichen Mexico | und héheren 
amerikanischen Norden. | Zugleich | 
eine Musterung der Volker und Spra- 
chen | des nérdlichen Mexico’s | und 
der Westseite Nordamerika’s | von Gua- 
dalaxara an bis zum Kismeer. | Von 


_ Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | 


Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruck- 
erei der Kénigl. Akademie | der Wis- 
senschaften. | 1859. 

1 p. 1. pp. vii—xii, 1-819, 49. 

Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, Maisonneuve, 
Quaritebh, Trumbull. 

Published at 20 marks. An uncut half-mo- 
rocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, cata- 
logue No. 269, to Quaritch for £2 11s ; the lat- 
ter prices 2 copies, catalogue No. 12552, one at 
£2 2s. the other at £2 10s.; the Pinart copy, 
catalogue No. 178, brought 9 fr.; Koehler, cat- 
alogue No. 440, prices it at 13 M. 50 pf.; priced 
by Quaritch, No. 30037, at £2. 


— Systematische Worttafel des atha- 


paskischen Sprachstamms, aufgestellt 
und erliiutert von Hrn. Buschmann. 
(Dritte Abtheilung des Apache.) 


18 


Buschmann (J. C. E.)—Continued. 


In Kénigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, | 
Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1859, pt. 3, pp. | 


501-586, Berlin, 1860, 4°. 

Comparative vocabulary of a number of lan- 
guages, pp. 546-586, among them the Inkilik, 
Inkalit-Kinai, Ugalenzen oder Ugalachmjut. 

Issued separately as follows: 

— Systematische Worttafel | des atha- 
paskischen Sprachstamms, | aufgestellt 
und erliiutert | von | Joh. Carl Ed. 
Buschmann. | Dritte Abtheilung des 
Apache. | Aus den Abhandlungen der 
Kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften 
zu Berlin 1859. | 

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei 
der Kénigl. Akademie | der Wissen- 


schaften. | 1860. | In Commission von | 


F. Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung. 
1 p.1. pp. 501-586, 4°. 
Copies seen: Astor, Trumbull, Watkinson. 


Published at 7 M. 80 pf.; acopy at the Fischer | 


sale, catalogue No. 277, brought 138.; priced in 
the Triibner catalogue of 1882 at 3s. 

— Verwandtschaft der Kinai-Idiome 
des russischen Nordamerika’s mit dem 
grossen athapaskischen Sprachstamme. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Buschmann (J. C. E.)— Continued. 

In Kénigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Bericht aus dem Jahre 1854, pp. 231-236, Berlin, 
{u.d.J, 8°. 

Comparative vocabulary of the Kenai-Spra- 
chen (Kenai, Atnah, Koltschanen, Inkilek, 
Inkalit, and Ugalenzen), with the Athapas- 
kische-Sprachen (Chepewyan, Tahkoli, Ku- 
tchin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, and Ump- 
qua), faces p. 236. 


Buynitzky (Stephen Nestor), English- 
Aleutian | Vocabulary. | Prepared by | 
Stephen N. Buynitzky. | Published by 
the Alaska Commercial Company. | 

San Francisco: | ‘‘ Alta California” 
Book and Job Printing House. | No 529 
California street. | 1871. 

Pp. i-iv, 5-13, 8°.—Preface, containing gram- 
matic remarks and rules, pp. iji-iv.—Vocabn- 
lary, English and Aleutian, in parallel columns, 
arranged alphabetically by English words, pp. 
§-11.—Numerals 1-21, 30, 40, &c., 100, 200, &o. 
1,000, 10,000, 100,000, pp. 12-13. 

Copies of this little work have become very 

scarce; I have seen but one, that belonging 
to Major J. W. Powell, and know of but two 


others. 


C. 


[ Calendar in Greenland-Eskimo, for the 
year 1880. 

Nungme, 
[ned] 

1 sheet folio. 

Oopies seen: Congress. 

Campbell (fev. John). 
some American Indian Tribes. 
Campbell. - [Second article. ] 

In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. vol. 9, pp. 
193-212, Montreal, 1879, 8°. 

Aleutian, Kadiak, and Unalashka words 
compared with those of the peninsula, pp. 2.4— 
205.—Kadiak and Aleutian words compared 
with Dacotah, 205-206.— Kadiak and Aleutian 
words compared with Wyandot-Iroquois, p. 
206.—Kadiak and Aleutian words compared 
with Cherokee-Choctaw, p. 207. 


Canticles, Greenland. See Tuksiautit. 
Catalogue | de | livres rares | et pré- 
cieux | manuscrits et imprimés | prin- 
cipalement sur l’Amérique | ef sur les 
langues du monde entier | composant la 
bibliothéque de | M. Alph.-L. Pinart | 
et comprenant en totalité la biblio- 
théque Mexico-Guatémalienne de | M. 
VAbbé6 Brasseur de Bourbourg | 
Paris | Vve Adolphe Labitte | li- 
braire de la Bibliotheque Nationale | 4, 
rue de Lille, 4 | 1883 


nakitigkat, L. Moller.] 


On the origin of 
By John 


| Catalogue — Continued. 

Outside title 1 1. pp. i-viii, 1-248, 8°.—Con- 
tains titles of a number of works in Eskimo, 
of some of which I have seen no mention else- 
where. 

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. 

Oatechism: 


Aleut. See Jean (Pere), 
Tishnoff (E.). 
Greenland. Ajokersoutit oppersartuit, 


Ajokzrsutit illuartut, 
apersstitit, 

Egede (H.), 

Egede (Paul), 
Katekismuse, 
Sapame, 

Tamersa, 
Thorballesen (E.), 
Tuksiautit. 

Peck (KE. J.). 
Bourquin (T.), 
Erdmann (F.). 
Catechismus Lutheri. See Hgede (H.). 


Catechismus Mingnek D. M. Lutherim. 
See Hgede (Paul). 


Hudson Bay. 
Labrador. 


Census: ; 
Greenland. See Piniartut. 
Pt. Barrow. Ray (P. H.). 


Chappell (Lieut. Edward). Narrative | 
of a | voyage | to | Hudson’s Bay | in | 
his majesty’s ship Rosamond | contain- 
ing some account of | the north-eastern 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 19 


Chappell (E.)— Continued. 
coast of America | and | of the tribes | 
inhabiting | that remote region. | By | 
Lieut. Edward Chappell, R. N. | [Two 
lines quotation. ] | 

London: | Printed for J. Mawman, 
Ludgate street: | By R. Watts, Crown 
Court, Temple Bar. | 1817. 

6 p. ll. pp. 1-279, map, 8°.—A short Esqui- 
maux vocabulary (21 words), p. 116. 

Oopies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress, Powell, Trumbull. 

A copy at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 
5647, brought $1.75, and one at the Murphy sale, 
catalogue No. 549, $1.25; priced by Quaritch, 
No. 21972, at 5s. 

Charencey (Hyacinthe de). Recherches 
| sur les | noms des points de l’espace | 
par | M. le Cte de Charencey | membre 
[&e. two lines.] | [Design.] | 

Caen | Imprimerie de F. le Blanc- 
Hardel | rue Froide, 2 et 4 | 1882 

Printed cover 1 1. title 1 1]. pp. 1-86, 8°.— 
Famille Esquimande: Groénlandais, Tchiglit 
(des bouches du Mackenzie), pp. 11-14. 

Copies seen: Brinton, Pilling, Powell. 
Chiagmiut Vocabulary. Sce Zagoskin (L. A.). 
Christ: 

(Imitation of), Greenland. See Egede (P.). 


(Life of), Labrador. Nalegapta. 
(Salvation Greenland. Kragh (P.). 
through), 
Christian 
Creed, Aleut. See Veniaminoff (J.) 
and Netzvietotf 
(J.). 
Doctrine, Greenland. Jesusib, 
Jesusim, 


Konigseer (C. M.). 
Labrador. Jesusib. 
Faith (Ele- Greenland. Egede (H.). 
ments of), 

Guide Book, Aleut. Tishnoff (E.). 
Christ’s Passion, Greenland. See Naleganta. 
Chronicles, Labrador. See Erdmann (F.). 
Chugatchigmut Vocabulary. See Dall (W. I). 
Chi’klukmut Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.). 


Church Missionary Gleaner. Languages 
of N. W. America. 

In Church Missionary Gleaner, No. 90, Lon- 
don, 1881, 4°. 
St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo, p. 67. 

Church Missionary Society: These words follow- 
ing a title indicate that a copy of the work re- 
ferred to was seen by the compiler in the library 
of the above institution, London, Eng. 

Clare (James R.). Terms of Relationship 
of the Eskimo, West of Hudson’s Bay, 
collected by James R. Clare, York Fac- 
tory, Hudsoun’s Bay Ty. 


Clare (J. R.) — Continued. 

In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguin- 
ity and affinity, line 78, pp. 293-382, Washing: 
ton, 1871, 4°. 

Collie (—). See Beechey (F. W.). 


Congress: This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seea 
by the compiler in the Library of Congress, 
Washington, D. C. 


Cook River Numerals. See Dixon (G.). 

Court de Gebelin (Autoine de). Monde 
primitif, | analysé et comparé | avec le 
monde moderne, | considéré | Dans di- 
vers Objets concernant l’Histoire, le 
Blason, les Mon- | noies, les Jeux, les 
Voyages des Phéniciens autour du | 
Monde, les Langues Américaines, &c. | 
ou | dissertations mélées | Tome pre- 
mier, | Remplies de Découvertes inté- 
ressantes; | Avec une Carte, des Plan- 
ches, & un Monument d’Amérique. | 
Par M. Court de Gebelin, | de diverses 
Académies, Censeur Royal. | [ Design. ]| 

A Paris, | Chez | L’Auteur, rue Poupée, 
Maison de M. Boucher, Seerétaire du 
Roi. | Valeyre Vainé, Imprimeur-Li- 
braire, rue de la vieille Bouclerie. | 
Sorin, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. | 
M. DCC. LXXXI [1781]. | Avee appro- 
bation et privilége du Roi. 

Forms vol. 8 of Monde Primitif, Paris, 1777- 
1782, 9 vols. 8°. The volumes have title-pages 
slightly differing one from another.—Essai sur 
les rapports des mots, entre les langues du Nou- 
veau Monde et celles del’ Ancien, pp. 489-560, 
contains: Langue des Esquimaux et des Groen- 
landois (with vocabulary), pp. 493-498. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Triibner, 1856, No. 631, prices a copy of the 
full set (dated 1787) at £3 13s. 6d. ; at the Fischer 
sale, catalogue No. 1706, a copy (9 vols.) brought 
£1108. and at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 
5632, $20.25. 

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 17174, titles an edition 
of the Monde Primitif, Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9 
vols. 4°. 

For a reprint of the Essai, sec Scherer (J. B.). 

Coxe (William). Account | of the Rus- 
sian Discoveries | between | Asia and 
America. | To which are added | The 
Conquest of Siberia, | and | the History 
of the Transactions and | Commerce be- 
tween Russia and China. | By William 
Coxe, A. M., Fellow of King’s College- 
Cambridge, and Chaplain to his Grace 
the | Duke of Marlborough. | 

London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for 

T. Caddell, in the Strand. |M DCC 
L XXX [1780]. 


20 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Cranz (D.) —Continued. 
—— Historie | van | Groenland | Behel- 


Coxe (W.)—Continued. 
Pp. i-xxiii, 1-344, and index 13 unnumbered 


pp. maps, 4°. — Specimen of the Aleutian 
langnage (12 words, and numerals 1-10), ap- 
pendix, p. 303. 

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, Watkinson. 

There is an edition of this work with title- 
page similar in all respects to the above, except 
the addition of: The second edition, revised 
and enlarged. (Boston Atheneum, British 
Mtfseum, Congress.) 

Third edition as follows: 

Account | of the | Russian discover- 
ies | between | Asia and America. | To 
which are added, | the conquest of Si- 
beria, | and | the history of the trans- 
actions | and commerce between Rus 
sia and China. | By William Coxe, A. 
M.F.R.S. | One of the Senior Fellows 
of King’s College, Cambridge; | Mem- 
ber of the Imperial @conomical Society 
at St. Peters- | burg, of the Royal Acad- 
emy of Sciences at Copenhagen ; and | 
Chaplain to his Grace the Duke of Marl- 
borough. | The third edition, revised 
and corrected. | 

London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for 
T. Cadell, inthe Strand | MDCCLXXX- 
VII [1787]. 

1 p. 1. pp. i-xxviii, 1-454, 11. maps, 8°.—Speci- 
men of the Aleiitian language (12 words and 
numerals 1-10), appendix, p. 386. 

Copies scen: Bancroft, Congress. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 11820, at 5s. 

I haye seen the following editions, which 
contain no lingnistics: Neuchatel, 1781, 8°; 
Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1783, 8°; London, 1803, 
8° and 4°; London, 1804, 8°. 


Co-Yukon Vocabulary. See Everette (W. E.). 


Cranz (David). David Cranz | Historie 

| von | Grénland | enthaltend | Die 
Beschreibung des Landes und | der Ein- 
wohner &c. | insbesondere | die | Ge- 
schichte | der dortigen | Mission | der | 
Evangelischen | Briider | zu | Neu- 
Herrnhut | und | Lichtenfels. | Mit acht 
Kupfertafeln und einem Register. | 

Barby bey Heinrich Detlef Ebers, und 
in Leipzig | in Commission bey Weid- 
manns Erben und Reich. | 1765. 

17 p. ll. pp. 1-1132, 13 ll. maps, 12°.— VI. 
Abschnitt. Vonden Wissenschaften der Grén- 
liinder, pp. 277-304, contains remarks on the 
grammatice construction of the language of 
Greenland, with examples, and the Creed.—A 
Greenland song, with German translation, pp. 
969-972.— Letters written by the Natives, with 
German translation, pp. 1096-1100. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Watkinson. 

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No, 2730, at 40 fr, 


zende | Eene nauwkeurige Beschrij- 
vinge | van | ’s Lands ligging, gesteld- 
heid, en natuurlijke Zeldzaamheden ; | 
Den Aart, Zeden en Gewoonten | Der 
Inwooneren aan de West-Zijde bij de | 
Straate Davis; | ’s Lands aloude en 
nieuwe Geschiedenisse ; | en in’t bijzon- 
der | de Verrichtingen der Mission aris- 
sen | van de | Broeder-Kerk, | door 
welken | Twee Gemeenten van _ be- 
keerde Heidenen aldaar gesticht zijn. | 
Alles in eigen Perzoon onderzocht en 
opgesteld | door | David Cranz. | Met 
Plaaten versierd, in III Deelen | uit het 
Hoogduitsch vertaald. | 

Te Haarleem bij C. H. Bohn Amster- 
dam bij H. de Wit Boekverkoopers. | 


1767. 

3 vols. 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 243-256; 
vol. 3, pp. 236-238, 352-357. 

Copies seen: Brown. 


—— The | history | of | Greenland: | con- 


taining | a description | of | the coun- 
try, | and | its inhabitants: | and par- 
ticularly, | A Relation of the Mission, 
carried on for above | these Thirty 
Years by the Unitas Fratrum, | at | New 
Herrnhuth and Lichtenfels, in that 
Country. | By David Crantz. | Trans- 
lated from the High-Dutch, and illus- 
trated with | Maps and other Copper- 
plates. | Intwo Volumes. | Vol. I[-I1]. | 

London, | Printed for the Brethren’s 
Society for the Furtherance of the | Gos- 
pel among the Heathen: | And sold by 
J. Dodsley, in Pall-mall; T. Becket 
and | P. A. de Hondt; and T. Cadell, 
Successor to | A. Millar, in the Strand; 
W.Sandby, in | Fleet-street; S. Bladon, 
in Pater-noster-row; | E. and C. Dilly, in 
the Poultry; and at | all the Brethren’s 
Chapels. | MDCCLXVII [1767]. 

2 vols.: 2 p. ll. pp. i-lix, 1-405; 1 1. pp. 1-498, 
8°.— Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 217-229; vol. 2, pp. 
350-352, 446-451. 

Oopies scen: Brown, Congress. 

A copy at tho Field sale, No. 462, brought 
$4.50; priced by Quaritch, Nos. 11648 and 28569, 
at 7s. At the Pinart sale, No. 267, a copy 
brought 15 fr. 

Historia | om | Grénland, | deruti | 
Landet och desz Inbyg gare &c. | 1 
synnerhet | Evangeliska Brédra For- 
samlingens | der warands | Mission, | 
och Desz Forriittninger | 1 | Ny-Herrn- 
hut och Lichtenfels, | beskrifwas; | 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. PA | 


Cranz (D.) — Continued. 

Af | David Crantz | pii Tyska forfatted, 
Men | for desz miirkwirdiga Innehiill 
pi Swensta 6fwersatt, | och | med fullst 
iindigt Register forstedd. | Férra De- 
len, | Om | Landet, Inbyggarne och 
Wawsiicene. intil ihe 1740. | 

Stockholm, | Tryckd och uplagd af 
Johan Georg Lange, | Ar 1769. 

2 vols.: 1 p.1. pp. 1-526; 529-1216, 12°. Vol. 
2 has different title.—Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 
279-294; vol. 2, pp. 1011-1013, 1142-1147. 

Oopies seen: Brown. 

—— The | history of Greenland: | includ- 
ing | an account of the mission | car- 
ried on by the | United Brethren | in 
that country. | From the German of 
David Crantz. | With | a continuation 
to the present time; | illustrative 
notes; | and an appendix, containing 
asketch of the mission | of the brethren 
in Labrador. | [19 lines quotation. ] | 
In two volumes. | Vol. 1[-IT]. | 

London: | Printed for Longman, 
Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | Pater- 
noster-row. | 1820. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xi, 1-359; i-vi, 1-323, 8°.—Lin- 
guistics, vol. 1, pp. 201-209, 345-346; vol. 2, pp. 
225-229, 293-294, 320. 

The quotations from Cranz appearing in this 
bibliography are taken from this edition. 

Oopies seen: Boston Atheneum, British 
Museum, Brown, Congress, Watkinson. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 463, 


brought $1.75; priced by Quaritch, No. 11649, at 


93. and 10s. and in No. 28570 at 7s. 


Reprinted, according to Ludewig, p. 72, in | 


Bibliothek der neuesten Reisebeschreibungen, 
vol. 20, Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779-1797, 21 
vols. 8°. 


D. 


Dall (W. H.)— Continued. 


Dall (William Healey). Alaska | and | 
its resources. | By | William H. Dall, | 
director of the scientific corps of the 
late Western Union | telegraph ex- 
pedition. | [Design. ] | 
Boston: | Lee and Shepard. | 1870. 
Pp. i-xii, 1-628, map, plates, 8°. Appendix F, 
Vocabularies, pp. 547-575, contain vocabularies 
of the following Eskimo dialects: 
Unalaskan from Sauer. 
Atkan from Sauer. 
Ugalikmut from Gibbs. 
Chugatchigmut from Wrangell. 
Koniigmut from Sauer. 
Nushergagmiut from Gibbs. 
Kuskwégmiut from Baer. 
Ekégmiut (Dall). 
Unaligmit (Dall). 


Crespieul (f. P. 


Cull (Richard), 


Cranz (D.)—Continued. - 


I have seen the following editions, whieh 
contain no linguistics: Barby, 1770, 12°; 
Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779, 8°; Niirnberg 
und Leipzig, 1782, 12°. 


Frangois - Xavier ), 
Priéres | en | Algonkin | Montagnaix | 
Abanaki | Aisquimaux | 1676 | par ie 
Révérend Pére de Crespieul. 

Manuscript, 30 1l.8°. Preserved in the Arch- 
bishopric of Quebec. Tho pagination is con- 
fused. The text commences on the verso of 
the leaf which bears tho title, and is divid- 
ed into four columns, two on the verso and 
two on the recto, having for headings, from 
left to right: Algonkin, Montagnaix, Abanaki, 
squimaux. The first two columns only are 
in the handwriting of Father Crespieul. The 
text of the column devoted to the language of 
the Eskimos disappears on the recto of leaf 3, 
but appears again on pages 4 and 5, not being a 
translation of tho same prayers as contained 
in the other columns, however. Tho Eskimo 
column is blank throughout the remainder of 
the manuscript. 

Description furnishe1 mo by Rev. Louis 
Beaudet, librarian of Laval University, Quo- 
bec. 


A Description of Three 
Esquimaux from Kinnecoksook, Hogarth 
Sound, Cumberland Strait. By Richard 
Cull. 

In Ethnological Society of London, Jour. 
vol. 4, 1856, pp. 215-225, London, [n. d.], 8°. 

Numerals 1-30 of the Esquimaux of Labrador 
and of Camberland Strait (from Sutherland), 
p. 221 


Oumberland Strait: 


See Cull (R.). 
Gilder (W. H.), 
Kumlien (L.). 


Numerals 
Vocabulary. 


Mahlemutt (Dall). 

Kaviagmut (Dall). 

Greenlandic from Egede. 
Chi’/klikmiut from fall (in part). 

Oopies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, Congress, Eames, Powell, Trumbull, 
Watkinson. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 480, 
brought $1.50. 


Some copies have the imprint: London: | 
Sampson Low, Son, and Marston, | Crewn 
Buildings, 188, Fleet Street. | 1870. (British 


Museum.) 


—— On the Distribution of the Native 


Tribes of Alaska and the adjacent ter- 
ritory. By W.H. Dall. 


22 


Dall (W. H.)—Continued. 
In American Ass. Ady. Sci. Proc. vol. 18, pp. 
263-273, and 2 folding sheets, Cambridge, 1870, 8°. 
Contains a vocabulary of 27 words, and the 
numerals 1-10, of the tribes of which vocabu- 
laries are given in the same author’s Alaska 
and its Resources. 


On Some Peculiarities of the Eskimo 
Dialect. By William H. Dall. 

In American Ass. Ady. Sci. Proc. vol. 19, 
pp. 332-349, Cambridge, 1871, 8°. 

Conjugation of the affirmative form of the 
indicative mode of the verb ermityik, to wash, 
pp. 3835-349. 

— Tribes of the Extreme Northwest. 
By W. H. Dall. 

In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A. Eth- 
nology, vol. 1, pp. 1-156, Washington, 1877, 4°. 

Terms of Relationship used by the Innnit, 
Appendix, pp. 117-119. 

and Baker (Marcus). Partial list 
of books, pamphlets, papers in serial 
journals, and other publications on 
Alaska and adjacent regions. By W. 
H. Dall and Marcus Baker. 

In Coast and Geodetic Survey, Pacific Coast 
Pilot * * second series, pp. 225-375, Wash- 
ington, 1879, 4°. 

While not referring directly to linguistics, 
this work contains titles of many works, voy- 
ages, travels, ete. which contain linguistic ma- 
terial. 

Copies seen: Congress, Pilling, Powell. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Davidoff (G. I.) —Continued. 


Translation.—T wo voyages | to America | by 
the naval officers | Khwostoff and Davidoff, | 
written by the latter. | Part first{[-second]. | 
At St. Petersburg | printed in the Naval Print- 
ing Office in the year 1810[-1812]. 

2 vols. 8°.—Kadiak names of stars and 
months, vol. 2, pp. 101-103. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 

The German edition, Berlin, 1816, 8°, contains 
no linguistics. 


Davidson (George). Report of Assistant 


George Davidson relative to the re- 
sources and the coast features of Alaska 
Territory. 

In Coast Survey Ann. Rept. 1867, pp. 187-329, 
Washington, 1869, 4°. 

Vocabulary of the languages of the natives 
of Kadiak, Unalaska, and Kenai, pp. 293-298. 


Report of Assistant George Davidson 
relative to the coast features and re- 
sources of Alaska territory. 

In 40th Congress, 2d Session, House of Rep- 
resentatives, Ex. Doc. No. 177, Russian Amer- 
ica, Message from the President of the Unit- 
ed States, in answer to a resolution of the 
House of 19th of December last, transmitting 
correspondence in relation to Russian America, 
[No imprint.] Pp. 1-361, pt. 2, pp. 1-19, 8°. 

Mr. Davidson's report occupies pp. 219-361, 
and contains, pp. 328-333, vocabularies of the 
Oonalashka, Kodiak, Kenay, and Sitka, all 
from Lisiansky’s Voyage Round the World. 


Davis Strait, Vocabulary. See Gibbs (G.). 
Words. Brown (R.). 


De Schweinitz (Bishop Edward). See 
Reichelt (G. T.). 


Dialogues,Greenland. See Egede (H.), 
Kragh (P.). 


Dictionarium Grénlandico-Danico-Lati- 


Dalton (H.). See Gebet des Herrn. 


Davidib | assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit 
uertordlerutingillo | imgerusertaggit. | 
The Book of Psalms | translated into 
the | Esquimaux Language, | by | the 
Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum, 


or United Brethren. | Printed for the num. See Bgede (Paul). 
use of the Mission, | by | The British | Dictionary: 
and Foreign Bible Society. | Aleut. See Buynitzky (S. N.), 

London:| W. M’Dowall Printer, | 1830. Pinart (A. L.). 

Pp. 1-216, 16°. Entirely in the language of Greenland. Anderson (J.), 
Labrador. The translation of the Eskimo Beyer (J. F.), 
words of the title is: David's | his others his Egedo (Paul), 
songs [i. ¢., his other songs] and his means of tabdew (0.), 
praising | sung. Kleinschmidt (S. P.). 

Copies seen: American Bible Society, British eee Pinart (A. 1.), 
and Foreign Bible Society. Tabrador. Erdmann (F.). 

5 Tchiglit. Petitot (E. F.S.J.). 


Bagster’s Bible of Every Land mentions an 
edition of 1626. Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22868, 
and Tritbner’s Catalogue [1856], No. 669, men- 
tion an edition of 1834. The latter pricesitat 3s. 

Davidoff (GavrilaIvanovich). AByxparunoe 
nytemectsie | Bb AMepuky | MopcKaXx' oonte- 


Dixon (Capt. George). A | voyage round ~ 
the world; | but more particularly to 
the | north-west coast of America: | 
performed in 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | 
in | the King George and Queen Char- 


poss | XsoctoBa m AaBbijosa, | nMcannoe cums 
nocabjuums. | Yacts neppan [-propan]. | 

Bp C. Merepsypr’é | Wesamano Bb Moperoit 
Tuuorpatin 1810 [-1812] roga. 


lotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. | 
Dedicated, by permission, to | Sir Joseph 
Banks, Bart. | By Captain George Dix. 
on. | 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 23 


Dixon (G.)—Continued. 

London: | Published by Geo. Gould- 
ing, | Ilaydn’s Head, No. 6, James 
Street, Covent Garden. | 1789. 

Pp. i-xxix, 11. pp. 1-352, appendix, pp. 353- 
360, appendix 2, pp. 1-47, map, 4°.—Numerals, 
1-10, of Prince William’s Sound and Cook’s 
River, Norfolk Sound, and King George’s 
Sound, p. 241. 

Copics seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 
neum, British Museum, Congress, Harvard, 
Watkinson. 

At tbe Fischer sale, catalogue No. 2312, a copy 
brought 1s. 6d.; at the Brinley sale, No. 4678, a 
fine copy, calf, gilt, $2.75. Priced by Quaritch, 
Nos. 28950 and 28951, at 10s. and 12s. 

Voyage | autour du monde, | et prin- 
cipalement | a la céte nord-ouest de 
VAmérique, | Fait en 1785, 1786, 1787 et 
1788, | A bord du King-George et de la 
Queen- | Charlotte, par les Capitaines 
Portlock | et Dixon. | Dédié, par permis- 
sion, & Sir Joseph | Banks, Baronet; | 
Par le Capitaine George Dixon. | Tra- 
duit de ’Anglois, par M. Lebas. | Tome 
Premier[-Second]. | 

A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire, 
Hotel de Chateau- | Vieux, rue Saint- 
André-des-Ares. | 1789. 

2 vols. 12°.—Linguisties, as in English edi- 
tion, vol. 2, pp. 16-17, and sheet facing p. 21. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Atheneum. 

—— Der | Kapitaine Portlock’s und Dix- 
on’s | Reise um die Welt | besonders 
nach | der Nordwestlichen Kiste von 
Amerika | wiihrends der Jahre 1785 bis 
1788 | in den Schiffen King George und 
Queen Charlotte, | Herausgegeben | 
von dem | Kapitain Georg Dixon. | Aus 
dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit An- 
merkungen erliutert | von | Johann 
Reinhold Forster, | der Rechte, Medicin 
und Weltweisheit Doktor, Professor der 
Naturgeschichte und Mineralogie | auf 
der K6nigl. Preusz. Friedrichs-Univer- 
sitiit, Mitglied der Konig]. Akademie 
der héheren | und schénen Wissenschaf- 
ten zu Berlin. | Mit vielen Kupfern und 
einer Landkarte. | 

Berlin, 1790. | Bei Christian Fried- 
rich Bosz und Sohn. 

4 p. ll. pp. i-xxii, 1-314, map, 4°.—Linguis- 
tics, pp. 216-218. 

Copies seen: Brown. 

See Portlock (N.); also Portlock (N.) and 
Dixon (G.). 

Dobbs (Arthur). An | Account | of the 
Countries adjoining to | Hudson’s Bay, 


Dobbs (A.)— Continued. 

| in the | North-west Part of America: 
| containing | a Description of their 
Lakes and Rivers, the Nature of the | 
Soil and Climates, and their Methods of 
Commerce, &c. | Shewing the Benefit 
to be made by settling Colonies, and | 
opening a Trade in these Parts; where- 
by the French will be | deprived in a 
great Measure of their Traffick in Furs, 
and | the Communication between Can- 
ada and Mississippi be cut off. | With | 
An Abstract of Captain Middleton’s 
Journal, and Observations upon | his 
Behaviour during his Voyage, and since 
his Return. | To which are added, | I. 
A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte, 
| Vice-Admiral of Peru and Mexico; | 
giving an Account of his Voyage from | 
Lima in Peru, to prevent, or seize upon 
| any Ships that should attempt to find 
| a Northwest Passage to the South 
Sea. | II. An Abstract of all the Discov- 
eries | which have been publish’d of the 
Islands | and Countries in and adjoin- 
ing to the | Great Westera Ocean, be- 
tween Ame-| rica, India, and China, &c. 
pointing | out the Advantages that may 
be made, | if a Short Passage should 
be found thro’ | Hudson’s Streight to 
that Ocean. | III. The Hudson’s Bay 
Company’s Charter. | 1V. The Standard 
of Trade in those | Parts of America; 
with an Account | of the Exports and 
Profits made an-| nually by the Hud- 
son’s Bay Company. | V. Vocabularies 
of the Languages of se- | veral Indian 
Nations adjoining to Hud-|son’s Bay. | 
The whole intended to shew the great 
Probability of a Northwest | Passage, 
so long desired; and which (if discov- 
ered) would be of the | highest Advan- 
tage to these Kingdoms. | By Arthur 
Dobbs, Esq; | 

London: | Printed for J. Robinson, at 
the Golden Lion in Ludgate-Street. | 
M DCC XLIV [1744]. 

Pp. i-ii, 1-211, map, 4°.—Vocabulary of Eng- 
lish and Eskimo words, pp. 203-205. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, 
British Museum, Congress, Trumbull. 

Stevens’ Nuggets, No. 906, prices a copy at 
10s. 6d. A copy at the Field sale, No. 538, 
brought $2.50. Priced by Quaritch, No. 11650, at 
£15s., large paper. At the Murphy sale, No. 


801, acopy brought $3.25. Priced by Quaritch, 
No, 28278, at £1 48, 


24 


Drake (Samuel Gardner). The | Book of 
the Indians | of | North America: | 

comprising | details in the lives of about 
five hundred | chiefs and others, | the 
most distinguished among them. | Also, 
| ahistory of their wars; their manners 
and customs; speeches of | orators, &c., 
from their first being known to | Euro- 
peans to the present time. | Exhibiting 
also an analysis of the most distin- 
guished authors | who have written 
upou the great question of the | first 
peopling of America. | [Picture of 
Indian, and six lines quotation. ] | By 
Samuel G. Drake, | Member of the 
New-Hampshire Historical Society. | 

Boston: | Published by Josiah Drake, 
| at the Antiquarian Bookstore, 56 
Cornhill. | 1833. 

Frontispiece 11. title as above 1 1.1 other p.1. 
pp. 1-22 (Book I), 1-110 (Book I), 1-124 (Book 
III), 1-47 (Book IV), 1-135 (Book V).—Short 
vocabulary of the Kamskadale and Aléoutean 
(‘‘from a French translation of Billings’s voy- 
age’’), Book I, p. 15. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

An earlier edition of this work, Indian Bi- 

ography, Boston, 1832, 8°, contains no linguis- 
tics. (Astor, Congress.) 
Biography and history | of the | In- 
dians of North America; | comprising | 
a general account of them, | and | 
details in the lives of all the most 
distinguished chiefs, and | others, who 
have been noted, among the various | 
Indian nations upon the continent. | 
Also, | a history of their wars; | their 
manners and customs; and the most 
celebrated speeches | of their orators, 
from their. first being known to | Euro- 
peans to the present time. | Likewise | 
exhibiting an analysis | of the most dis- 
tinguished, as well as absurd authors, 
who | have written upon the great 
question of the | first peopling of 
America. | [Picture of an Indian; quo- 
tation, six lines. ]| By Samuel G. Drake, 
| Member of the New Hampshire His- 
torical Society. | Third Edition, | With 
large Additions and Corrections, and 
numerous Engravings. | 

Boston: | O. L. Perkins, 56 Cornhill, 
and Hilliard, Gray & Co. | New York: 
G. & C. & N. Carvill. | Philadelphia: 
Grigg & Elliot. | 1834. 

Engraved title 1 1. pp. i-viii, 1-28, 1-120, 
1-132, 1-72, 1-158, 1 1. pp. 1-18, 1-12, plates, 8°. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


THE 


Drake (S. G.) —Continued. 


Some copies have the names Collins, Hannay 
& Co. substituted for G. & C. & N. Carvill in 
the imprint. 

Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale and 
Aléoutean, Book I, p. 15. 

Oopies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Wisconsin Historical Society. 

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20868, mentions the 
fifth edition, Boston, 1835, 8°. 


—— Biography and History j of the | 


Indians of North America; | compris- 
ing | a General Account of them, | and 
| Details of the Lives of all the most 
distinguished chiefs, and | others, who 
have been noted, amoaog the various | 
Indian Nations upon the Continent. | 
Also, | a History of their Wars; | their 
Manners and Customs; and the most 
celebrated Speeches | of their Orators, 
from their first being known to | Euro- 
peans to the Present Time. | Likewise 
| exhibiting an Analysis | of the most 
distinguished, as well as absurd authors, 
who | have written upon the great 
question of the | First Peopling of 
America. | [Picture of an Indian; quo- 
tation, six lines. ] | By Samuel G. Drake, 
| Member of the New Hampshire His- 
torical Society. | Fourth Edition, | 
With large Additions and Corrections, 
and numerous Engrayvings. | 

Boston: | J. Drake, 55 Cornhill, | at 
the Antiquarian Institute. | 1836. 

Engraved title 1 1. pp. i-vi, 1 1. pp. 1-4, 1-28 
1-120, 1-132, 1-72, 1-158, 1-18, 1-12, plates, 8°. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 


—— Biography and history | of the | 


Indians of North America. | From its 
first discovery to the present time; | 
comprising | details in the lives of all 
the most distinguished chiefs and | 
counsellors, exploits of warriors, and 
the celebrated | speeches of their 
orators; | also, | a history of their wars, 
| massacres and depredations, as well 
as the wrongs and | sufferings which 
the Europeans and their | descendants 
have done them; | with an account of 
their | Antiquities, Manners and Cus- 
toms, | Religion and Laws; | likewise | 
exhibiting an analysis of the most dis- 
tinguished, as well as absurd | authors, 
who have written upon the great ques- 
tion of the | first peopling of America. 
| (Monogram; six lines quotation. ] 
By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifth Edition, | 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 25 


Drake (S. G.)— Continued. 


With large Additions and Corrections, 
and numerous Engravings. | 

Boston: ! Antiquarian Institute, 56 
Cornhill. | 1836. 

1p. l. pp. i-xii, 1-48, 1-120, 1-144, 1-96, 1-168, 
§°.— Vocabulary of the Kamskadale and 
Aléoutean, Book I, p. 16. : 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress. 

Some copies are dated 1837. (Astor.) 

The ‘Seventh edition” has title-page other- 
wise similar to the above, the date being 
changed to 1837. (Astor, Congress.) 

A copy is priced by Quaritch, No. 11968, at 
10s. At the Murphy sale, No. 831, one brought 
$3.75. 


— The | book of the Indians; | or, | 


biography and history | of the | 
Indians of North America, | from its 
first discovery | to the year 1841. | 
[Nine lines quotations.] | By Samuel 
G. Drake, | Fellow [&c. two lines]. | 
Eighth edition, | With large Additions 
and Corrections. | 

Boston: | Antiquarian Bookstore, 56 
Cornhill. | M.DCCC.XLI [1841]. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-48, 1-120, 1-156, 1-156, 1-200, and 
index, pp. 1-16, 8°.—Linguisties as in fifth 
edition. 


Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- | 


seum, Congress. 

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20688, 
Ninth Edition, Boston, 1845, 748 pp. 8°; Tenth 
Edition, Boston, MDCCCXL[V]III, 8°. 


—— Biography and History | of the | 


Indians of North America, | from its first 
discovery. | [Quotation, nine lines. ] | By 
Samuel G. Drake. | Eleventh edition. | 

Boston: | Benjamin B. Mussey & Co. 
| M.DCCC.LI [1851]. 

Pp. 1-720, plates, 8°.—Vocabulary of the 
Kamskadale and Aleutian, p. 32. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Mas- 
sachusetts Historical Society, Wisconsin His- 
torical Society. 

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20868, 
some copies have the imprint: Boston, San- 
born, Carter & Bazin, 1857. Another edition: 
Boston, 1858. 


—— History | of the | Early Discovery of 


America, | and | Landing of the Pil- 
grims. | With a| Biography | of the | 
Indians of North America. | [Quota- 
tion, nive lines. ]| By Samuel G. Drake. | 

Boston: | Higgins and Bradley. | 
1854, i 


Drake (8S. G.) —Continued. 

Pp. 1-720, plates, 8°.— Linguistics as in 
eleventh edition. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 

The | Aboriginal Races | of | North 
America; | comprising | Biographical 
Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | 
and | an Historical Account of the Dif- 
ferent Tribes, | from | the First Discov- 
ery of the Continent | to | the Present 
Period | With a Dissertation on their | 
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus- 
toms, | Illustrative Narratives and An- 
ecdotes, | and a | copious analytical 
index | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth 
Edition, | revised, with valuable addi- 
tions, | by J. W. O’Neill. | Illustrated 
with Numerous Colored Steel-plate En- 
gravings. | [Quotation, six lines. ] | 

Philadelphia: | Charles Desilver, | 
No. 714 Chestnut Street. | 1860. 

Pp. 1-736, 8°. This is tae Biography of the 
Indians, with a new title-page and some addi- 
tions.—Linguistics, p. 32. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft. 

—— The | Aboriginal Races | of | North 
America; | comprising | Biographical 
Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | 
and | an Historical Account of the Dif- 
ferent Tribes, | from | the First Discov- 
ery of the Continent | to | the Present 
Period | With a Dissertation on their | 
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus- 
toms, | Illustrative Narratives and An- 
ecdotes, | and a | copious analytical 
index | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth 
Edition, | revised, with valuable addi- 
tions, | by Prof. H. L. Williams. | 
[ Quotation, six lines. ] | 

New York. | Hurst & Company, Pub- 
lishers. | 122 Nassau Street. | [n. d. 
copyright, 1880. ] 

Pp. 1-787, 8°.—Linguistics, p. 32. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Wisconsin His- 
torical Society. 


Duncan (David). American Races. | Com- 
piled and abstracted by | Professor 
Dunean, M. A. 

Forms Part 6 of Spencer (Herbert), De- 
scriptive Sociology, New York, D. Appleton 
& Co. [1878], folio. 

Under the heading ‘‘Language, pp. 40-42, 
there are given comments and extracts from 

. various authors upon native tribes, among them 
the Esquimaux. 

Copics seen: Congress, Powell. 


26 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


E. 


| Bgede (H.) —Continued. 
| —— Det gamle | Grgnlands | Nye | Per- 


Eames: This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to has been seen 
by the compiler in the library of Mr. Wilber- 


force Eames, New York City. 


Egede (Hans). Det gamle | Gr@nlands | 


Nye | Perlustration; | Eller: | En kort | 


Beskrivelse om de gamle | Nordske 
Colonets Begryndelse og Under- | gang 
i Gr@nlans. Gronlands Situation. |; 


Lubt og Temperament, og dets etsige | 


Ind- | byggeries klwededragt, Hand- 


toering, Spise, | Sprog Agteskab, og | 


andre deres saavel i | Samguem som 
i egue Huuse nubruge- | lige Seeder 
forst Anno 1724 forfattet af | Hr. 
Hans Egede, Missionairius bed den 
derp | Sidst oprettede Colonie, og nu 
Anno 1729 | efter seet, og efter For- 
farenhed nogel. | forfandret af een der 
paa nogen | Tiid har veeret 1 Grgn- 
land. | 

Kiobenhavn, | Hos Hieronymus 
Christian Paulli. | Trykt hos Herman 
Henrik Rotmer, 1729. 

Title 1 1. pp. 1-58, 16°.—Cap. XI. Grgn- 
lendernes Sprog og Tale, pp. 40-42. 

The only copy Lhave seen is that in the library 
of the British Museum, and the only mention, 
that in Muller’s catalogue of 1872, where a copy 
is priced at 10 florins (Dutch). 


—— Des alten | Grénlands | Neue | Per- 
lustration, | Oder | Eine kurtze Be- 
schreibung | Derer | Alten Nordischen 
Colonien | Anfang und Untergang in 
Grénland, | wobey desselben Situa- 
tion, Beschaffenheit der | Gewichsen, 
Thieren, Végeln und Fischen, Lufft 
und | Temperament, des Himmels Con- 
stitution, der jetzigen Ein- | wohner 
Verhalten/ Wohnungen / Sprache / Ge- 
stalt / Anse- | hen / Kleider-Tracht / 
Nahrung /Gebriiuche/Handthierung/ | 
Speisen / Handlung/Sprach/Ehestands- 
Ceremonien | und Kinder-zucht; | 
Nebst ihrer Religion oder Superstition | 
und anderer so wohl in ihren Zusam- 
men | kiinfften, als auch zn Hausz 
gebriuchlichen Sitten. | Erstlich von 


Hans Egede, | Missionarius bey der | 


[&c. five lines] / An. 1730. | 

Frankfurt, bey Stocke | Leben und 
Schilling. 

Pp. 1-47, 12°.—Cap. XI. 
Sprache, pp. 34-47. 

Oopies seen : British Museum, Brown. 


Der Groénliinder’s 


lustration, | Eller | Naturel-Historie, | 
Og | Beskrivelse over det gamle Grgn- 
lands Situation, | Luft, Temperament 
og Beskaffenhed; | De gamle Norske 
Coloniers Begyndelse og Undergang 
der | Samme-Steds, de itzige Indbyg- 
geres Oprindelse, Viesen, | Leve-Maade 
og Handteringer, samt Hvad ellers 
Landet | Yder og giver af sig, saasom 
Dyer, Fiske og Fugle &c. med | hosf¢yet 
nyt Land-Caart og andre Kaaber-Styk- 
ker | over Landets Naturalier og Ind- 
byggernis | Handtzringer, | Forfattet 
af | Hans Egede, | Forhen Missionair 
udi Gr@niand. | 

Kjébenhavn, 1741. | Trykt hos Johan 
Christoph Groth, boende paa Ulfelds- 
platz. 


6 p. ll. pp. 1-131, map, sm. 4°.— Greenland 
song, with interlinear translation, pp. 86-92.— 
Chapter XVII, pp. 91-105, is on language and 
customs; besides general remarks it contains 
a vocabulary, pp. 96-97; grammatic construc- 
tion, with examples, pp. 97-103; and the creed 
and Lord's Prayer translated into the Green- 
land language, pp. 104-105. There arealso scat- 
tered throughout many native terms. 

Copies seen: Brown, Congress. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 11552, at £4 4s. and 
a half-calf copy, No. 28925, at £3 3s. 

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22024, titles an edition 
in German: Copenhagen, J. C. Grothen, 1742. 


—— A | description | of | Greenland. | 


Shewing | The Natural History, Situa- 
tion, Boundaries, | and Face of the 
Country ; the Nature of the | Soil; the 
Rise and Progress of the old Nor- | we- 
gian Colonies; the ancient and mod- 
ern | Inhabitants; their Genius and 
Way of Life, | and Produce of the Soil; 
their Plants, Beasts, | Fishes, &e. | 
with | A new Map of Greenland. | And | 
Several Copper Plates representing dif- 
ferent Animals, | Birds and Fishes, the 
Greenlanders Way of Hunting | and 
Fishing; their Habitations, Dress, 
Sports | and Diversions, &e. | By Mr. 
Hans Egede, Missionary in that Coun- 
try for twenty five Years. | Translated 
from the Danish. | 

London: | Printed for C. Hitech in 
Pater-noster Row; S. Austen in | New- 
gate-Street; and J. Jackson near St. 
James’s Gate. | MDCCXLYV [1745]. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. \ OT 


Egede (H.)—Continued. 


Pp. i-xvi, 2 ll. pp. 1-220, map, 12°.—Linguis- 
tics as in 1741 edition, pp. 155-159, 163-174. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con- 
gress, Watkinson. 

A copy at the Squier sale, No. 324, brought 
$1.60; priced by Quaritch, No. 11653, at 10s; 
bought by Quaritch at the Pinart sale, No. 342, 
for 12 fr. and priced by him, No. 28926, at 12s. 


—— Beschryving | van | Oud-Groenland, 


| Of eigentlyk van de zougenaamde | 
Straat Davis: | Behelzende | Deszelfs 
Natuurlyke Historie, Standsgelegen- 
heid, Gedaante, | Grenscheidingen, 
Veld-Gewassen, Dieren, Vogelen, Vis- 
schen, enz. | Mitsgaders | Den Oirsprong 
en Voortgang der Aeloude | Noorweeg- 
sche Volkplantigen | in dat Gewest; | 
Beneyens | Den Aart, Inborst, Woonin- 
gen, Levenswyze, Kleding, Spraak, | 
Bygelovigheid, Dichtkunst, Uitspan- 
ningen en Tydverdryven der | Heden- 
daagsche Inboorlingen. | Eerst in de 
Deensche Taal beschreyen door | M". 
Hans Egede, | Van den jare 1721 tot 
1736 Missionaris of Luitersch Predikant 
aldaar, | En nu in’t Nederduitsch over- 
gebragt. | Met | Een Nieuwe Kaart van 
dat Landschap en | Aardige Printver- 
beeldingen verciert. | 

Te Delft | By Reinier Boitet, 1746. 

12 p. ll. pp. 1-192, map, sm. 4°.—Linguistics, 
pp. 131-134, 137-150. 

Copies secn: Astor, Brown.. 


—— Description | et | Histoire Naturelle | 


du | Groenland, | par Mr. Eggede [sic], | 
Missionnaire & Evéque du Gronland. | 
Traduite en Francois | par Mr. D. R. 
D. P. [Des Roches de Parthenay. ] 

& Copenhague et & Geneve, | chez 
les Fréres C. & A. Philibert. | M DCC 
LXIII [1763]. 

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-171, 12°.— Linguistics, pp. 119- 
122, 124-135. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown, 
Congress, Watkinson. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 651, at 16 fr.; 
at the Murphy sale, No. 875, a copy brought 
$1.50; priced by Quaritch, No. 28928, at £1 10s. 


— Herrn Hans Egede, | Missionars und 


Bischofes in Gronland, | Beschreibung | 
und | Natur-Geschichte | von | Grénland, 
| tbersetzet | von | D. Joh. Ge. Kriinitz. 
| [Design.] | Mit Kupfern. | 

Berlin, | verlegts August Mylius. | 
1763. 


Egede (H.) —Continued. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-237, maps, 8°.—Linguistics, pp. 
173-176, 180-193. 
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 

— A| Description of Greenland. | By 
Hans Egede, | who was a missionary in 
that country | for | twenty-five years. | 
A new edition. | With an | Historica! 
Introduction | and | a life of the author. | 
Illustrated | with a map of Greenland, 
and numerous engravings ‘on wood. | 
[ Picture. ] | 

London: | Printed for T. and J. All- 
man, / Princes Street, Hanover Square; | 
W. H. Reid, Charing Cross; and Bald- 
win, Cradock, and Joy, | Paternoster 
Row. | 1818. 

Pp. i-exviii, 1-225, map, 8°.—Linguisties, pp. 
158-161, 165-178. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- 
ish Museum 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 614, a copy 
brought $2; at the Murphy sale, No. 876, $3. 
Priced by Quaritch, No. 28927, at 4s. 

—— [Elementa fidei Christianae, in qvi- 
bus in Grénlandorum vernacula propo- 
nuntur. 1) Ordo Salutis, 2) Catechis- 
mus Lutheri, 3) Pretiuneule qvedam 
et Psalmi, item 4) Formula baptizandi 
Infantes & Adultos. 

Hafn. 1742. ] x 

8°, Title from Giessing’s Nye Samling af 


Danske- Norske- og Islandske- Jubel-Lerere, 
vol. 1, p. 68, Kiébenhayn, 1779. 


— See Kragh (P.). 

Hans Egede was born Jan. 31, 1686, at Tron- 
denaes, Norway, where his father was sheriff. 
He was missionary in Greenland for 15 years, 
beginning in 1721. In 1736 he returned to 
Copenhagen, where for several years he in- 
structed missionary candidates in the language 
of Greenland. According to Reichelt he be- 
gan the translation into Eskimo of the New 
Testament, a work finished by his son; and 
according to Bagster, the elder Egede trans- 
lated the Psalms and the Epistles of Paul. In 
1740 he was made bishop. He died at Stub 
bekjebing, Denmark, in 1758. 

‘‘The language gave Mr. [Hans] Egede in- 
finite trouble; * * * hiscbildren learned it 
more easily. With their assistance he proceed- 
ed so far as to begin a Greenlandic grammar 
and to translate some Sunday lessons out of the 
gospels, together with a few short questions and 
illustrations. * * * Egede wrote down some 
of these sentiments in a Greenland dialogue 
between Pok and his countrymen, and another 
between a missionary and an angekok, at the 
end of his Greenland grammar.’’—Cranz. 

See Pok. 


28 


Egede (Paul). Evangelium | Okausek 
tussarnersok | Gub Niarnanik Innun- 
gortomik, | okausianiglo, Usornartu- 
leniglo, tokoinel- | lo umarmelo, Killa- 
liarmello, Innuin | annauniartlugit, 
aggerromartomiglo, tokorsut tomasa 
umartitsar- | tortlugit. | Karalit okausiet 
attuattlugo aglekpaka | Paul Egede. | 

Kongib Iglorperksoarne, Kiobenhay- 
nime, | 1744. 

Literal translation: The Gospel| the word 
pleasant-to-hear | concerning God’s his Son be- 
come-a-man, | and his word, and his miracles, 
and his death | and his resurrection, and his 
ascent to Heaven, Men | to strive tosave them, 
and his coming [again ?], the dead thus to bring 
them to life. | Greenlanders the word that they 
may read it I wrote these things | Paul Egede. 
| At the King’s city [great collection of 
houses], at Copenhagen, | 1744. 

4 p. ll. pp. 1-392, 8°. The Four Gospels in 
the Eskimo language of Greenland: Matthew, 
pp. 3-113; Mark, pp. 113-182; Luke, pp. 182- 
302; John, pp. 302-392, 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 662, at 5s. At 
the Pinart sale a copy, No. 354, brought 6 fr. 

Nyerup’s Litteraturlexicon gives the above 
title in brief, and says the work was subse- 
quently issued in 1758, adding the Wanderings 
of the Apostles. Bagster’s Bible of Every 
Land mentions this later edition also. Tho 
latter authority says an edition of the Acts as 
well as of the Gospels was issued in 1758. 


—— Dictiona- | rium | Grénlandico- | 
Danico- | Latinum, | Complectens | 
Primitivacum suis | Derivatis, | qvibus | 
interjectae sunt voces primariae | é | 
Kirendo Angekkutorum, | adornatum | 
a | Paulo Egede. | 

Hafniae, | Anno MDCCL [1750]. 
Sumptibus & typis Orphan. Regii, | 
Excudit Gotm. Frid. Kjsel, Orphano- 
troph. Reg. Typogr. 

8 p. ll. pp. 1-312, 12°. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown, 
Trumbull. 

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 2224, at 80 fr.; by 
Quaritch, No. 12576, at15s. Atthe Brinley sale, 
a copy, No. 5634, brought $14. Priced by Trtib- 

“ner, in 1882, at 18s. At the Pinart sale, No 
344, it brought 13 fr.; at the Murphy sale, No. 
878, $5. Priced by Quaritch, No. 30048, at 15s. 

[——] Catechismus | Mingnek | D. M. 

Lutherim | Aglega | Innusuinnut In- 

nungnullo Gum | Okausianik illisiman- 
gangitsut, | suna ope- | rekullugo, kan- 
norlo innukullngit Tokorsub kingorn- 
nane Kiliang- | mut pekkullugit. | 
[ Design. ] | 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Egede (P.)— Continued. 


Kidbenhavn, | Illiarsuin 
nakittet | Nakittairsomit 
Friderich Kisel. | 1756. 

Literal translation: Catechism | the smaller 
| D.{octor] M.[artin] Luther’s | his writing | 
to the young and people of God's | his word 
ignorant, | what to believe, and how to live 
death after it to Heaven to attain. | At Copen- 
hagen, | at the orphans’ their house printed | 
from the printer Gottman Iriderich Kisel. 

Pp. 1-169, 12°. Luther's Catechism, with 
a selection of hymns, translated into the lan- 
guage of Greenland. Introduction signed by 
Paul Egede. Catechism, pp. 5-56; Hymns, pp. 
57-148; Index, pp. 149-160. ; 

Copies seen: Yale. 

A copy at the Brinley sale, No. 5636, brought 
$19. 


Igloenne 
Gottman 


— Grammatica | Gronlandica | Danico- 


Latina, Edita | a | Panlo Egede. | 

Havni | Sumptibus & typis Orphan- 
trophii Regii | Excudit Gottman, Frid. 
Kisel. An. 1760. 

8 p. Il. pp. 1-236, 12°. 

Oopies seen: British Museum, Brown, Wat- 
kinson. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2225, at 50 fr. 
Brought at the Brinley sale, No. 5635, $8; at 
the Murphy sale, No. 877, $5. 


—— Testamente | Nutak, | eller | Det 


Nye | Testamente, | oversat | i det | 
Grénlandske Sprog, | med | Forkla- 
ringer, Paralleler | og udférlige Sum- 
marier, | af | Paul Egede, | Professor 
Theol. Nat. ved Kiébenhavns | Univer- 
sitet, Inspector og Proost for | den 
Grénl. Mission, og Priest ved det | 
Kongel. Alm. Hospital |i Kiébenhayn. | 

Kiébenhayn, | Trykt paa Missionens 
Bekostning, | af Gerhard Giese Sali- . 


kath, | 1766. 


12 p. ll. pp. 1-1000, 4 ll. 12°. New Testa- 
ment translated into the Greenland language, 
with commentaries, parallels, and extensive 
summaries. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 2233, at 45 fr. ; 
at the Pinart sale, No. 886, sold to Quaritch 
for 8 fr. 


—— Ajokoersoirsun Atuagekseit Naleg- 


bingne Gréndlandme. Ritual over 
Kirke-Forretningerne ved den Danske 
Mission pas Gronland. 

Kidbenhavn, H. Ch. Schroder. 1783. e 

Literal translation: Teachers’ their hand- 
book in the church in Greenland. 

63 pp. 8°, in Greenland and Danish. Eccle- 


siastical Ritual for the use of the Danish 
Missions in Greenland, translated and pub- 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 29 


Begede (P.)— Continued. 

lished by Egede (?). It is a volume heretofore 
almostunknown. Having been printed for dis- 
tribution in Greenland, only a very few copies 
could have remained in Europe.—Leelere. 


Nyerup also gives this title in brief, under 


Paul Egede. 


For later edition see Fabricius (O.), Arkik* | 


sutiksak. 


Christi, overs. paa Grognl. 
Kiobenhaynime, 1787. ] is 
Title from Nyerup’s Dansk-Norsk Littera- 

turlexicon, vol. 1, p. 145. 

Kristusimik | Mallingnaursut | piv- 

dlugit | Thomasib 4 Kempisib aglega. | 

Kaladlinokauzeennut nuktersimarsok | 

Pelesiunermit | Paviamit Egedemit, | 

Illegeegnerublo ussornartorsub ‘Det 

Danske Mis- | sions Selskabimik” tai- 

utiglub ama | nakittarkomago, | nark- 

ingniarkiksaralléara | A. F. Honnib. | 
Kjébenhaynime. | Illiarsuin iglowe’nne 


nakittarsimarsok | 1824. | C. F. Sku- | 


bartimit. 

Literal translation: Christ | the imitating 
concerning | Thomas 4 Kempis’ his writing. | 
Greenlanders’ into their speech translated | by 
Bishop | Paul Egede, | and when the society 
honorable by [thename of ] ‘‘Det Danske Mis- | 
sions Selskab” called again | printedit, | did his 
best to try to revise it | A. F. Honni. | At Copen- 
hagen. | At the orphans’ their house [ Waisen- 
haus] printed | 1824. | From C. F. Schubart. 

6 p. ll. pp. 1-168, 16°. Imitation of Christ, 
in the Eskimo language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Congress. 


[——] Ivngerutit | tuksiutidlo, | Kalalin- 
nut Opertunnut | Attuegeksiet. | [ Print- 
er’s mark. ] | 

Kiobenhaynime, | Illiarsuin Iglozenne 
nakittarsimauei | Hans. Christoph. 
Schréderib, | 1788. 


Literal translation: Psalms | and prayers, | 
for Greenlanders believing | a handbook. | At 
Copenhagen, | At the orphans’ their house 


[Waisenhaus] printed them | Hans. Christ»ph. | 


Schroder, | 1788. 


dated Kiébenhavn, d. I May 1761,11. Psalms, 
entirely in Eskimo, pp. 5-373; Férste Register 
over Psalme-Samlingerne, &c. pp. 3874-375; 
Andet Register over Psalmerne i Alphabetik 


Order, &c. pp. 376-384; Prayers, entirely in _ 


Eskimo, pp. 385-526; index, 11. 16°. 
Copies seer: British Museum. 
For edition of 1801, see Fabricius (0.). 


— Efterretninger om Grgnland, | 
uddragne | af en Journal | holden | fra 
1721 til 1788 | af | Paul Egede. | 


[Thomas a Kempis de imitatione | 


Egede (Peter). 


Elementarbog i 


| Egede (P.)—Continued. 


Kigbenhayn, | trykt i det kongelige 
Vaisenhuses Bogtrykkerie | af Hans 
Christopher Schrgder. | [1789 ?] 

Portrait of Bishop Paul Egede 1 ]. title verso 
blank and 5 other p. ll. pp. 1-284, plates and 
map, 12°.—Det almindelige Sprog [a short list 
of Eskimo words with Danish signification, 
and a corresponding column of Danish mean- 
ings headed ‘‘Angekkokernes”], pp. 97-98.— 
Names of the constellations in Eskimo, pp. 104- 
106.—Names of the various kinds of ice, snow, 
hail, the verbs to run and to die, pp. 227-228. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


—— Nachrichten | von Groénland. | Aus 


einem Tagebuche, | gefiihrt | von 1721 
bis 1788 | vom | Bischof | Paul Egede. | 
Aus dem Diinischen. | Mit Kupfern. | 

Kopenhagen, 1790. | Bey Christian 
Gottlob Prost, | privilegirten Univer- 
sitiitsbuchhindler. 

Portrait of Bishop Paul Egede 11. pp. i-xii, 
13-333, 3 pp. p. n. plates and maps, 12°.—Lin- 
guistics as in Danish edition, pp. 122-123, 
130-132, 269-270. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

Paul Egede, a son of Bishop Hans Egede, 
was born in Norway, October 9, 1708. He 
went with his father to Greenland, and, having 
learned the language in a few years, he went 
to Copenhagen in 1728 to continue his studies. 
In 1734 he went to Greenland as an ordained 
missionary. He returned in 1741 and became 
parson at Vartoy in Copenhagen. In 1761 he 
obtained the degree of professor of natural 
theology, and was made inspector of the (reen- 
land mission. In 1779 he became bishop. He 
died in 1789. 


[Psalms in the Green- 
land language. ] 

According to Nyerup’s Dansk-Norsk Lit- 
teraturlexicon, vol. 1, p, 145, a portion of the 
psalms contained, in Egede (Paul), Catechis- 
mus, pp. 140-146,.were translated by Peter 
Ezede (a nephew of Hans Egede), who was 
born in Norway and was the first missionary 
ordained in Greenland. He died in 1789. 


Ekégmut Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.). 


| Blementa Fidei Christianae. See Bgede 
Title 1 1. preface, signed Paul Egede and | 


(H.). 


Eskimoernes Sprog. 
Sec Janssen (C. E.). 


[Elsner (A. F.).] Geographie | oder | 


Beschreibung der Liinder der Erde. | 

Stolpen | Buchdruckerei von Gustav 
Winter. | 1880. 

Second title: Geografi | ubvalo | Nunakstib 
punangita okautigijauningit. | 

Stolpeneme | G. Winterib nenilauktangit | 
1880. 


30 


Elsner (A. F.)— Continued. 

German title verso of first 1. recto blank, Es- 
kimo title recto of second 1. verso blank, in- 
dex, pp. v—-vi, preface, signed by A. F. Elsner, 
Hoffenthal, 1878, pp. vii-viii; text, entirely in 
the Eskimo language of Labrador, pp. 1-84, 12°. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 1 M. 30 pf. 

English-Aleutian Vocabulary. See Buy- 
nitzky (S. N.). 


Epistles. The Epistles | of the | Apos- 
tles, | translated into the | Esquimaux 
Language, | by the Missionaries | of 
the Protestant Church | of | the United 
Brethren | in | Labrador. | Printed for 
the British and Foreign Bible | So- 
ciety; | For the Use of the Christian 
Esquimaux in the Mission Settlements | 
of the United Brethren at Nain, Okkak, 


and Hopedale, | on the Coast of Labra- | 


dor. | 

’ London: ; W. M. M’Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square, | Fleet 
Street. | 1819. 


Title verso blank 11]. pp. 1-452, 16°. Entirely | 


in the Eskimo of Labrador. 
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety. 
Erdmann (Friedrich). Eskimoisches 
Worterbuch, | gesammelt | von den 
Missionaren | in | Labrador, | revidirt 


und herausgegeben | von | Friedrich 


Erdmann. | 

Budissin, | gedruckt bei Ernst Moritz 
Monse. | 1864. 

Title verso blank 1 1. preface 1 1. pp. 1-360, 


double columns, 8°. [skimo-German through- 


out, 

Dr. Rink, in furnishing mea brief title of this 
work, though not giving the collation, says: 
“In two parts, Eskimo-German and German- 
Eskimo.” It may be there is a German-Eskimo 
counterpart to the work; if so, I have seen no 
copy of it. 

Copies seen: Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Pow- 
ell, Watkinson, Yale. 

Priced by Triibner in 1882 at 8s.6d; by 
Koehler (catalogue 440), No. 954, 7 M. 50 pf. 


My copy, bought in 1886 of the Unitaéts-Buch- | 


handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 5 M. 40 pf. 


] Testamentetotak; | Josuab ag- 
langinit, Esterib | aglangit tikkilu- 
git. | Printed for | The British and 
Foreign Bible Society in London, | fur 
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab- 
rador. | 

’ Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Néner- 
lauktangit. | 1869. 


[ 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


| Erdmann (I’.) —Continued. 

Literal translation: Old Testament; | from 
Joshua's lis book, Esther's | her book coming 
to. | Stolpen: | Gustav Winter’s his printings. 

2p.ll. pp. 1-527, 8°. Joshua to Esther in the 
language of Labrador. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of first hands and in cheap 
binding, cost 8 M. 


; [-——] Testamentetokak | Hiobib aglan- 
git, | Salomoblo | Imgerusersoanga 
tikkilugit. | Printed for | The British 
and Foreign Bible Society in London, | 
for the use of the Moravian Mission in 
Labrador. | 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Néner- 
lauktangit. | 1871. 

Literal translation: Old Testament | Job's 
his book, | and Solomon's | his great songs com- 
ing to. | Stolpen: | Gustav Winter’s his print- 
ings. 

2p. ll. pp. 1-274, 8°. Job to Song of Solomon. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So 
ciety, Church Missionary Society, Pilling, 
Powell. 

My copy cost 4 M. 

These two works are attributed to Erdmann 
on the authority of Dr. Rink, who informs me 
that this author also rewrote the translation of 
Proverbs and Psalms, added many notes and 
emendations to the new edition of the five 
books of Moses and to the New Testament, 
and assisted the Unitas Fratrum generally in 
their literary labors. 


[——] Ajokertutsit | pijarialiksuit telli- 
mat. | I. Gddib perKkojanginik hailigi- 
nik telli- | maujortunik. | II. Kristuse- 
miut okperijaksanginik pinga-|sunik. 
III. Nalekab tuksiarutaukojanganik. | 
IV. Baptijamik hailigimik. | V. Ko- 
munionimik hailigimik. | 

Stolpen | Gustav Winterib nénilauk- 
tangit | 1883. 

Literaltranslation: Instructions | very need- 
ful five. | I. Avout God's his commandments 
holy ten. | Il. About the Christians’ their sub- 
jects of belief three. | III. About the Lord’s 
his prayer. | IV. About baptism holy. | V. 
About communion holy. {| Stolpen | Gustav 
Winter's his printings. eer 

Catechism in the Eskimo language of Labra- 
dor. ‘Title verso preface 1 ]. text, entirely in 
the language of Labrador, pp. 3-26, 16°. Pp. 
25-26 contain the multiplication table. 

In the preface it is stated that the transla- 
tions are by Erdmann, and that an edition of 
the catechism, not so full as the present, ap- 
peared in 1865. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 35 pf. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 31 


Erdmann (F.)— Continued. 

Friedrich Erdmann was born at Iserlohn, 
Prussia, February 25, 1810, and died at Kénigs- 
feld September 15, 1873. He lived in Labrador 
38 years, 1834-1872. 
eriniugkat niatigdlit | 105, | tamalanik 
imagdlit, | iliniarfingne igdlunilo | 
atortugssat. | 

Druck von Gustav Winter in Stol- 
pen. | 1876. 

Literal translation: Songs having-notes | 
105, | variously having contents, | in schools 
and in houses | things-to-be-used. 

Title verso blank 11. text pp. 1-157, index 
pp. 158-160, 16°. Song book, with music, fur 
school and private use, entirely inthe language 
of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitaéts-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 50 pf. 
Erkersautikset udlut. See Kragh (P.). 


Erkarsautigirsekseet sillarsoarmik. See 
Kragh (P.). 

Erman (Georg Adolph). Ethnographische 
Wabrnehmungen und Erfahrungen an 
den Kiisten des Berings-Meeres von A. 
Erman. 

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 2 (1870), 
pp. 295-307, 309-393; vol. 3 (1871), pp. 149-175, 
205-219, Berlin [n. d.], 8°. 

Numerals of the Aleuten, Kadjaker Insu- 

laner, Namolli, Kangjulit, and Ttynai oder 
Kenaiz:, vol. 3, p. 216. 
Erslew (Thomas Hansen). Almindeligt | 
Forfatter-Lexicon | for | Kongeriget 
Danmark med tilhgrende Bilande, | fra 
1814 til 1840, | eller | Fortegnelse | 
over | de sammesteds fédte Forfattere 
og Forfatterinder, som levede ved Be- | 
gyndelsen af Aaret 1814, eller siden ere 
fodte, med Anforelse af deres | vigtigste 
Levnets-Omstaendigheder og af deres 
trykte Arbejder; | samt over | de i 
Hertugdgmmerne og i Udlandet fodte 
Forfattere, som i bemeldte | Tidsrum 
have opholdt sig i Danmark og der ud- 
givet Skrifter. | Ved | Thomas Hansen 
Erslew. | Fgrste [-Tredie] Bind. | A — 
J[-S— 9]. | 

Kj@benhavn. | Forlagsforeningens 
Forlag. | Trykt i Bianco Lunos Bog- 
trykkeri. | 1843 [-1853]. 

3 vols. 8°. General author's dictionary for 
the kingdom of Denmark and adjacent coun- 
tries from 1814 to 1840; it contains biographies 
of authors who have written in the Eskimo and 


lists of their works. 
Oopies seen; Congress. 


Eskimaux and English Vocabulary. See 
Washington (J.). 
Eskimo: 
Bible, John (in part). See Church. 
Grammatic comments. Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.), 
Dall (W. H.), 
Parry (W.E.), 
Richardson (J.), 
Shea (J. G.). 
Grammatic treatise. Adam (L.), 
Bancroft (H. H.), 
Hayes (I. 1.). 
Letters V and L. Gallatin (A.). 
Lord’s Prayer. Atkinson (C.), 
Hall (C. F.), 
Hossler (—). 
Numerals. Haldeman  (S. 
S.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Pott (A. F.), 
Sutherland (P. 
C.). 
Prayers. Crespieul (F.X.), 
Primer. Abecedarium, 
Bompas (W.C.). 
Remarks. Jefferys (T.), 
Morillot (—), 
Nouvelle, 
Rosse (I. C.), 
Scherer (J. B.), 
Schott (W.), 
Seeman (B.). 
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.), 
Beechey (F.W.), 
Bryant (—), 
Buschmann (J. 
C.E.), 
Chappell (E.), 
Dobbs (A.), 
Herzog (W.), 
Indrenius(A.A.), 
Jéhan (L. F.), 
Kalm (P.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Long (J.), 
M’'Kee vor (T.), 
Murdoch (J.), 
Nelson (E. W.), 
Newton (A.), 
Parry (W.E.), 
Petroff (1.), 
Rand (S. T.), 
toss (J.), 
Scherer (J. B.), 
Schubert (—), 
Tomlin (J.), 
Washington (J.). 
Words. Balbi (A.), 
Buschmann (J, 
C. E.), 
Duncan (D.), 


32 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 

Everette (W. E.)—Continued. 

— Comparative vocabulary of the St. 
Michael’s and the Aliyut or Aleut or 

; Ounalaska Eskimo. . 

Manuscript, 7 pp. folio. 


Eskimo— Continued. 
Words. See Hooper (W. H.), 
Latham (R.G.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Yankiewitch 


(T.). 
Eskimoisches Worterbuch. See Erd- 


mann (F.). 


— Comparative vocabulary of the St. 
Michael’s and the Yukon River Eski- 
mo. * 


Esquisse d’une Grammaire * * * Aléoute. i : 
Manuscript, 7 pp. folio. 


See Henry (V.). 

See Steenholdt (W. F.). 

Evangelium Okausek. SeeEgede (Paul). 

Everette (Willis Eugene). Compara- | 
tive vocabulary of the Chilcat or Ko- 


losh with the Yukon River Eskimo. * 
Manuscript, 17 pp. folio. 


—— Comparative vocabulary of the Yu- 
kon River Eskimo, St. Michael’s and 
Arctic Ocean Eskimo, and the Aleut or 
Ounalaska Eskimo. % 

Manuscript, 15 pp. folio. 

The five vocabularies above, comprising 250 
words each, are in the possession of Mr. Ever- 
ette, who has furnished me the above titles, the 
material having been collected during 1884-’85. 


Ethics, Greenland. 


— Comparative vocabulary of the Chil- 
cat, the Yukon River Indian, and the 
Yukon River Eskimo. i 

Manuscript, 10 pp. folio. 


Expositio catechismi griénlandici. See 


Thorhallesen (E.). 


F. 


Fabricius (O.)— Continued. 
pingajueksinik  nakittarsimarsok | 


Fabricius (Otho). Forsog | til | en for- 
bedret | Gr@nlandsk Grammatica | ved 


| Otho Fabricius, | Sognepreest ved Vor 
Frelseres Kirke paa Christianshavn. | 

Kiobenhavn, 1791. | Trykt udi det 
Kongelige Vaysenhuses Bogtrykkerie, 
| af Carl Frederich Schubart. 

Title verso blank 1 J. pp. iii-viii, 1-322, 4 
folding ll. ‘‘Om Suffixa Verborum,” 12°. Gram- 
mar of the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Quaritch. 

Priced by Triibner, in 1856, No. 661, at 6s.; 
by Quaritch, No. 12577, at £1 10s.; No. 30050, 
at £1 5s. 

A later edition as follows: 

—— Fors¢g | til | en forbedret | Grgn- 
landsk Grammatica | ved | Otho Fabri- 
cius, | Sognepreest ved Vor Frelseres 
Kirke paa Christianshavn. | Andet Op- 
lag. | 

Kigbenhavn, 1801. | Trykt udi det 
Kongelige Vaysenhuses Bogtrykkerie, 

| af C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. i-viii, 9-388, 12°. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Trumbull. 

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 2227, at 40 fr.: by 
Quaritch, No. 12578, at 18s. Sold at the Brinley 
sale, No. 5637, for $14; at the Pinart sale, No. 
361, to Leclere for 3 fr. Priced by Triibner, in 
1882 (p. 53), at £1 1s.,and by Quaritch, No. 30051, 
at 12s. and 14s. 

] Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin 
okauzeennut | nuktersimarsok, nar’kiu- 
tingown- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok. | 

Kidbenhavnime, | Illiarsuin iglozenne 


1799. | C. F. Shubartimit. 

Literal translation: Testament | New | 
Greenlanders’ into their speech | fully-trans- 
lated, and with explanations. thoroughly-ex- 
pounded. | At Copenhagen, | at the orphans’ 
their house [Waisenhaus] a third time printed | 
1799. | From C. I". Schubart. 

Pp. i-viii, 9-1072, 16°. New Testament in 
the Eskimo language of Greenland. Prefaco 
signed Otho Fabricius and dated Kiébenhav- 
nime, 1794. Matthew, pp. 1-150; Mark, 151- 
231; Luke, 232-369; John, 370-472; Acts, 473- 
602; Epistles, &c. 693-1070; index, 1071-1072. 

Copies seen: Brown, Congress, Watkinson. 

Priced in Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. 663, 
at 7s. Gd. and by Leclere, 1878, No. 2234, at 30 fr. 

Erslew’s Forfatter-Lexikon mentions an edi- 
tion of 1794. 


[——] Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin 


okauzeennut | nuktersimarsok, nar’kin- 
tingown- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok, | 

Kiébenhaynime, | Ilidrsuin iglowénne 
sissameksanik nakkitarsimarsok | 1827 
| C.F. Skubartimit. 

Literal translation of imprint: At Copen- 
hagen, | at the orphans’ their house [Waisen- 
haus] a fourth time printed | 1827 | From C. ~ 
F. Schubart. 

Pp. i-viii, 9-1072, 12°. New Testament in 
the Eskimo language of Greenland. Revised 
by N. G. Wolf. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Powell, Trum- 
bull, Waikinson. 

Priced by Quaritch, Nos. 12581 and 30056, at 
7s. 6d. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. oe 


Fabricius (O.)— Continued. Fabricius (O.)—Centinued. 
[——] Ivngerutit | Tuksiutidlo, | Kalad- | —~ Okalluktuzt Opernartut | Tersauko 


linuut Opertunnut. | Attusegekset. | 

Kiobenhavnime. | Illiarsuin igloan- 
ne aipeksénik nakittarsimarsut | C. F. 
Skubartimit. | 1801. 

Literal translation: Psalms | and prayers, | 
for Greenlanders believing. | A handbook. | 
At Copenhagen. | At the orphans’ their house 
[Waisenhaus] a second time printed | From 
C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. 1-528, sm. 12°. Psalms in meter. Prayers, 
pp. 386-528. Preface signed Otto Fabricius, 11 
Jun., 1800. 

Oopies seen: British Museum, Harvard, 
Watkinson. 

Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 664, at 5s.; by 
Leclerc, 1878, No. 2228. at 25 fr. 

For an edition of 1788 see Egede (Paul), Ivn- 

gerutit. 
Den | Grgénlandske Ordbog, | forbe- 
dret og forgget, | udgivet | ved | Otho 
Fabricius, | Sognepriest ved vor Frel- 
sers Kirke paa Christianshavn. | 

Kjobenhavn, 1804. | Trykt i det Kon- 
gel. Vaisenhuses Bogtrykkerie | af 
Carl Frid. Schubart. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-795, 12°. Greenland-Danish, pp. 
1-544; Register, in Danish, pp. 545-795. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 
nwum, British Museum, Congress, Trumbull, 
Watkinson. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2226, at 40 fr.; 
by Quaritch, No. 12579, at £1 10s. Bought at 
the Brinley sale, No. 5638, for $20; at the Pi- 
nart sale, No. 360, by Quaritch, for 15 fr. 
Priced by Triibner, 1882 (p. 53), at £1 16s., and 
by Quaritch, No. 30052, at £1. 


— Arkiksutiksak | Pellesinnut Ajok- 
sersdirsunuudlo, | Kaunong-illivdlutik 
pirsaromarput | Ndlegiartorbingne, | Ka- 
ladlit Nunénne. | Ritual | over | Kirke- 
Forretningerne | ved | den Danske Mis- 
sion i Grguland. | 

Omarbeidet og forgget | ved | Otho 
Fabricius, | og 2den. gang trykt i det 
Kougelige Waysenhuses Bog- | tryk- 
kerie i Kigbenhavn | 1819 | af Carl 
Friedrich Schubart. 

Literal translation: Materials-for-rules | for 
priests and teachers, | how-bearing-themselves 
they shall act | at the time for church-going, | 
the Greenlanders in their country. 

Pp. 1-87, 16°, alternate pp. Eskimo and Dan- 


ish. Ritual prepared for the Danish missions | 


in Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard. 

For earlier edition see Egede (Paul), Ajok- 
oersoirsun. 


ESK——3 


| Bibelimit | Testamentitokamidlo 

Testamentit&midlo | Ottob Fabriciasib 
| Pellesifinerub | Kennerdj attuaegek- 
saukudlugit Innungnut | koisimarsun- 
nut. | 

Kidbenhaynime | lidrsuin iglownne 
nakkittarsimarsut. | 1820. | C. F. Sku- 
bartimit. 

Literal translation: Narratives truco | here- 
are | from the Bible | both from the Old Testa- 
ment and the New Testament | of Otho Fabri- 
cius | the Bishop | the selections he wishing-to- 
give-means-of-reading to people | christened. | 
At Copenhagen | At the orphans’ their house 
(Waisenhaus] printed. | 182). | From C. F. 
Schubart. 

Pp. 1-256, 16°, in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


— Testamentitokamit | Mosesim agle- 
gej | siurdleet. | Kaladlin okauzeeunut 
| nuktersimarsut | narkiutingownniglo 
sukkuiarsimarsut | Pellesiinermit | Ot- 
tomit Fabriciusimit, | Attuageksauk- 
udlugit innungnut koisimarsunnnt. | 

IKidbenhavnime, | [lidrsuin iglownne 
nakkittarsimarsut. | 1822. | C. F. Sku- 
bartimit. 

Literal translation: From the Old Testa- 
ment | Moses’ his book | the first. | Greenland- 
ers into their speech | fully-translated | and 
with explanations thoroughly-expounded | by 
Bishop | Otho Fabricius, | be wishing-to-give- 
means-of-reading to people christened. | At 
Copenhagen, | at the orphans’ their house 
{Waisenhaus] printed. | 1822. | From C. I. 
Schubart. 

Pp. 1-202, 16°. Genesis in the Eskimo Jan- 
guage of Greenland. ‘The preface is signed by 
N. G. Wolf, who perhaps revised it. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Powell, Trumbull, Watkinson. 


—— Bibelingoak | Merdlainnut | imalo- 
neet : | Gudim Okauzeesailléjt kennik- 
ket, | nditsunnik kajumiksarnervik 
illakartut, | merdlertunnut nalektar- 
tunnut. | Kablunwén okauzeenne aglek- 
simagalloak, | mana kaladlin okauzeen- 
nut nuktersimarsok | Pellesitinermit | 
Ottomit Fabriciusimit. | 

Kidébenhaynime, | Lliarsiiin iglownne 
nakkitarsimarsok | 1822. | C. F. Sku- 
bartimit. 

Literal translation: The little Bible | for chil- 
dren | namely: | God’s his-words-some-of-them 
selected, | with short exhortations joined, | for 


34 


Fabricius (O.)— Continued. 

children obedient. | White man’s in their speech 
originally-written-indeed-but, | now Greenland- 
crs into their speech translated by | Bishop | 

Otho Fabricius. | At Copenhagen, | at the or- 
phans their house { Waisenhaus] printed | 1822. 
| rom C.F. Schubart. 

Pp. 1-68, 16°. Bible teachings for children 
in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

[——] Bibelingoak | imalénét: | Gudim 
okauséssa illéit kenersimassut | netu- 
nigdlo okaukiksdrultingoanik. | illa- 
kardluttik. 

Havniame nakittarsimassok | 1849. | 
J. G. Salomonimit. 

Literal translation: The little Bible | name- 
ly: | God’s his words some-of-them selected | 
and with short little-means-of-exhorting | 
joined. | At Copenhagen printed | 1849. | From 
J. G. Salomon. 

Pp. 1-59, 1 1. 16°. The Small Bible in the 
Eskimo language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 


See Ajokeersutit. 
According to Erslew, Fabricius published, 
with amendments, in 8°, at Copenhagen, edi- 


| 
| 
| 
| 


tiens of the Greenland psalm-book, with ap- | 


pendix of prayers, and the history of Christ’s 


passion, in 1788 [see Egede (Paul)]; and the | 


explanation of the Greenland catechism, with | 


addition of the order of salvation, in 1790. 

Fabricius was born March 6, 1744, at Rud. 
kjobing, Langeland, where his father, Hans 
Fabricius, was minister and dean of the dis- 
trict of Norre. After receiving private in- 
struction he was sent to the university in 
1762; underwent his final examination in 1768, 
and in March of the same year was sent as 
ordained missionary to the colony of Frede- 
rikshaab, in Greenland, where he remained till 
1773; in 1774 he became minister at Drangedal 
and Torredal, in the bishopric of Aggers- 
hus; in 1779, at Hodro and Skiellerup, in the 
same bishopric; in 1781, at Riise, on the island 
of Acro; in 1783 he was made parson at tho 
orphanage in Copenhagen, and teacher of the 
Greenland language; in 1789, parson of Our 
Saviour’s Church at Christianshayn; in tho 
same year he was chosen director of the Soci- 
ety of Natural History of Copenhagen; in 
1803 he received the title of professor of the- 
ology and the rank of professor at the 
University of Copenhagen; in 1813 he became 
a member of the Mission College as far as it 
related to the affairs of the Greenland mission ; 
in 1815 he became Knight of the Danebroge; 
on March 23, 1818, he celebrated the. fifty 
years’ jubilee of his office, and on the same 
day received the title and 1ank of bishop, 
together with the honorary diploma of doctor 
of theology. He died May 20, 1822. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Fasting (Ludvig). Sendebrev til alle 
Groénlenderne i Norden (Aglekkwt 
neksiutet Kaladlinnut tamannut anan- 
gnar miunnut). 

Kjébenhayn, Fabritius de Tengna- 
gels, 1838. . 

Literal translation: Epistle sent to Groen- 
landers all dwellers-in-the-north. 

23 pp. 2 ll. 8°, in Danish and Greenland. 
Title from Leclerc’s Supplement, No. £763, 
where it is priced at 6 fr. 


Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis). Practical | 
Cosmophonography; | a System of 
Writing and Printing all | the Princi- 
pal Languages, with their exact Pro- 
nunciation, | by means of an original | 
Universal Phonetic Alphabet, | Based 
upon Philological Principles, and rep- 
resenting Analogically all the Compo- 
nent Elements of the Human | Voice, 
as they occur in| Different Tongues 
and Dialects; | and applicable to daily 
use in all the branches of business and 
learning; | Illustrated by Numerous 
Plates, | explanatory of the | Calli- 
graphic, Steno-Phonographic, and 
Typo-Phonographic | Adaptations of 
the System; | with specimens of | The 
Lord’s Prayer, | in One Hundred Lan- 
guages: | to which is prefixed, | a Gen- 
eral Introduction, | elucidating the 
origin and progress of language, writ- 
ing, stenography, phonography, | etc., 
etc., ete. | By | Francis Fauvel-Gouraud, 
D. E. S. | of the Royal University of 
France. | 

New York: | J. S. Redfield, Clinton 


Hall. | 1850. 

1 p. |. pp. 1-186, 1 1. plates 1-21, A-T, 8°.— 
The Lord’s Prayer in the Greenland (from ed. 
London, 1822), plate 14, No. 57; in the Esqui- 
maux of Labrador (London, 1813), plate 14, 
No. 58. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum. 


Fisher (William James). Words, phrases, 
and sentences in the language of the 
Ugashakmiit Indians of Ugashak 
River, Bristol Bay, Alaska, and of the 
Kagéagémit Indians, of Kaguiak- 
Kadiak Island, Alaska. 

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 10 ll. 4°. In the li- 
brary of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded 
in a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study 
of Indian Languages, 2d edition, incomplete. 
The two dialects are in parallel columns. 


ESKIMO LANGUAG 


35 


Pormula babtizandi Infantes & Adultos. | Franklin (J.)— Continued. 


See Egede (H.). 

Forsgg tilen forbedret Gr@nlandsk Gram- 
matica. See Fabricius /9.). 

Forster (Johann Georg Adam). Ge- 
schichte der Reisen, | die seit Cook | an 
der | Nordwest- und Nordost-Kiiste | 
von Amerika | und in dem | nérdlich- 
sten Amerika selbst | von | Meares, 
Dixon, Portlock, Coxe, Long u. a. M. | 
unternommen worden sind. | Mit vielen 
Karten und Kupfern. | Aus dem Eng- 
lischen, | mit Zuziehung aller ander- 
weitigen Hiilfsquellen, ausgearbeitet | 
von | Georg Forster. | Erster[—Dritter] 
Band. | 

Berlin, 1791. | Inder Vossischen Buch- 
handlung. 

3 vols.: pp. i-ix, 1]. pp. 1-130, 1-802; 5 p. Il. 
pp. i-xxii, 1-314; i-xv, i-iii, 1-74, 1-380, 4°.— 
Comparative vocabulary, and numerals 1-10, 


of the languages of Prince William’s Sound | 


and Cook’s River, Norfolk Sound, and King 
George’s Sound (from Portlock and Dixon), 
vol. 2, pp. 216-217.—Vocabulary in language of 
Prince William's Sound (from Portlock), vol. 
3, pp- 119-121.— Vocabulary of the language of 


the Northwest Coast of America (from Port- | 


lock), vol. 3, p. 145. 
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum. 
Brought at the Fischer sale, No. 1071, 2s. 
Pour. The | Pour Books of Moses, | Exo- 
dus to Deuteronomy, | translated into 
the | Esquimaux Language: | by | the 
Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum, 
or, United Brethren. | Printed for the 
‘use of the Mission, | by | The British 
and Foreign Bible Society. | 
London: | W. M’Dowall, Priuter, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1841. 
Title 1 1. pp. 167-698, 16°, in the language 
of Labrador. 
Copies seen: Britishand Foreign Bible Society. 
Genesis, pp. 1-166, issued with the title Mo- 
sesib Aglangita; the Pentateuch, pp. 1-698, 
with the title Mosesil A glanvit. 
Fox Channel, Vocabulary. See Hall (C. F.). 
Franklin (Capt. John). Narrative of a 
_ journey | to the sheres of | the Polar 
Sea, | in the years | 1819, 20, 21, and 
22. | By | John Franklin, Captain R.N., 
F. R.8., | and commander of the ex- 
pedition. | With an appendix on vari- 
ous subjects relating to | science and 
natural history. | Illustrated by numer- 
ous plates and maps. | Published by 
authority of the right honourable the 
Earl Bathurst. | 


London: | John Murray, Albemarle- 
street. | MDCCCXXIIL [1823]. 

2 p. ll. pp. vii-xvi, 1-768, plates and maps, 
4°.—Names of animals, fishes, plants, ete. in Es- 
kimo, with English significations, pp. 87-93.— 
Names of the various parts of an Eskimo 
house, with English significations, p. 267. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sale, No. 740, brought 
$9.25. Priced by Quaritch, No. 11658, at £1.10s. 

According to Sabin'’s Dictionary, No. 25625: 
Second Edition, London, John Murray, 1824, 2 
vols. 8°, whichis priced by Quaritch, No. 11659, 
at 10s., and No. 28980, at 5s. 


Narrative of a journey | to the 
shores of the | Polar Sea, | in | the 
years 1819-20-21-22. | By | John Frank- 
din; iCaptsehs Ns Re s., Me We s:, | 

and commander of the expedition. | 

Published by authority of the Right 
Honourable | the Karl Bathurst. | Third 
Edition. | Two Vols.—Vol. I[-I1]. | 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle- 
street. | MDCCCCXXIV [sie for 1824]. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xix, 1-370; 1 p. 1. pp. i-iv, 1 1. 
pp. 1-399, 8°.—Linguistices as in previous edi- 
tion, vol. 1, pp. 184-145; vol. 2, p. 267. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 741, 

half-morocco, uncut, brought $2.50. Clarke, 
1886, No. 4172, prices it at $3.50. 
Narrative of a journey | to the 
shores of | the Polar Sea, | in the years | 
1819, 20, 21, & 22. | By | John Franklin, 
Captain R. N., F. BR. S., | and com- 
mander of the expedition. | With an 
appendix containing geognostical ob- 
serva- | tions, aud remarks ou the Au- 
rora Borealis. | Illustrated by a frontis- 
piece and map, | Published by authori- 
ty of the Rt. Hon. the Earl Bathurst. | 

Philadelphia: | H. C. Carey & I. Lea, 
A. Small, Edward Parker, M‘Carty & | 
Davis, B. & T. Kite, Thomas Desilver, 
and E. Littell. | 1824. 

Pp. i-xi, 1-482, plate and map, 8°.—Names 
of animals, fishes, plants, etc. in the Eskimo 
language, pp. 78-83. 

Copies seen: Baucroft, Congress. 


Journey | to the | shores of the Po- 
lar Sea, | In 1819-20-21-22; | with | a 
brief account of the second journey | 
In 1825-26-27. | By | John Frankiin, 
Capt. R. N. F. R.S., | and Commander 
of the Expedition. | Four vols.—With 
plates. | Vol. I [-IV]. 

London: | John Murray, Albemarlo 
Street. | MDCCCXXIX [129]. 


36 


Franklin (J.)— Continued. 

4 vols. 24°.—Names of animals, plants, &c. 
vol. 1, pp. 170-182.—Parts of an Esquimaux 
house, vol. 3, p. 5. 


Freitag (A.). Grammatik | oder | Hiilfs- 
Buch | zur Erlernung der Eskimo- 
Sprache. Original, 1839. Umgearbei- 
tet 1846. von A. Freitag 
Manuscript, title 1 1. contents 11. text pp. 
~208, 2 folding sheets, sm. 4°. The original of 
this, I understand, is in use by the missionaries 
at Okok, Labrador; there isa copy in Bremen, 
and one, that described above, in possession of 
Dr. Boas. 


Fry (Edmund). Pantographia; , 
taining | accurate copies of all the 
known | alphabets in the world; | to- 
gether with | an English explanation 
of the peculiar | force or power of each 
letter: | to which are added, | speci- 
meus of all well-authenticated | oral 
languages; | forming | a comprehensive 
digest of | phonology. | By Edmund 
Fry, | Letter-Founder, Type-Street. | 

London. | Printed by Cooper and 
Wilson, | For John and Arthur Arch, 
Gracechurch-Street; | John White, 
Fleet-Street ; John Edwards, Pall-Mall; 
and | John Debrett, Piccadilly. | MDCC 
XCIX [1799]. 


con- 


G. 


Gallatin (A.) — Continued. 


Gallatin (Albert). A synopsis of the In- 
dian tribes within the United States 
east of the Rocky Mountains, and in 
the British and Russian Possessions in 
North America. By the Hon. Albert 
Gallatin. 

In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Arch- 
zeologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam- 
bridge, 1836, 8°. 

Grammatical notice of the Esquimaux (from 
Adelung’s Mithridates and Cranz), pp. 211- 
214.—Vocabulary of the Esquimaux of Hud- 
son's Bay (from Parry), of Kotzebue Sound 
(from Beechey), of the Tshuktchi of Asia 
(from Koscheloff), of Greenland (from Egede 
and Cranz), and of the Kadiak (from Klaproth), 
pp. 805-367. 

Letter to Henry Rowe Schoolcraft 
respecting the use of the letters V and 
L in the Eskimau language. 

In American Biblical Repository, 2d series, 
vol. 1, pp. 448-449, New York, 1839, 8°. 
Hale’s Indians of northwest America, 
and vocabularies of North America, wit': 
an introduction. By Albert Gallatin. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


THE 


| Pry (E.)— Continued. 


Furuhelm (Gov. Hjalmar). 


Gebet. 


2p. ll. pp. i-xxxvi, 1-320, 8°.—Short vocabu- 
lury and numerals (1-10) of the Esquimaux, 
p. 80; of the language of Greenland, p. 104; of 
Norton Sound, p. 212; of Oonalashka, p. 214; 
of Prince William Sound, p. 240. 

These vocabularies are extracted from An- 
derson (A.) and from Bryant (—) in Cook and 
King’s Voyages to the Pacific Ocean. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 

At the Squier sale, catalogue No. 385, a copy 
was sold for $2.13. : 
Notes on the 
natives of Alaska. (Communicated to 
the late George Gibbs, M. D., in 1862.) 
By His Excellency J. Furubelm, Late 
Governor of the Russian American Col- 
onies. 

In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A. 
Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 111-116, 121-133, Wash- 
ington, 1877, 4°. 

Vocabulary and grammatic comments on the 
Aleut, pp. 115-116. 


— Vocabulary of the Asiagmut (Norton 


Bay). 

Manuscript 211. foolscap, 50 words and nu- 
merals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 


Vocabulary of the Kuskokwim. 
Manuscript 2 ll. foolscap, 50 words and nu- 
merals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 


In American Ethnol. Soc. Trans. vol. 2; In- 
troduction, pp. xxiii-clxxxviii; Part First, 
Hale’s Indians of North America, pp. 1-70; 
Part Second, Vocabularies of North America, 
pp. 71-130, New York, 1848, 8°. 

Vocabulary of the Eskimaux of Hudson's 
Bay, pp. 78-82; of the Eskimaux of Greenland, 
Kotzebue’s Sound, Tschuktchi, and Kadiae, p. 
104; of the Onolastia, Aleutan Islands, and 
Kamshatka, p. 130. 


Das | Gebet des Herrn | in den | 
Sprachen Russlands. | [One line quota- 
tion. ] | 

St. Petersburg. | Buchdruckerei der 
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- 
schaften. | (Was. Ostr., 9. Lin., N° 
12.) | 1870. 

Printed cover, title leaf, pp. iii-xii, 1-88, 4°. 
Texterliuterung (von H. Dalton), pp. 1-47; 
Vater-Unser-Texte, pp. 49-86.—Lord’s Prayer 
in Tschuktschisch and Kamtschadalisch, p. 52; 
in Aleutisch, p. 54. 

Copies seen: Dr. Ldward W. Gilman, sec- 
retary American Bible Society, New York. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 37 


Geographie oder Beschreibung der Lin- 
der der Erde. See Elsner (A. F.). 


Geography: 
Greenland. See Nunalerutit, 
Wandall (E. A.). 
Labrador. Elsner (A. F.). 


Gibbs (George). [Vocabularies of tribes 
of the extreme northwest. ] 
In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to North 
American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 107-156, Wash- 
* ington, 1877, 4°. 
Vocabulary of the Kaniagmut, pp. 135-142. 
— Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, 
Kinai, and Atna Languages. 
Manuscript, 25 11. 4° and folio, in the library 
of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
— Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis 
Strait. 
Manuscript, 211 words, 6 Il. folio, in the 
library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
— Vocabulary of the Kodiak. 
Manuscript, 6 ll. foolseap, 184 words; in the 
library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The 
first page contains this memorandum: ‘ Vic- 
toria, June, 1857, from a man and woman.” 
Giessing (Christopher). Nye | Samling | 
at | Danske= Norske=| og | Islandske= | 
Jubel=Lierere, | med hesfdyede | Slegt= 
Registere og Stam=Tavler, | samled og 
i Trykken udgived | af | Christopher 
Giessing, | Roeskilde Domkirkes og 
Skoles Cantor. | Fgrste Deel [-Tredie 
Deels F¢rste Bind]. | 
Kigbenhavn, | Trykt med Brédrene 
Berlings Skrifter. | 1779[-1786]. 


3 vols. in 4 parts: vol. 1; vol. 2, parts 1, 2; vol. 


3, part 1, sm. 4°.—Contains biographies, &c., of 


f number of writers on the Eskimo language. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Gilbert (—) and Rivington (—). Speci- 
mens | of the | Languages of all Na- 
tions, | and the | oriental and foreign 
types | now in use in | the printing 
offices | of | Gilbert & Rivington, | lim- 
ited. | [11 lines quotations. ] | 

London: | 52, St. John’s Square, 
Clerkenwell, E. C. | 1886. 

Printed cover as above, contents pp. 3-4, 
text pp. 5-66, 12°.—St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo 
{of Labrador], p. 20; Greenland, p. 25. 

Copies seen: Pilling. 

Gilder (William H.). Inuit philology. 
How Esquimanux talk with white men. 
The old language and the new. Useful 
glossary of a strange tongue. Old- 
fashioned savages. 

In New York Herald, No. 16219, Monday, 


Gilder (W. H.)—Continued. 


January 17, 1881.—Vocabulary of about 450 
words of the Eskimo of Greenland, collected 
by Mr. Gilder while with the Schwatka Ex- 
pedition. Reprinted, with a few additions, as 
follows: 


—— Schwatka’s Search | sledging in the 


Arctic in quest of | the Franklin records 
| By | William H. Gilder | second in 
command | with maps and _ illustra- 
tions | 

New York | Charles Scribner’s Sons | 
743 and 745 Broadway | 1881 

Pp. iii-xvi, 1-316, 8°.—Inuit Philology, pp. 
299-316, contains, pp. 299-307, general remarks 
on the Esquimaux language, and, pp. 308-316, a 
glossary which ‘‘comprises all the words in 
general use in conversation between the na- 
tives and traders in Hudson Bay and Cumber- 
land Sound,” alphabetically arranged. 

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, Congress, Eames. 


— The Chuckchees. Some account of 


the strange customs of a_ primitive 
tribe. A race without religion. Su- 
perstitions and medicine men. How 
babies are brought up. Rotten walrus 
and fish. Revolting viands which con- 
stitute their daily food. Peaceful and 
kindly though filthy. 

In New York Herald, July 31, 1882.—Contains 


vocabulary, 66 words, of Chuckchee and En- 
glish. ‘ 


LOAOBHTA'D (Bacuaiti Mnxaiisosns). [Golov- 


nin (Capt. Vasili Mikhailovich).] Ma- 
Tepiaabi | jad | ucropim pyccKuXp 3aceseniii | 
no Beperamb Bocrounaro oKeana. | (Sambuania 
B. M. Tososnnia o Ramsarns um Pyeeroit AMe- | 
puki Bb 1809, 18101 1811 rozaxn) | Boinyers 
propoli. | Wpnaomenie Kb MopeKomy Coopnuky 
H° 2, 1861 r. | 

Caukrnerepsy prs. | Bb THmorpavin Moperaro 
MiuncrepcetBa. | 1861. 

Translation.—Material | for | the history of 
Russian Settlenients | on the shores of the Pa- 
cific Ocean. | (Remarks of V.M.Golovnin on 
Kamchatka and Russian Ame- | riea in the 
years 1809, 1810 and 1811) | Second Series. | 
Appendix to the Morskoi Sbornik, No. 2, 1861. | 
St. Petersburg. | In the Printing Office of the 
Minister of Marine. | 1861. 

2 p. ll. pp. 1-130.—A list of terms and expres- 
sions adopted by Russians in Kamehatka, ex- 
planatory of many terms now found in Alaskan 
dialects. 

Copies seen: Bancroft. 


Gospels according to St. Matthew, St. 


Mark, St. Luke, and St. John. See 
Burghardt (C. F.). 


38 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


[Gospels and Epistles in the Greenland 
language. 
Copenhagen, 1848. ] 
744 pp. 16°.—Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, 
No. 22853 (nute), and Triibner’s catalogue, 
1856, No. 666, where it is priced at 6s. See 
Kragh (P.), Attuegattit, which probably is the 
work meant by the above authorities. 


* 


Gospels (Harmony of): 


Greenland. See Beck (J.), 
Naleganta. 
Naleganta. 

Labrador. Nalegapta. 


Graah (Wilhelm August). Underségelses- 
Reise | til | Ostkysten af Gronland. | 
Efter kongelig Befaling udfgrt | 1 
Aarene 1828-31 | af | W. A. Graah, | 
Capitain-Lieutenant i Sgée-Etaten. | 
[ Design. ] | 

Kigbenhavn. | Trykt hos J. D. Qvist, i 
det Christensenske Officin. | Ostergade 
Nr. 53. | 1832. 

Pp. i-xviii, 1-216, map, 4°.— Botaniske og 
zoologiske Gienstande, Planter, Pattedyr, 
Fugle og Fiske, hvilke forekomme paa Ost- 
kysten af Grgnland, App. 2, pp. 191-195. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

— Narrative of an expedition | to the 
| east coast of Greenland, | sent by 
order of the king of Denmark, | in 
search of | the lost colonies, | under 
the command of | Capt™ W. A. Graah, 


of the Danish royal navy, | knight of 


Dannebrog, &c. | Translated from the 
Danish, | by | the late G. Gordon Mac- 
dougail, F. R. 8S. N.A., | for the | Royal 
Geographical Society of London. | With 
the | original Danish chart completed 
by the expedition. | 

London: | John W. Parker, West 
Strand. | M.DCCC.XXXVIT [1837]. 


Pp. i-xvi, 1-199, map, 8°.—Greenland names | 
| 


of mammalia, birds, and fishes, Appendix B, pp. 
178-180. 

Oopies seen: Congress. 

At the Field sale, No. 832, a copy brought 
$1.63; at the Murphy sale, No. 1078, $4. 


Grammar: 
Aleut. See Henry (V.), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Egede (H.), 
Egede (Paul), 

‘ Fabricius (O.), 
Henry (V.), 
Kleinschmidt (S. P.), 
Konigseer (C. M.). 
Veniaminolf (J.). 
Jourquin (T.), 
Freitag (A.). 

Henry (V.). 


Greenland. 


Kadiak. 
Labrador. 


Cchligits. 


Grammatic comments: 


Aleut. 


Eskimo. 


Greenland. 


Kaniagmut. 
Konegen. 


Labrador. 
Norton Sound. 
Tschugazzen. 


Ugaljachmutzi. 


Grammatic treatise: 


Aleut. 
Eskimo. 


Greenland. 


Innok. 
Kadiak. 
Kalalek. 
Tchiglit. 
Tschuktschi. 


See Buynitzky (S. N.), 


Furuhelm (H.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.8.), 
Dall (W. H.), 
Parry (W. E.), 
Richardson (J.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. 8.), 
Bastian (A.), 
Egede (H.), 
Gallatin (A.), 
Shea (J. G.). 
Pinart (A. L.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. S.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. S.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.S.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. S.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. 5.). 


See Henry (V.), 


Pfizmaier (A.). 
Adam (L.), 
Bancroft (H. H.). 
Abel (1.), 
Anderson (J.), 
Bock (C. W.), 
Cranz (D.), 
Hervas (L.), 
Pfizmaier (A.), 
Rink (H. J.), 
Thorhallesen (E.). 
Henry (V.). 
Pfizmaier (A.). 
Pfizmaier (A,). 
Petitot (E. F. S. J.). 
Radloff (L.). 


|Grammatica Gronlandica Danico-La- 
tina. See Hgede (Paul). 


Grammatik der grénliindischen Sprache. 
See Kleinschmidt (S. P.). 


Baptismal forms. 
Bible. 
Old Testament (in 
part). 
Old Testament (in 
pert). 


Grammatik oder Hiilfs-Buch. See Frei- 
tag (A.). 

Greenland : 
Abecedarium. See A BC ecard, 
Abecedarium. Abecedarium, 
Abecedarium. Greenland, 
Abecedarium. Kattitsiomarsut. 
Apostles’ Creed. Egede (I1.). 
Arithmetic. Wandall (E. A.). 


Egede (H1.). 
Testamentetokak. 
Beck (J.), 


Brodersen (J.). 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Greenland -— Continued. 


Bible: 
Genesis. 


See Fabricius (O.). 


Exodus. 
Leviticus. 
Joshua. 
Judges. 
Ruth. 
Samuel I-IT. 
Kings I-II. 
Ezra. 
Nehemiah. 
Esther. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Proverbs. 
Isaiah. 
Isaiah. 
Daniel. 
Minor prophets. . 


Apocrypha (in part). 


New Testament. 
New Tc stament. 
New Testament. 
New Testament. 
New Testament. 
Tour Gospels. 
Four Gospels. 
Matthew (in part). 
Luke. 

John (in part). 


John (in part). 
John (in part). 
John (in part). 
John (in part), 
John (in part). 
Epistles. 
Epistles. 
Revelation. 
Bible (small). 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Biblo lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Biblo lessons. 
Bible quotations. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Lible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 


Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Brun (R.), 
Egedo (Paul), 
Egede (Peter), 
Fabricius (O.), 
Jérensen (T.), 
Kjer (K.), 
Kristumiutut, 
Muller (V.), 
Wolf (N. G.). 
Wolf (N. G.). 
Brodersen (J.), 
Wolf (N.G.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Kragh (P.). 
Beck (J.), 
Egede (Paul), 
Fabricius (0.), 
Kleinschmidt (J.C.), 
Testamentetak. 
Egede (Paul), 
Gospels. 
Warden (D. B.). 
Apostelit. 


American Bible So- 


ciety, 
Apostelit (note), 
Bagster (J.), 
Bible Society, 
British and Foreign, 
Warden (D. B.). 
Apostelit (note), 
Gospels. 
Apostelit (note). 
Fabricius (O.). 
Fabricius (O.), 
Jesusib, 
Kaumarsok, 
Kjer (K.), 
Kragh (P.), 
Nalekab, 
Tamerssa. 
Giitip. 
Fabricius (0.), 
Kragh (P.), 
Mentzel (—), 
Okautsit, 
Senfkornesutépok, 
Steenholdt (W. F.), 
Sténberg (K.J.0.), 
Tamerssa, 
Tastamantitorka- 

mik. 


Calendar. 
Canticles. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Census. 
Christ (Imitation of). 
Christ (Salvation 
through). 
Christian doctrine. 
Christian doctrine. 
Christian doctrine. 
Christian faith. 
Christ's passion. 
Dialogues. 
Dialogues. 
Dictionary. 
Dictionary. 
Dictionary. 
Dictionary 
Dictionary. 
Ethies. 
First inhabitants of. 
Geography. 
Geography. 
Gospel lessons. 


Gospels (Harmony of). 
Gospels (Harmony of). 
xospels (Harmony of). 


Grammar. 
Grammar. 
Grammar. 
Grammar. 
Grammar. 
Grammar. 


Grammatic comments. 


Grammatic comments. 
Grammatic comments. 
Grammatic comments. 
Grammatic comments. 


Grammatic treatise. 
Grammatic treatise. 
Grammatic treatise. 
Grammatic treatise. 
Grammatic treatise. 
Grammatic treatise. 
Grammatic treatise. 
Grammatic treatise. 
History of tho world. 
History of the world. 
Hymns. 

liymns. 

Hymns. 

Ilymns. 

Hymns. 

Hymns. 

Hymns. 


39 


Greenland — Continued. 


See Calendar. 
Tuksiautit. 


Ajokzrsoutit, 
Ajokzrsutit, 
aperssfitit, 
Egedo (f1.), 
Egede (Pan), 
Katekismuse, 
Sapame, 
Tamersa, 
Thorhallesen (£.), 
Tuksiautit. 
Piniartut. 
Egede (Paul), 
Kragh (P.). 


Jesusib, 
Jesusim, 
Konigseer (C. M.). 
Egede (f1.), 
Naleganta. 
Egedo (H.), 
Kragh (P.). 
Anderson (J.), 
Beyer (J. F.), 
Egedo (Paul), 
Fabricius (0.), 
Kleinschmidt(S. P.). 
Steenholdt (W. I.). 
Kleinschmidt (S. P.). 
Nunalerutit, 
Wandall (E. A.). 
Kragh (P.). 
seek (J.), 
Naleganta. 
Nalegauta. 
Egede (H.), 
Egedo (Paul), 
Fabricius (0.), 
Henry (V.), 
Kleinschmidt(S.P.), 
Konigseer (C. M.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.S.), 
Bastian (A.), 
Egede (71.), 
Gallatin (A.), 
Shea (J. G.). 
Abel (Te): 
Anderson (J.), 
Bock (C. W.), 
Cranz (D.), 
Hervas (L.), 
Pfizmaier (A.), 
Rink (H. J.), 
Thorhallesen (E.). 
Janssen (C. E.), 
Kleinschmidt(S.P.). 
Brodersen (J.), 
Egedo (Paul), 
Hayes (I. I.), 
Kjer (IK.), 
Konigseer (C. M.), 
Kragh (P.), 
Thorhallesen (E.), 


40 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Greenland — Continued. 


Hymns. 

Instructions for trad- 
ing posts. 

Legends. 

Legends. 

Linguistic discussion. 

Linguistic discussion. 

Litany. 

Liturgy. 

Lord's Prayer. 


Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord’s Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord’s Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord’s Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Medical manual. 
Medical manual. 
Medical manual. 
Numerals. 


Numerals. 
Ode. 
Periodical. 
Periodical. 
Prayers. 
Prayers. 
Prayers. 
Prayers. 
Primer. 
Primer. 
Primer. 
Primer. 
Relationships. 
Relatiouships. 
temarks. 
Remarks. 
temarks. 
Remarks. 
Remarks. 
Remarks. 
Reports. 
Ritual. 
Ritual. 
Sermons. 
Sermons. 
Songs. 
Songs. 
Songs. 
Songs. 
Tales. 
Tales. 
Tales. 
Tales. 
Ten Commandments. 
Thomas a Kempis. 
Tracts. 


See Tugsiautit. 


Kungip. 


Kaladlit, 
Pok. 
Rink (H. J.), 
Woldike (M.). 
ilagigsut. 
Tuksiautit. 
Adelung (J. ©.) and 
Vater (J.5.), 
Auer (A.), 
Bergholtz (G. F.), 
Bergmann (G. von), 
Bodoni (J. B.), 
Egede (H.), 
Fauvel-Gourand(F.), 
Hervas (L.), 
Lord’s Prayer, 
Marcel (J. J.), 
Marietti (P.), 
Naphegyi (G.), 
Richard (L.), 
Strale (I. A.). 
Hagen (C.), 
Kragh (P.), 
Rudolph (—). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.S.), 
Antrim (B. J.). 
Barth (J.A.). 
Atuagagdliutit, 
Kaladlit. 
Anderson (J.), 
Egede (Paul), 
Kragh (P.), 
Preces. 
Groenlandsk, 
Janssen (C. E.), 
Kattitsiomarsut, 
Klcinschmidt(S.P.). 
Kleinschmidt (S.P). 
Morgan (L. T1.). 
La Harpe (J. F. de), 
O'Reilly (B.), 
Rink (H. J.), 
Scherer (J. B.), 
Schott (W.), 
Steinthai (I1.). 
Nalunaerntit. 
Egedo (Paul), 
Fabricius (0.). 
ivangkiliunik, 
Kragh (P.). 
Cranz (D.), 
ertiniugkat, 
Kjer (K.), 
Rink (H. J.). 
Béggild (O ), 
Kaladlit, 
Kjer (K.), 
Pok. 
Anderson (J.). 
Evede (Paul). 
Kragh (P.), 


Greenland — Continued. 


Tracts. See Steenholdt (W. F.). 
Vocabulary. Balbi (A.), 
Vocabulary. Bartholinus (C.), 
Vocabulary. Barton (B.8.), 


Vocabulary. Bryant (—), 


Vocabulary. Court de Gebelin (A. 
de), 
Vocabulary. Dall (W. H.), 
Vocabulary. Egede (H.), 
Vocabulary. Egede (Paul), 
Vocabulary. Franklin (J.), 
Vocabulary. Fry (E.), 
Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.), 
Vocabulary. Gilder (W. H.), 
Vocabulary. Graah (W. A.), 
Vocabulary. Klaproth (J.), 
Vocabulary. Konigseer (C. M.), 
Vocabulary. Markham (C. R.), 
Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H)., 
Vocabulary. O'Reilly (B.), 
Vocabulary. Olearius (A.), 
Vocabulary. Pfizmaier (A.), 
Vocabulary. Prichard (J. C.), 
Vocabulary. Rink (H. J.), 
Vocabulary. Scherer (J. B.). 
Wanderings of the Egede (Paul), note. 
Apostles. 
Words. Buschmann (J.C.E.), 
Words. Lesley (J. P.), 
Words. Rink (H.J.), 
Words. Vater (J.S.), 
Words. Whymper (F.), 
Words. Umery (J.). 


“On passing from the folk-lore, preserved 
merely by verbal tradition, to the printed lit- 
erature of Greenland, we must mention that a 
few old manuscripts have been found in the 
possession of the natives containing stories of 
European origin, which they had preserved in 
this way by copying them, snch as ‘Pok: ora 
Greenlander’s Journey to Denmark,’ ‘ Sibylle, 
‘Oberon,’ and ‘Holger the Dane.’ * * * 
The details of these stories in their Greenland 
versions of course frequently appear very curi- 


ous. 
* * * * * * * 


‘The literature of the Greenlanders, printed 
in the Eskimo language, amounts to about as 
much as might make fifty ordinary volumes. 
Most of it has been printed in Denmark, but, 
as already mentioned, a small printing-office 
was established at Godthaab, in Greenland, in 
1862, from whence about 280 sheets have issued, 
besides many lithographic prints. As regards 
its contents the Greenlandish literature in- 
cludes the following books, of which, however, 
many are very small, or mere pamphlets : 


“The Bible, in four or five larger parts, and 


some smaller sections as separate parts. 

“Three or four volumes, and several smaller 
books, containing psalms. 

“About twenty books concerning religious 
objects. 

“About ten books serving for manuals in 
spelling, arithmetic, geography, history, &c. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. Al 


Greenland — Continued. | 


[Groenlandsk A I D Bog. 


“About sixteen books, with stories or other | 
contents, chiefly entertaining. 

“About six grammars and dictionaries in the | 
Eskimo language, for Europeans. 

“A Journal: Atuagagdliutit, nalinginarmik 
tusarumindsassumik univkat, 7. ¢., ‘something 
for reading, accounts of all sorts of entertain- 
ing subjects,’ published in Greenland since 1861. 
Up to 1874 it comprised 194 sheets in quarto, 
and about 200 leaves with illustrations. 

“ Official reports concerning the municipal in- 
stitutions, 1862 to 1872, in Danish and Green- 
landish, comprising about twenty-six sheets, 
besides many lithographic plates containing 


accounts and statistical returns.’’—Rink, Dan- 
ish Greenland, pp. 213, 214. 

According to Crauz, printing was introduced 
into Greenland at least prior to 1792, Broder- 
sen, who died in that year, having brought a 
small printing-press from Europe, on which he 
struck off a few copies of a collection of hymns | 
for immediate use. 


Kjébenhavn, 1760. ] : 
8°. Title from Ludewig. For reprint, see 
Kattitsiomarsut. 


Gronlenderues fdrste Prieste. See 
Kragh (P.). 


Grgnlandske Ordbog. See Fabricius 
CO}): 


Gronlandske Ordbog. See Klein- 
schmidt (S. P.). 


Grgnlandst Psalmebog. See Brun (R.) 


Guide to the Heavenly kingdom, Aleut- 
Fox. See Veniaminoff (J.). 


Gitip | okausisa ilait | merdlertunut ilfn- 
iagagssat. | [Three lines quotation. ] | 

Stolpen, | Druck von Gustav Winter. | 
1880. 

Literal translation: God | his words some of 
them | for children lessons. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-63, 120°. 
Bible quotations for school use, entirely in the 
language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitiits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 80 pf. 


H. 


Hagen (Carl). Ndaparsimassngdlit | atu- 


artagagssait. | nugterdlugit Kaydlunait 
nakorsaisa agdlagait, | maligtariner- 
uvdlugit: | ‘‘Thornams Liegebog”, | 
“Huslegen af Raspail”. | agdlagkat 
Carl Hagenmit. | 

Nungme. | Nunap nalagata nakiteri- 


viane nakitat, | L. Moller mit. | 1866. 

Literal translation: Those who have the 
sick [to cure] | their manual. He [the writer] 
translating white men their doctors their 
books, | following-mostly: | ‘‘Thornams 
Legebog [Medicine],” | ‘‘Huslegen af 
Raspail [The household physician by Rasp- 
ail.]’’ | written by Carl Hagen. | At the Point 
(Godthaab]. | On the land’s its ruler’s [the In- 
spector’s] printing-press printed, | from L. 
Moller. 

Pp. 1-72, 8°, in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Powell. 


Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Analytic 


orthography: | an | investigation of 
the sounds of the voice, | and their | 
alphabetic notation; | including | the 
mechanism of speech, | and its bearing 
upon | etymology. | By | 8. S. Halde- 
man, A. M., | professor in Delaware 
College: | member [&e. six lines}. | 
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & 


Co. | London: Triibner & Co, Paris: 


Haldeman (S. 8S.) —Continued. 


Benjamin Duprat.| Berlin: Ferd. 
Diimmler. | 1860. 

Pp. i-viii, 5-148, 4°.—Numerals 1-10 of the 
Eskimo, pp. 144-146. 

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, Eames, Powell, Trumbull. 


Hall (Charles Francis). Life with the 
Esquimaux: | the narrative | of | Cap- 
tain Charles Francis Hall, | of the 
whaling barque ‘‘George Henry” | 
from the 29th May 1860, to the 13th 
September, 1862. | With the results of 
a long intercourse with the Innuits, and 
full | description of their mode of life, | 
the discovery of | actual relics of the 
expedition of Martin Frobisher of | 
three centuries ago, and deductions in 
favor of yet discovering | some of the 
survivors of Sir John Franklin’s ex- 
pedition. | With maps and one hun- 
dred illustrations. | In two votumes, | 
Vol. If-I1}. | 

London: | Sampson Low, Son, and 
Marston, | 14 Ludgate Hill. | 1864. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xvi, 1-324; i-xii, 1-352, 8°.— 
Lord’s Prayer in Eskimo, vol. 1, pp. 62-63.— 


Numerals 1-10 of the Innuit, vol. 2, p. 324. 
Copies seen: British Museum, 


42 


Hall (C. F.) — Continued. 
Arctic researches | and | life among 
the Esquimaux: | being the | narrative 
of an expedition in search of Sir John | 
Franklin, | in the years 1860, 1861, and 
1862. | By | Charles Francis Hall. | With 
Maps and One Hundred Jllustrations. | 

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Pub- 
lishers, | Franklin Square. | 1865. 

Engraved title 11]. pp. i-xxviii, 29-595, map, 
8°.—Lord’s Prayer in Esquimaux, p. 69.—In- 
nuit numerals 1-10, p. 577. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 

A copy at the Squier sale, catalogue No. 450, 
brought $1.25. 
Narrative | of the | second Arctic ex- 
pedition | made by | Charles F. Hall: | 
his voyage to Repulse Bay, sledge 
journeys to the Straits of Fury | and 
Hecla and to King William’s Land, | 
and | residence among the Eskimos 
during the Years 186469. | Edited un- 
der the orders of the hon. secretary of 
the navy, | by | Prof. J. E. Nourse, U. 
8. N. | U.S. Naval Observatory, | 1879. | 

Washington: | Government Printing 
Office. | 1879. : 

5 p. ll. pp. i-l, 1-644, maps, 4°.—Besides many 
Eskimo terms passim, there are also in this 
work four lists of names of geographic feat- 
ures, a few with English significations, in the 
following localities: Northeast coast of Fox 
Channel (50 names), p. 354; Too-noo-nec-noo- 
shuk, or Admiralty Inlet (40 names), pp. 355- 
356; Pond's Bay (33 names), p. 370; King Will- 
jiam’s Land, and the adjacent country (16 
names), p. 398. 

Copies seen: Astor, Powell. 

This author’s Deux Ans chez les Esqui- 
maux, Paris, 1880, 8°, contains no Eskimo lin- 
guistics. 


Harvard: This word following a title indicates 


that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by the compiler in the library of Harvard Uni- 
versity, Cambridge, Mass. 

Hasling (—). Eine Probe der Esqui- 
maux-Sprache. 

In Neues Lausitzisches Maguzin, herausgege- 
ben von der Oberlausitzischen Gesellschaft der 
Wissenschaften, vol. 14, pp. 260-262, Gérlitz, 
1836, 8°. 

Hayes (Dr. Isaac Israel). The | land of 
desolation | being a | personal narra- 
tive | of | adventure in Greenland | 
by | Isaac J. [sic] Hayes, M. D. | author 
of | ‘‘The Open Polar Sea” | ete. | 

London | Sampson Low, Marston, 
Low, & Searle | Crown Buildings, 183 
Fleet Street | 1871 | All rights reserved. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Hayes (I. I.) —Continued. 


2p. ll. pp. vii-xiv, 1 1. pp. 1-312, 8°.—One 
stanza of an Eskimo hymn with literal transla- 
tion, and two lines of another without transla- 
tion, p. 81. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 


—— The | land of desolation: | being a 


personal narrative of | observation and 
adventure in | Greenland. | By Isaac I. 
Hayes, M. D., | gold medalist [&c. four 
lines]. | Illustrated. | [Design.] | 

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Pub- 
lishers, | Franklin Square. | 1872. 

2 p. ll. pp. 7-357, 8°.—Linguistics as in 1871 
edition, p. 100. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


| —— La terre | de désolation | excursion 


Vété | au Groénland | par | le Dr I. 
J. [sic] Hayes | Auteur de la Mer libre 
du Pole | Ouvrage traduit de Vanglais | 
avec l’autorisation de ’auteur | par J. 
M. L. Reclus } et contenant 43 gravures 
et une carte | 

Paris | Librairie Hachette et Ci* | 79, 
Boulevard Saint-Germain, 79 | 1874 | 
Tous droits réservés 

Title verso blank 11]. pp. i-iv, 1 1. pp. 1-360, 


map, 8°.—Linguistics as in edition of 1871, p. 88. 
Copies seen: British Museum. 


Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus). 


An Account of the History, Manners, 
and Customs, of the Indian Nations, 
who once inhabited Pennsylvania and 
the Neighbouring States. By the Rev. 
John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem. 

In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. of the 
Hist. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 1-347, Phila- 
delIphia, 1819, 8°. 

Chapter ix, Languages, pp. 104-105, contains 
notice of the Karalit [Eskimo] language. 

Separately issued as follows: 


| —— An account | of the | History, Man- 


ners, and Customs, | of | the Indian 
Nations, | who once inhabited Pennsyl- 
vania and | the neighboring states. | 
Communicated to the Historical and 
Literary Committee of | the American 
Philosophical Society, held at Phila- 
del- | phia for promoting Useful Know]- 
edge, | by | the Rev John Heckewel- 
der, | of Bethlehem, | and | published 
by order of the Committee. | 

Philadelphia: | Printed and Pub- 
lished by Abraham Small. |] no. 112, 
Chesnnt [sic] Street. | 1818. 

Title verso blank 11. copyright notice verso 


291 1. recto blank, contents pp. iii-iv, text pp. 
1-348, 8°.—Linguistics, pp. 101-102. 


ee 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Heckewelder (J.G.E.)—Continued. | 

—— Johann Heckewelder’s| evangelischen | 
Predigers zu Bethlehem | Nachricht | 
von der | Geschichte, den Sitten und 
Gebriiuchen | der | indianischen Vélker- 
schaften, | welche ehemals Pennsylva- 
nien und die benach- | barten Staaten 
bewohnten. Aus dem Englischen iiber- 
setzt und mit den Angaben | anderer 
Schriftsteller tiber eben dieselben Ge- 
genstiinde | Carver, Loskiel, Long, 
Volney vermehrt | von | Fr. Hesse | 
evangelischen Prediger zu Nienburg. | 
Nebst einem die Glaubwiirdigkeit und 
den anthropolo- | gischen Werth der 
Nachrichten Heckewelder’s | betreffen- 
den Zusatze | von G. E. Schulze. | 

Gottingen | bey Vandenhoeck und 
Ruprecht. | 1821. 

Pp. i-xlviii, 1-582, 1 1. 8°.—Linguisties, pp. 
158-159. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 
787, brought 2s. 

— Histoire, | meurs et coutumes | des 

| nations indiennes | qui habitaient 
autrefois la Pensylvanie | et les états 
voisins; | par le révérend | Jean Hecke- 
welder, | missionnaire morave, | traduit 
de l’anglais | Par le Chevalier Du Pon- 
ceau. | 

A Paris, | Chez L. De Bure, Libraire, 
rue Guénégaud, n° | 1822. 

2p. ll. pp. i-xii, 13-571, 8°.—Des langues: le 
Karalit, pp. 170-171. 

Copies seen: Congress, Trumbull. 

At the Squier sale, No. 465, a copy brought 
$5.13. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 896, 18 fr. 
The Brinley copy, No. 5403, brought $2. 

—— History, | Manners, and Customs | 
of | The Indian Nations | who once in- 
habited Pennsylvania and | the neigh- 
bouring states. | By the | Rev. John 
Heckewelder, |'of Bethlehem, Pa. | New 
and Revised Edition. | With an | Intro- 
duction and Notes | by the | Rev. Will- 
iam C. Reichel, | of Bethlehem, Pa. | 

Philadelphia: | Publication Fund of | 
the Historical Society of Pennsylvania, 
| No. 820 Spruce Street. | 1876. 

In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, 
pp. 15-348, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°.—Comments 

- on the Karalit language, pp. 118-120. 

Copies seen: Eames. 

Henry (Victor). Esquisse d'une Gram- 
maire de la langue Innok étudiée dans 


27. 


43 


Henry (V.)—Continued. 

le dialecte des Tchiglit du Mackenzie, 
Wapreés la Grammaire et le vocabulaire 
Tchiglit du R. P., Petitot. 

In Revue de Linguistique, tome 10, pp. 223- 
260, Paris, 1877, 8°. 

Separately issued, without title-page, pp.1-38, 
8°. 

A copy priced in Leclere’s Supplement, No. 
2798, at 2 fr. 


Esquisse d’une grammaire raisonnée 
de la langue aléoute @aprés la gram- 
maire et le vocabulaire de Ivan Vénia- 
minoy. 

In Revne de Linguistique, vol. 11, pp. 424- 
457; vol. 12, pp. 1-62, Paris, 1878, 1879, 8°. 
Separately issued as follows: 

— Esquisse | dune grammaire raison- 
née | de la| langue aléoute | d’aprds 
la grammaire et le vocabulaire de Ivan 
Véniaminov | Par V. Henry | [Design ] | 

Paris | Maisonneuve et Ci, libraires- 
éditeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 | 1879 

2 p. ll. pp. 1-73, 11. 8°. 

Oopies seen: British Museum, Poweil. 

Priced in Leclere’s Supplement, No. 2797, at 
3 fr. 50c.; by Triibner, 1882 (p. 48), at 38. 6d. 


—— Grammaire comparée de trois lan- 
gues hyperboréennes:  grénlandais, 
tchiglerts, aléoute. i 

‘‘Manuscript left, August, 1879, in the hands 
of M. Bamps, secretary of the Congrés des 
Américanistes de Bruxelles, and which will 
probably never appear, because the Congress 
does not publish its memoirs, and refuses nev- 
ertheless to return the manuscripts which have 
been furnished it.”.—Henry. : 

Hervas (Lorenzo). Catalogo | delle lin- 
gue conosciute |e notizia | della loro 
affinita e diversita. | Opera | del Siguor 
Abbate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | [De- 
sign.] | 

In Cesena MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. | 
Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di 
Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. 

1p. 1. pp. 1-260, sm. 4°.—Gronlandese, ed Eski- 
mese lingue aflini; linguaggio Lapponico-Teu- 
tonico nella Groenlandia, p. 85. 

Oopies seen: Astor, Congress. 

Enlarged and reprinted as follows. 

— Catalogo de las Lenguas | de las 
Naciones Conocidas, | y numeracion, 
division, y clases de estas | segun la 
diversidad | de sus Idiomas y Dialectos. 
| Su Autor | el Abate Don Lorenzo Her- 
vis, | Tedlogo del Eminentisimo Senor 
Cardenal Juan Francisco | Albani [&e. 
three lines]. | Volumen I[-VI]. | Len- 


44 


Hervas (L.)— Continued. 
guas y Naciones Americanas. | Con 
licencia. | En la imprenta de la admi- 
nistracion del real arbitrio de beneti- 
cencia. | 

Madrid Ano 1800[-1805]. | Se hallara 
en la Libreria de Ranz calle de la Cruz. 

6 vols. sm. 4°.—Capitulo vii. Lenguas que 
se hablan en la California * * * y Groen- 
landia. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard. 3 

A copy at the Squier sale, No. 486, brought 
$6. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2072, at 120 fr. 
At the Ramirez sale, No. 396, bought by Quar- 
itch for £1 15s. 
No. 1215, brought $42. 

— Saggio Pratico | delle Lingue | con 
prolegomeni, e una raccolta di orazioni 
Dominicali in | pit: di trecento lingue, 
© dialetti, con cui si dimostra | l’ infu- 
sione del primo idioma dell’ uman ge- 
nere, e la | confusione delle lingue in 
esso poi succeduta, e si | additano la 
diramazione, e dispersione della na- | 
zioni con molti risultati utili alla storia. 

| Oficia | dell’ Abate | Don Lorenzo 
Hervas | Socio della Reale Accademia 
delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino, 
e dell Etrusca di Cortona. | (Figure. ] | 

In Cesena M DCC LXXXVII [1727]. | 
Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di 
Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. 

Pp. 1-256, sm.4°.—Lord’s Prayer in Green- 
land (two dialects), with comments, pp. 126- 
127. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress. 

Herzog (Wilhelm). Ueber die Verwand- 
schaft des Yumasprachstammes mit 
der Sprache der Aleuten und der Eski- 
mostiimme, Von Wilh. Herzog, Pfarrer. 

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 10, pp. 449- 
459, Berlin [1878], 8°. 

Comparative vocabulary of various Yuma 
dialects with the Aleut, pp. 450-452; and with 
the Eskimo, pp. 453-457. 

The Yuma material is compiled from Gat- 
schet, Schoolcraft, Whipple, Buschmann, and 
Hervas; the Aleut, from Veniaminoff; the Es- 
kimo, from Gallatin, Dall, and Adelung. 


History of the first inhabitants of Greenland. 
See Kleinschmidt (S. P.). 
History of the world, Greenland. 
(C. E.), Mleinschmidt (S. P.). 
Hoffman (Dr. Walter James). Compari- 
son of Eskimo Pictographs with those 
of other American Aborigines. 
In Anthropological Soe. of Washington, 
Trang. vol. 2, pp. 128-146, Washington, 1883, 8°. 


See Janssen 


The Murphy copy, catalogue ! 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Hoffman (W. J.)— Continued. 
Interpretation of picture-writings in the Ki’. 
ate’/xyamut dialect of the Innuit, with literal En- 
glish translation, pp. 133, 134, 148-144.— Same in 
the Aigaliyamut dialect of the Innuit, p. 138. 
Separately issued as follows: 


—— Comparison | of | Eskimo pictographs 
| with those of | other American abo- 
rigines. | By W. J. Hoffman, M. D., | 
general secretary [&c. four lines]. | 
(Reprinted from the Transactions of 
the Anthropological Society of Wash- 
ington, | Vol. II, 1883.) | 

Washington: | Judd & Detweiler, 
Printers. | 1883. 
| Printed cover as above, text pp. 1-19, 8°. 
Oopies seen: Brinton, Pilling, Powell. 


— Ein Beitrag zu dem Studium Bilder- 
schrift. Von Dr. W. J. Hoffman in - 
Washington. 

In Das Ausland for 1884, No. 33, pp. 646-651 ; 
No. 34, pp. 666-669, Stuttgart und Miinchen, 
1884, 4°. 

Contains, besides observations on picture- 
writing in general, some Innuit examples, with 
interpretations into their own language and 
translation therefrom into German. 


— Innuit sentences with interlinear 
translation. 
In Bureau of Ethnology, fourth annual re- 
port, pp. 148, 149, 193-194, 198, 215, Washington, 
1886, 8°. 


| Honne (A.F.). See Hgede (Paul). 
See Kragh (P.). 


Hooper (Lieut. William Hulme). List of 
Esquimaux Words collected between 
Point Barrow and Cape Bathurst, 
1849-50, by Lient. W. H. Hooper, R. N. 

In Arctic Expeditions, pp. 179-186, London, 
1252, folio. 

Contains vocabulary of the Eastern and 
Western Esquimanx, and of the Coast and In- 
land Tchouski, pp. 179-184.—List of Esquimaux 
persons, p. 185. e 

-—— Ten months | among |. the tents of - 
the Tuski, | with incidents of an | are- 
tic boat expedition in search of | Sir 
John Franklin, | as far as the Macken- 
zie River, and Cape Bathurst. | By 
Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N. | With a 
map and illustrations. | 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle 
Street. | 1853. 


Pp. i-xvi, 1-417, map, 8°.—Tuski phrase, with 
translation, p. 87.—Tuski song of rejoicing. 
with translation, p. 181.—Many terms scattered 
throughout. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Hooper (W. H.)—Continued. 
Copies seen; Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress. 
Priced by Quaritch, No. 28996, at 5s. 


Hossler (—). Eskimos. 
In Allgemeine Encyklopidie, vol. 38, pp. 108- 
130, Leipzig, 1843, 49. 
Two versions of the Lord’s Prayer, in Eski- 
mo, p. 111. 


Hudson Bay: 


Apostles’ Creed. See Peck (E. 


Benediction. Peck (E.J.). 
Bible, Luke. Peck (E.J.). 
John (in part). Peck (EK. J.). 
Romans (in part). Peck (E. J.). 
Corinthians (in part). Peck (E.J.). 
Epistles of John (in part). Peck (E.J.). 


Revelation (in part). 
Catechism. 
Hymns. 


Peck (E. J.). 
Peck (E.J.). 
Peck (E. J.). 


Hudson Bay — Continued. 

See Peck (E. J.). 
Peck (EK. J.). 
Clare (J. R.), 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Peck (E. J.). 


Lord's Prayer. 
Prayers. 
Relationships. 


Ten Commandments. 


Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.), 
Gilder (W. H.), 
Morgan (L. H.), 
Schomburgk (R. H.). 
Hymns: 
Greenland. Seo Lrodersen (J.), 


Egede (Paul), 
Hayes (I. 1.), 

Kjer (K.), 

Kragh (P.), 
Konigseer (C. M.), 
Thorhallesen (E£.), 
Tugsiautit. 

Peck (E. J.). 
Imgerutit, 
Tuksiarutsit. 


Hudson Bay. 
Labrador. 


I. 


Igloolik Numerals. See Baer (K. E. von). 


ilagigsut tugsitississutait sapaime | ator- 

tugssat sujugdlit. 

Colophon: Druck von Gustay Winter 
in Stolpen. [1880. | 

Literal translation: The congregation their- 
means-of-praying on Sunday | things to be used 
the first. 

No title-page; pp. 1-9, 16°. Church litany, 
entirely in the Eskimo of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitiats-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 15 pf. 


Ilerkorsutit makko aglekkene. See 


Kjer (K.). 


Imgerutit | attorwksat | illagéktunut | 
Labradoremétunut. | 

Stolpeneme, | G. Winterib Nénilauk- 
tangit. | 1879. 

Title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-v, con- 
tents pp. vi-xiv, text pp. 1-391, 13 hymns set 
to music (lithograph), pp. i-viii, 16°. Hymn 
book in the Eskimo of Labrador. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 5 M. 40 pf. 

Imgerutit | attorekset | illagéktunnut | 
Labradoremétunnut. | 

Leebaume, | J. A. Duroldtib Nenilauk- 
tangit. [1840?] 

Literal translation: Songs| a manual | for 
the communities [congregations] | living in 
Labrador. | Lébau, | J. A. Duroldt’s his print- 
ings. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-340, 16°. A collection of hymns. 

Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum. 

The Brinley copy, No. 5640, brought $7. 


| Imgerutsit notiggit | 100. | Hundert Es- 
kimoische Lieder, | freie Ubersetzungen 
und Nachbildungen | deutscher Volks- 
gesiinge. | 

[E. Péschelib Leipzigemétub sule- 
Katingitalo nénilaurtangit. ] 1872. 

Title 1 1. preface 2 ll. text (songs, set to 
music, in the language of Labrador) pp. 1-90, 
16°. The songs were translated by Freitag, 
Erdmann, Elsner, Kretschmer, and Bourquin. 

Oopies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 2 M. 

Indrenius (Andreas Abraham). A. xat 
Q. | Specimen academicum | De | Es- 
quimaux, | gente | Americana, | Quod | 
in Regio Fennorum Lyczo, | Consent. 
Ampliss. Facult. Philos. | Sub Umbone 

| Viri Ampliss. atque Celeberrimi | Dn. 

Petri Kalm, | Oeconom. Profess. Reg. 
& Ord. item | Reg. Scient. Acad. Holm. 
Membri, | Placid eruditorum discus- 
sioni submittitur | Ab | Andrea Abra- 
hami Indrenio, | Tavast. | Ad Diem 
XIX. Junii, Anni currentis MDCCLVI 
[1756]. | Loco horisque consvetis. | 

Abo, Impressit Direct. & Typogr. 
Reg. Magn. Duc. | Finland. Jacob 
Merckell. 


1 p. l. pp. 1-24, sm. 4°.—Vocabula Esqui 
matica, 100 words, pp. 23-24. 
Copies seen: Brown, Congress. 
See Kalm (P.). 
Inkalit-Yugelmut: 


Vocabulary. See Buschmann (J.C. E.), 
Schott (W.), 


Zagoskin (L. A.). 


46 


Inkilik: 
Vocabulary. See Buschmann (J.C. E.), 
Schott (W.), 
Schwatka (F.), 
Zagoskin (L. A.). 

The Inkalit and Inkilik tribes are not Es- 
kime; these vocabularies are inserted because 
of the Eskimo words included in them. 

Inkuluklates Vocabulary. See Wrangell (F. von). 

Innok Granimatic treatise. See Henry (V.). 


Inna@b nangminek. See Steenholdt (W. 


F.). 
Innuit: 
Numerals. See Hall (C. F.), 
Kumlien (L.). 
Relationships. Dall (W. H.). 
Sentences. Hoffman (W.J.). 
Vocabulary. Buschmann (J.C. E.), 


Miiller (F.), 
Woolfe (H. D.). 
Instructions for trading posts, Greenland. See 
Kungip. 
fvangkiliunik | isumasidtit | sapAtine 
nagdlitissivingnilo | atugagssat. | su- 
jugdlit: | ukiikut [-dipait: aussékut] 
nagdlititartune atugagssat. | 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


| 


| 
i 


THE 


ivangkiliunik — Continued. 

Stolpen, | Druck von Gustav Winter. | 
1877[-1879 }. 

Literal translation: About the Gospels | 
means for discovering their meaning | on Sun- 
days and times-for-celebrating-festivals | to-be- 
used. | First: | in winter [-second : in summer] 
on-holidays-repeatedly-arriving to-be-used. 

2 vols. 12°: Half-title Groénlindische Predig- 
ten, Erster Band, 11. title verso blank 11. con- 
tents verso blank 11. text pp. 1-147; Half-title 
Groénlindische Predigten, Zweiter Band, 1 1. 
title verso blank 1 1. contents 1 1. text pp. 1- 
224, 12°.—Sermons for Sundays and holy days, 
entirely in the language of Greenland, 

Oopies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procured of the Unitéts-Buch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 4 M. 40 pf. 


Ivngerutit kerssungme senningarsome. 
See Kjer (K.). 


Ivngerutit Tuksiutidlo 
See Fabricius (0.). 


Kaladlinnut. 


Ivngerutit tuksiutidlo Kalalinnut. See 


Egede (Paul). 


J. 


Janssen (Carl Emil). Kalatdlit. Inuy- 
dluar-Kugamigit 1857. 
Nungme, 1858. 
27 pp. 8°..—Printed at Godthaab on tho first 
printing-press sent to Greenland, in the sum- 
mer of 1857.—Sabin's Dictionary, No. 35572. 


* 


[Silamiut ingerdlausianik, . . . C. 
E. Janssen. 
Copenhagen, 1861. ] 
Literal translation: The inhabitants-of-the- 
world about their history of progress. 
136 pp. 8°. Title from Dr. Rink. 
— Elementarbog | i | Eskimoernes 
Sprog | til Brug for | Europerne ved 


Colonierne i Gr@nland. | Ved | C. E. | 


Janssen. | 
Kj¢@benhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk- 
keri. | 1862. 
Pp. 1-92, index 11. 12°. 
Copies seen: British Museum, Powell. 
Priced by Triibner, 1882 (p. 53), at 3s. Gd. 


— Elementarbog i Eskimoernes sprog 
til brug for Europaeerne ved colopierne 
i Grénland. 
Kjébenhavn. 1869. * 
Title from Steiger’s Bibliotheca Glottica. 


Jean (Pére). [Aléoute Catechism. ] = 
Father Jean has joined to his translation of 
the Catechism some observations upon the 
language of the Aléoutes. —Lutké. 
Pére Jean is probably the Rev. Ivan Venia. 
minoff. 


Jefferys (Thomas). The natural and 
civil | history | of the | French do- 
minions | in | North and South Amer- 
ica. | Giving a particular Account of 
the | Climate, | Soil, | Minerals, | Ani- 
mals, | Vegetables, | Manufactures, | 
Trade, | Commerce, | and | Languages, 
| together with | The Religion, Govern- ~ 
ment, Genius, Character, Manners and 
| Customs of the Indians and other In- 
habitants. | Illustrated by | Maps and 
Plans of the principal Places, | Col- 
lected from the best Authorities, and 
engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to 
his Royal Highness the Prince of Wales. 
| Part I. Containing | A Description of 
Canada and Louisiana. [Part II. Con- 
taining | Part of the Islands of St. 
Domingo and St. Martin, | The Islands 
of | St. Bartholomew, Guadaloupe, 
Martinico, La Grenade, | and | The 
Island and Colony of Cayenne. ] | 

London, | Printed for Thomas Jefferys 


at Charing-Cross. | MDCCLX [1760]. 

Part 1, 4 p. Il. pp. 1-168; Part 2, 2 p. Jl. pp. 
1-246, maps, folio.—Of the origin, languages 
x * * of the different Indian nations inhab- 
iting Canada [Eskimaux, Sioux, Assiniboels, 
Algonkins, Roundheads, Saltuers, Malhom- 
mes, Hurons], part 1, pp. 42-97. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, 
Massachusetts Historical Society. 

Sold at the Field sale, No. 1119, for $6.50, 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE, 


Jefferys (T.)—Continued. 

—— The natural and civil | history | of 
the | French dominions | in | North 
and South America. | With an Histori- 
cal Detail of the Acquisitions and Con- 
quests made by the | British arms in 
those Parts. Giving a particular Ac- 
count of the Climate, | Soil, | Miner- 
als, | Animals, | Vegetables, | Manu- 
factures, | Trade, | Commerce, | and | 
Languages. | Together with | the Re- 
ligion, Government, Genius, Character, 
Manners and | Customs of the Indians 
and other Inhabitants. | Illustrated by 
| Maps and Plans of the principal 
Places, | Collected from the best 
Authorities, and engraved by | T. Jeff- 
erys, Geographer to his Majesty. | 
Part I. Containing | A Description of 
Canada and Louisiana [—Part Il. Con- 
taining | &c. 5 lines]. | 

London: | Printed for T. Jefferys, at 
Charing-Cross; W. Johnston, in Lud- 
gate-street; J. Richardson | in Pater- 
noster-Row; and B. Law and Co. in 
Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCCLXI [1761]. 

Part 1, 4 p. ll. pp. 1-168, maps; Part 2, 2 p. ll. 
pp. 1-246, maps, folio.— Contents as in edition 
of 1760. 


Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress. 


Jéhan (L.-F.). Troisitme et derniére 
Encyclopédie Théologique, | [&ec. 
twenty-four lines]. | Publiée | par M. 
VAbbé Migne | [&e. six lines]. | Tome 
Trente-quatriéme. | Dictionnaire do 
Linguistique. | Tome Unique. | Prix: 
7 Francs. | 

S’Imprime et se vend chez J.-P. 
Migne, Editeur, | aux Ateliers Catho- 
liques, Rue d’Amboise, au Petit Mont- 
rouge, | Barriére d’Enfer de Paris. | 


47 


Jéhan (L.-F.)— Continued. 
Migne, | Editeur de la Bibliothéque Univer- 
sello du Clergé, | ou | des Cours Complets sar 
chaque branche de la science ecclésiastique. | 
Tome Unique. | Prix: 7 franes. | 

{Imprint as in first title. } 

Outside title 11. titles as above 2 11. columns 
(two to a page) 9-1448.—Tho Tableau polyglotte 
des langues includes the Eskimaux (Famille 
des idiomes), columns 542-548. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Shea. 

There is an edition, Paris, 186+, which I 
have not seen, a copy of which is in the Wat- 
kinson Library, Hartford, Conn. 


Jerusalemib asserornekarnera. | [Pict- 


ure. | | 

[N. p.] 1845. 

Literal translation: Jerusalem to destruc- 
tion. 


Pp. 1-8, 16°. 
of Labrador. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


Bible lessons in the dialect 


Jesus, Judit ndlegannerdet. | [ Picture. ] 
Literal translation: Jesus, the Jews their 
supreme ruler. f 
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 24°. 
sons in the dialect of Greenland. 
Oopies seen: American ‘Tract Society. 


Bible les- 


Jesuse, Judikut attauinget. | [Design. ] 

Literal translation: Jesus, the Jews their 
King. 

No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. 
lessons in the dialect of Labrador. 

Copies seen: Amevican Tract Society. 

Jesusib Kristusib | ajokaersutei | pirs- 
sariakarnerit | Gudib okauseenit agle- 
kennit katter- | sorsimarsut attortuk- 
sello innusuit | illageeksunnétut ajo- 
kaersorkol- | lugit. | [Design.] 

Budissime | Ernst Gottlob Monsib 
nakkittaegei. | 1833. 

Literal translation : Jesus Christ's | his doc- 
trines | most necessary things | from God's his 
word written collected | and usefal-things 
young people | in communion | that he may in- 
struct them. At Bautzen | Ernst Gottlob Mons 


Bible 


1858. 

Second title; Dictionnaire | de | Linguistique } 
et | de Philologie Comparée. | Histoire de 
toutes les Langues mortes ct vivantes, | ou | 
Traité complet d’Idiomographie, | embrassant | 
l’examen critique des systémes et de touies 
les questions qui se rattachent | 4 l’origine et & 
la filiation des langues, 4 leur essence orga- 
nique | et & leurs rapports avec l'histoire des 
races humaines, de leurs migrations, ete. | 
Précédé d'un | Essai sur le 1é6le du langage 
dans l’évolution de lintelligence humaine. | 
Par L.-F. Jéhan (de Saint-Clavien), | Membre 
do la Société géologique de France, de 1’ Acadé- 
mie royale des sciences do Turin, ete. | [Quo- 
tation, three lines.] | Publié| par M. ]’Abbé | 


printed them. | 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-75, 16°. 
Summary of Christian Doctrine, entirely in the 
language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procured of the Unitiits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 60 pf. 

Earlier and later editions as follows: 

Jesusim Kristusim | ajok:ersutei | pirs- 

sariakarnerit | Gudim okauseenit agle- 
kenuit Katte- | sorsimarsut attortuk- 
sello | innusuit illageeksunnetut ojo- 
kaer- | sorkullugit. | [ Design. ] 

Barbyme, 1785. 

Title verso blank 1 1, text pp. 3-72, 16°. 


48 


Jesusim —Continued. 

Abstract of Christ’s Doctrines, in the Eskimo 
language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

Jesusjb Krjstusib | ajokertutingita | pi- 
jariakarnerpAngdningit. | A Summary | 
of | Christian Doctrine, | oder: | Haupt- 
inhalt der christlichen Lehre. | 

Verso of title: E. Bastaniermullo & 
Dunskymullo, | Néuertanlaukput Lo- 
banme. [1867.] 

Literal translation : Jesus Christ's | his doc. 
trines | its most important things. | * = ileby; 
E. Bastanier and Dunsky. | Printed at Lébau. 

Title 11. preface pp. 5-4, contents pp. 5-6, 
text, entirely in the language of Labrador, pp. 
7-112, 12°. 

Oopies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 1 M. 30 pf. 

Dr. Rink has communicated to me a similar 
title, with collation as 116 pp. 8°. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


THE 


Johannesib koirsirsub nejsa. See Kragh 
(P: 


Johnson (J. William) [Words, phrases, 
and sentences in the Innuit or Eskimo 
of Bristol Bay. ] 

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 4°, in the library 
of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a 
copy of Powell's Introduction to the Study 
of Indian Languages, second edition. Half the 
schedules have no entries and the others are 
but scantily filled. Collected at Bristol Bay, 


1884-1886. 
Jorensen (Thoger). [Nagdliutorsiutit 

ernag lit. 
Ningme, 1875. ] , 


94 pp. 12°. 
Rink. 


Psalms in Greenland Eskimo.— 


Jorgensen (H. F.) See Kleinschmidt 
(SP 2). 


K. 


Kadiak : 
Grammar. See Veniaminoff (J.). 
Grammatic treatise. Ptizmaier (A.). | 
Numerals. Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. 58.), 
Baer (K. E. von), 
Erman (G. A.), 
Pott (A. F.). 
Remarks. Veniaminoff (J.). 
Texts. Veniaminoff (J.). 
Vocabulary. Baer (K. E. von), | 


Buschmann (J.C. E.), 
Campbell (J.), | 
Davidoff (G. 1.), 
Davidson (G.), 
Gallatin (A.), 

Gibbs (G.), 
Khromchenko (V.538.), 
Klaproth (J.), | 
Latham (R. G.), 

- Lesseps (J. B. B.), 
Lisiansky (U.), 
Petroff (1.), 
Robeck (—), 
Sauer (M.), 
Schott (W.), 
Vocabularies, 
Wowodsky (—), 
Zagoskin (L. A.), 
Zelenoi (S. J.). 


Kagéagémut Vocabulary. See Fisher (W. J.). 


Kaladlit assilialiat or | woodcuts, 
drawn and engraved by | Greenland- 
ers. | [Picture of a ship, followed by 
two lines inscription. | | 

Godthaab | in South-Greenland. | 
Printed in the Inspectors printing of- 
fice by L. M@ller | and R. Berthelsen. | 
1860, 


Kaladlit — Continued. 


Title 11. text in English descriptive of the 
illustrations 11. 2411. containing illustrations 
numbered 1-39, 2 ll. colored plates, 4°. 

“These wood-cuts are the results of experi- 
ments undertaken in 1858-'60, to test tho nat- 
ural capabilities of the Greenlanders for this 
branch ofart. The whole have been engraved, 
and with the exception of Nos. 1-8, compos: d 
and drawn without assistance, by 5 or 6 na- 
tives of Greenland, the necessary wood and 
instruments having been lent them. The best 
of these wood-ents are the production of a 
Greenlander named Aron living near Godt- 
haab, who has received no better education 
than the generality of his countrymen.”—Ez- 
tract from teat. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

An edition in Danish as follows: 


| Kaladlit Assillaliait | Gronlandske Traes- _ 


nit. [Picture of church with the in- 
scription: Kirken, Seminariet og In- 
spekteurboligen | ved Kolonien Godt- 
haab. ] | 

Godthaab, | Trykt I Inspektoratets 
Bogtrykkeri af L. M@ller | og R: Ber- 
thelsen. | 1860. 

Title verso blank 1 1. 24 engravings num- 
bered 1-39, followed by 11. text in Danish, 4°. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Pow- 
ell. : 

The Fischer copy, No. 2342, sold for 7s. The 
Pinart copy, No. 503, bought by Quaritch for 
10 fr. 

An edition with text in French as follows: 


Kaladlit Assilialiait | ou | quelques gra- 


vures, dessinées ct gravées | sur bois | 
par | des Esquimaux du Gronland, 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 49 


Kaladlit — Continued. 
[Picture of a ship, with two lines ex- 
planation in French.] | 
Godthaab | Imprimé chez l’Inspecteur 


du Groenland Meridional | par L: Mller | 


et R: Berthelsen. | 1860, 


25 11.—Prints with titles in the language of | 


Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Yale. 

At the Field sale, No. 1172, a copy brought 
$1.75. 


Kaladlit Okalluktual- | liait. | kalAdlisut 


kablundtudlo. | [Design.] | Attuakat | 


siurdlizet[-sisamai]. 


Noungme. | Nunnap Nalegata Nakit- | 


teriviane Nakittat | L. Mgllermit, | Ir- 
sigirsoralugo R: Berthelsen. | 1859 
[-1863]. 


Literal translation: Greenlanders the stories- | 


told-by | -them. | Greenland and Danish. | 
Book the first{-fourth]. | At the Point [Godt- 


haab]. | On the Country’s its Ruler’s [Inspec- | 
tor’s] printiue-press printed. | From L. Méller, | 


| overseeing it R. Berthelsen. 


Second title: Gréulandske Folkesagn, | op- | 
skreyne og meddcelte af Indffdte, | med dansk | 
Oversettelse.| Fprste[-Fjerde] Bind. |Medtraes- | 


nit, | tegnede og udskaarcne af | en indfpdt. | 
Godthaab. | Trykti Inspectoratets Bogtryk- 


keri | af L: Mller, | under tilsyn af hjelpe- | 


lerer | R. Berthelsen. | 1859[-1863]. 
4vols. 8°: 1859, 4 p. ll. 137 pp. 11. 8 pp. music; 
1860, 4 p. 1]. 111 pp. charts; 1861, 4 p. 11. 136 pp. 
. 12 pp. illustrations, numbered 1-12; 1863, 3 p. 
ll. 123 pp., alternate Greenland and Danish. 
Greenland folklore; popular tales and legends. 
The illustrations were made by native Green- 
landers. Bertielsen, who was, I think, the in- 
spector, aided in the translations. 
Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, Congress, Powell, Trumbull. 
A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 2340, bought 
by Quaritch for £5 5s. Priced by Leelerc, 


1878, No. 2229, at 140 fr. The Pinart copy, No. 


604, 3 vols. 1859-1861, sold for 52 fr. 


Kaladlit Pelleserkingoxta. See Kragh | 


(P:):.- 
Kalalek Grammatic treatise. See Pfizmaier (A.). 


Kalatdlit Inuvdluar. See Janssen (C. 
E.). 


_ Kalatdlit nunata | assinga. 
Colophon: (Nungme nakitigkat 1858. ) 
Literal translation: Greenlanders their lands 
| its picture. At the Point [Godthaabj printed. 
No title-page; 11. broadside. A map of the 
southern end of Greenland, showing the east 
coast as far north as Uinanek and the west coast 
to Upernivik, occupies the center of the sheet; 
on the two sides and af the bottom is a printed 
description of the various Eskimo settlements. 
Oopies seen: Congress. 


ESK——4 


& 


| Kalatdlit turogagssait misigssiussu- | 


nik, | misigssugainigdlo ukiut mako 
mardluk ukif- | titdlugit, 1857-1859. 

Colophon: Nungme 1859, 

Literal translation: Greenlanders their 
things-to-be-heard about the surveyors and 
their surveys, in the course of these two years, 
1857-1859. At the Point |Godthaab]. 

No title-page; caption only; pp. 1-4, 8°, in 
the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Congress. 


Kalm (Peter). En | Resa | Til | Norra 


America, | Pai! Kongl. Swenska Weten- 
skaps | Academiens befallning, | Och | 
Pnblici kostnad, | Férrattad | Af | 
Pehr Kalm, | Oeconomisw Professor i 
Abo, samt Ledamot af | Konugl. Swens- 
ka Wetenskaps-Academien. | Tom. I 
{-IfI]. | Med Kongl. Maj:ts Allerna- 
digste Privilegio. | 

Stockholm, | Tryekt pa Lars Salvii 
kostnad 1753[-1761]. 

8 vols. 12°.—Esquimaux words, vol. 3, p. 451. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Congress. 


— Des Herren | Peter Kalms | Profes- 


sors der Haushaltungskunst in Aobo, 
und Mitglic- | des. der kéniglichen 
schwedischen Akademie der | Wissen- 
schaften | Beschreibung | der Reise | die 
er | nach dem | nérdlichen Amerika | 
auf den Befehl gedachter Akademie | 
und Offentliche Kosten | unternommen 
hat. | der erste[-dritte] Theil. | [De- 
sign.] | Eino Uebersetzung. | Unter 
dem Kdéniglichen Pohlnischen und 
Chur- | furstl. Sachsischen allergna- 
digsten Privilegio. | 

Gottingen | im Verlage der Wittwe 
Abrams Vandenhoek, 1754[-1764 ]. 

3 vols, £°.—Esquimaux words, vol. 3, p. 546. 

Some copies have the imprint of Leipzig (*), 
and others of Stockholm (*). A partial re- 
print of this work, embracing the portion relat- 
ing to natural history, was publishe:l at Paris 
in 1768 (*). It does not, I presume, contain the 
linguistics. 

Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress, 
Harvard. 


—— Travels | into | North America; | 


containing | Its Natural History, and | 
A circumstantial Account of its Plan- 
tations | and Agriculture in general, | 
with the | civil, ecclesiastical and com- 
mercial | state of the country, | The 
Manners of the inhabitants, and several 
curious. | and important remarks on 
various Snbjects. | By Peter Kalm, | 
Professor of Occonomy in the Univer- 


50 


Kalm (P.)— Continued. 
sity of Aobo in Swedish | Finland, and 
Member of the Swedish Royal Academy 
of | Sciences. | Translated into English | 
By John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. | 
Enriched with a Map, several Cuts for 
the Illustration of | Natural History, and 
some additional Notes. | Vol. I[-II1]. | 

Warrington [London]: | Printed by 
William Eyres. | MDCCLXX[-MDCC- 
LXXI] [1770-1771]. 

3 vols. 8°. The imprint of vol. I is ‘° War- 
rington: 1770,” and of vols. II and III ‘‘ Lon- 
don: 1771,” but they seemingly belong to the 
same edition.—Eskimo vocabulary, vol. 3, pp. 
239-240. 

Copies seen: Boston Athensum, British 
Museum, Congress, Harvard. 


Reis | door | Noord | Amerika, | 
gedaan door den | Heer| Pieter Kalm, | 
Professor in de Huishoudingskonst op 
de Hoge School| te Aobo, en Medelid der 
Koninglyke Zweedsche | Maatschappy 
der Wetenschappen. | Vercierd met ko- 
peren Platen. | Eerste[—T'wede] deel. | 

Te Utrecht. | By J. van Schoonhoven 
en Comp. | en| G. van den Brink Janz. | 
MDCCLXXII [1772]. 

2 vols.: 9p. ll. pp. 1-223; 6 p. ll. pp. 1-240, 4 
fl. map, 4°.—Taal der Eskimaus, pp. 177-178. 

Copies seen: Congress. 


— Travels | into! North America; | con- 
taining | Its Natural History, aud | A 
circumstantial Account of its Planta- 
tions | and Agriculture in general, | 
with the | civil, ecclesiastical and com- 
mercial | state of the country, | The 
Manners of the Inhabitants, and several 
curious and | important remarks on 
various subjects. | By Peter Kalm, | 
Professor of Oeconomy in the Univer- 
sity of Aobo in Swedish Finland, | and 
Member of the Swedish Royal Academy 
of Sciences. | Translated into English | 
By John Reinhold Forster, F.A.S. | 
Enriched with a Map, several Cuts for 
the Illustration of Natural | History, 
and some additional Notes. | The second 
edition. | In two volumes, | Vol. I 
[-I11. | 

London, | Printed for T. Lowndes, 
N° 77, in Fleet-street. 1772. 

2vols.: pp. i-xii, 1-414; i-iv, 1-423, index 4 ll. 
map, 8°.—Esquimaux vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 
368. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard, Watkinson. 

Priced by Quaritch, Nos, 28939 and 29452, at 108, 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


THE 


Kalm (P.)— Continued. 

—— Travelsinto North America; contain- 
ing its natural history, and a circum- 
stantial account of its plantations and 
agriculture in general, with the Civil, 
Ecclesiastical, and Commercial state of 
the Country, the Manners of the Inhab- 
itants, and several curious and impor-_ 
tant Remarks on various Subjects. By 
Peter Kalm, Professor of Oeconomy in 
the University of Abo in Swedish Fin- 
land, and Member of the Swedish Royal 
Academy of Sciences. Translated into 
English by John Reinhold Forster, F. 
A.S. (From the Second Edition, Lon- 
don 1772, 2 vols. 8vo.) 

In Pinkerton (John),*General Collection of 
Voyages and Travels, vol. 18, pp. 374-700, Lon- 
don, 1812, 4°.—Linguistics, p. 678, 


-—— Voyage de Kalm en Amérique ana- 
lysé et traduit par L. W. Marchand. 
Forms Books 7 and 8 of the Société Histo- 
rique de Montréal, Mémoire, Montreal, 1880, 
8°.—Linguistics, Book 7, p. 182. : 
See Indrenius (A. AL). 


Kamschatka: 


Numerals. See Latham (R. G.). 
Vocabulary. Drake (S.G.), 
Gallatin (A.), 
Golovnin (V. M.), 
Klaproth (J.), 
Lesseps (J. B. B.), 
Sauer (M.). 
Kangjulit: 
Numerals. See Erman (G. A.). 
Vocabulary. Zelenoi (S.J.). 
Kaniagmut: 
Dictionary. See Pinart (A. L.). 
Grammatic comments. Pinart (A. L.). 
Songs. Pinart (A. L.) 
Vocabulary. Dall (W. H.), 


Gibbs (G.). 


Karalit Linguistic discussion. See Heckewelder 


(J. G. E.). 


Katekismuse | Luterim | Aglega | Tersa 
| Iliniarkautikset Gudimiglo pek- 
korsejnig- | lo inuungnut nalegekszn- 
nik, pidluarsin- | naungorkudlugit au- 
nameétidlutik | tokublo kingérngagut. | 
Kidbenhavnime, | Pingajueksénik na- 
kittarsimarsok | 1797. | I. R. Thielimit. 
Literal translation: Catechism | Luther’s | 
his writing | Here are | fundamental-doctrines 
about God and about his commands to men to 
be obeyed, that they may gain the blessed land 
| after death. | At Copenhagen, | a third time 
printed. | 1797. | From I. R. Thiel. 
Pp. 1-22, 16°, in the language of Greenland. 
Copies seen; Powell. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE 


Katekismuse | Luterim | Aglega. | Tersa 
| Hliniarkautiksxet Gudimiglo pekkor- 
sejnig- | lo innungnut palegeksiennik, 
pidluarsin- | nanngorkudlugit nuname- 
tidlutik | tokublo kingérngagut. | 
Kidbenhavnime, | Iliarsuin iglovnne 
sissameksdanik nakittarsimarsok | 1816 | 
C. F. Schubartimit. 
Literaltranslationofimprint: At Copenhagen | 
at the orphans their house [Waisenhaus] & 
fourth time printed | 1816 | from C. F. Schubart. 
Pp. 1-24, 16°. Luther’s Catechism in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. 
Copies seen: Congress. 
[Katekismuse Luterim. 
Hauniame, 1849. ] e 
16 pp. 8°, in the Eskimo language. Title from 
the Pinart sale catalogue, 1883, No. 352. 
Kattzengutigeek. See Kjer (K.). 


Kattitsiomarsut attuaromarsullo Mal- 
ligekseit. 

Gnadau, 1835. * 

Literal translation: Intended to be spelled 
and intended to be read examples. 

8°. Greenland primer; reprint of Groen- 
landsk A B D Bog. 

According to Ludewig, p. 72, a new edition of 
this primer, by Sténberg, was published: Kjé- 
benhavn, Missions Collegium, 1849, 20 pp. 8°. 

Kaumajok | nellejunnik | kaumatsitik- 
sak. | [Design. ] 

Literal translation: A plain | by [for] the ig- 
norant | explanation. 

N. p.n.d. 1p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. 
sons in the dialect of Labrador. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

Published also in the Greenland dialect, as 
follows: 


Bible les- 


Kaumarsok naellursunnut | kaumarsau- 
tiksak. | [Picture.] 
Literal translation: A plain for the ignorant 
{ explanation. 
N.p.u.d. 1p.l. pp. 1-8, 24°. 
in the language of Greenland. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


See Dall (W. H.). 


Khromchenko (Capt. Vasili Stepano- 
vich). Journal kept during a Cruise 
along the Coast of Russian-America. 

In Northern Archives for History, Statistics, 
and Voyages (in Russian), Nos. 11-18, St. Pe- 
tersburg, 1824, 8°. (*) 

Contains vocabulary of the Kadjak. Re- 
printed in Ferrusac’s Bulletin des Sciences His- 
toriques, &c., vol. 6, pp. 412-413, Paris, 1826, 8°, 
(Congress.) Reprinted in German in Hertha 
Zeitschrift, etc., vol. 2, Stuttgart, 1825; vocab- 
ulary pp. 219-221. (*) 

Ki/ate’-xamut Vocabulary. See Hoffman (W. J). 

King William Land Vocabulary. See Hall (C. F.). 


Bible lessons 


Kaviagmitt Vocabulary. 


51 


Kissitsisilliornermik 
See Wandall (E. A.). 

Kjer (Knud). Tuksiautit | Julesiutit | 
makko | nukterdlugidloneet  arsillin- 
cardlugidloneet | narkringuiardlugidlo- 
neet kattersorei | nakrittoegangortid- 
lugidlo. | K. Kjer-ib | Amertlormiut 
maneetsormiudlo pellesiwta.  Tussar- 
nersunnik umativsigut tuksiardluse 
nalekkamut. | Koloss. 3. 16. | 

Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritius de Teng- 
nagelikut nakrittareit. | 1831. 

Literal translation: Psalms | means-for-mak- 
ing-Christmas | these | translating them either, 
copying them | or trying-to-improve-them col- 
lected them also explaining them | K. Kjer | 
the-people-of-the-little-place and the people-of- 
the “rough-place” their priest. With things 
pleasing-to-hear in your hearts singing psalms 
to the Lord. | Colossians 3. 16. | At Copenhagen. 
| Fabricius de Tengnagel’s people printed 
them. 

Pp. 1-34, 1 J. 16°, in the language of Green- 
land. 

Copies seen: Slrea. 

—— Illerkorsutit | makko | aglekkzene 
naktikkeniloneet | niuvertui nalegejsa 
akkillermene kattersorej nakritte- 
gangortidlugidlo | K. Kjer-ib | Amer- 
tlormiut Maneetsorniudlo | Pellesigial- 
loaeta. | | 

Nakrittsimaput Elmquist-ikunnit | 
Aarhuus-ime | 1832. ; 

Pp. 1-31, sq. 16°. Psalms in the language ot 
Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

—— Sennerutilingmik. | Tuksiautitait, | 
nutaungitsudlo illainangoeet | adlan- 
gortitet | oper katigeet Kaladlit nu- 
nennetun | okatarutiksejt, | K. Kjeri- 
mit. | [Engraving, and quotation one 
line. ] | 

Odensime. | Nakittarsimaput Hempe- 
likunnit. | 1834. 

4p. ll. pp. 1-237, 1 1. errata, 12°. 
the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Trum- 
bull. 

Ivngerutit | kerssungme senningar- 

some | Kikiektomik | ajokzersutejniglo, | 

illejt nutaungitsut, illejt | K. Kjerimit. | 

[Eight line verse in Eskimo.] | Tape- 

karput. | 
Kjébenhaynime | 18388. | Briinnichib 

nakitteriviane nakkittarsimarsut, 
Literal translation: Hymns | on the wood 

crossed | about the nailed one | and about his 

teachings, | some of them old, some of them | 


iliniarkautikszet. 


Hymns in 


5 


2 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Kjer (K.)— Continued. 


by K. Kjer. | They have an addition. | At Co- 


penhagen | 1838. | Brunnich’s on his printing- | 


press printed. | 
Pp. i-xxiy, 1-490, 16°, in the language of 
Greenland.—Hymns, pp. 1-360; index, pp. 


361-374; Sunday lessons, pp. 375-384; Evange- | 


listin, &c. pp. 385-411; Unnersoutiksak, &c. 
pp. 412-424; Kenutit, &c. pp. 425-484; Tarko- 
put [contents], p. 485; Nakittarnerdlukkzet 
[errata], pp. 487-490. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Trumbull. 

There were two copies in the Pinart sale, 
No. 515 bringing 1 fr. No. 5161 fr. 50c. 
Kattengutigeek. | K. Kjerib | nuk- 
tigej. | 

Kjébenhayvnime. | Fabritius de Teng- 
nagelib nakitteriviane | nakittarsimar- 
gut. | 1838. 

Literal translation: The brothers and sis- 
ters. | K. Kjer]| translated them. | At Copen- 
hagen. | On Fabricius de Tengnagel’s printing- 
press | printed. | 1838. 

Pp. 1-45, 16°. A story in the language of 
Greenland. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

Tuksiantit | Kikiektugarursomik, 
pellesib K.Kjerim aglegij kattersugejlo,| 
[Seven lines quotation. || Tape-karput. | 

M. Vogeliusib Nakittwegej, Frederiks- 
havnime, 1856. 

Literal translation: Psalms | about him 
nailed, the priest K. Kjer wrote them and col- 
lected them. | They have an addition. | M. 
Vogelius printed them, atFrederikshavn, 1856. 

Pp. i-xviii, 1-385, 2 ll. pp. 1-97, 24°, in the 
language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

A copy was bought by Leclere at the Pinart 
sale, No. 904, for 1 fr. 

According to Nyerup’s Dansk-Norsk Lit- 
teraturlexicon, jer translated into the Green- 
land a contribution to Ronne’s Dansk-Reli- 
gionsblad, in 1827, and Anderson’s poem, ‘‘ The 
Dying Child,” in 1829. 

Kjer was the son of Jacob Kjer, who was par- 
son of Losning and Korning, in the bishopric of 
Aarhuus. Born October 2, 1802, at the parson- 
age of Losning; went to the school of Horsen 
in 1814, whence he proceeded to the university ; 
after having passed his second examination, in 
1821, he became private teacher in Laaland, and 
in the following year returned to Copenhagen, 
where he was received in the Greenland Sem- 
inary as alumnus; underwent the theolog- 
ical official examination in 1823 and was imme- 
diately after ordained missionary for the col- 
ony of Holsteinborg in Greenland: im June, 
1823, he became parson at Todse, in the bishop- 
ric of Aalborg, and in October, 1838, at Skjod- 
strup, in the same bishopric. 


Elaproth (Julius). Asia! polyglotta| von 


| Julius Klaproth. | Zweite Auflage. | 


Klaproth (J.)— Continued. 

Paris | Verlag von Heideloff & 
Campe. | 1831. 

Title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. preface, 
&c. pp. vii-xvi, text pp. 1-384, Leben des Budd‘a 
pp. 125-144, index pp. 1-8, 4°.—Voeabulary of 
Kamyatka, pp. 320-322; of the Polar Amerika- 
Groenlaendischner in Asien, pp. 322-324; of the 
Polar Amerika: Kadjakner in Asien, pp,324-325, 

Atlas as follows : 


— Asia | polyglotta | von | Julius Kla- 

proth. | Sprachatlas. | Zweite Auflage | 

Paris | Verlag von Heideloff & 
Campe. | 1831. 

Title verso blank 11. text pp. i-lix, map, 
folio.—Vocabulary of the Korjiiken (7 dialects), 
Kamyadalen (5 dialects), Polar Amerikaner in 
Asien (2 dialects), pp. xxxxix-lvii. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

The first edition was published: Paris, 1823, 
4°, atlas, folio. (*) 

Priced by Triibner (catalogue 1856), No. 538 
(dated 1823-81), at £1 4s. 


Kleinschmidt (John Conrad). [Transla- 
tions into the language ofGreenland.] * 
“John Conrad Kleinschmidt left Lichten- 
fels [in Greenland] for Europe July 15, 1812, 
the day on which, nineteen years before, he 
had arrived in Greenland. * * * After spend- 
ing the winter at Fulneck, and marrying again, 
Brother Kleinschmidt and his wife * * * 
sailed from Leith, Scotland, for Greenland, May 
24th,1813. * * * Oneof the first cares of the 
missionaries after their return was to furnish a 
complete translation of the New- Testament 
into Greenlandic, the Bible Societies, both in 
London and Edinburgh, having kindly offered 
to print it forthem. This important work was 
committed to Brother Kleinschmidt, who, from 
his long residence in the country, had obtained 
avery competent knowledge of the language. 
a * * We are happy to learn from the ac- 
counts of thelast year, 1819, thatthe whole was 
finished and only waited another final revision 
before it should be transmitted to Europe.”— 
Oranz. 


Kleinschmidt (Samuel Peter). Gram- 
matik | der | grénliindischen sprache | 
mit theilweisem einschluss des Labra- 
dordialects | von | S. Kleinschmidt. | 

Berlin, 1851. | Druck und Verlag yon 
G. Reimer. 

Pp. i-x, 1-182, 8°. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2553, at 15 fr.; 
by Triibner, 1882, p. 53, at 3s. A copy at the Pi- 
nart sale, No. 517, sold to Quaritch for 4 fr., 
who prices it, No. 30053, at 5s., and another 
‘copy, baif-calf, uncut, No. 30054, at 6s. My 
copy, bought of the Unitéts-Buchhandlung, 
Gnadau, Saxony, cost 5 M, 


_ 
i 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 53 


Kleinschmidt (S. P.)— Continued. 
— Silame iliornerit . . . S. Klein- 
schmidt. 

Nungme [ Godthaéab], 1859. : 


128 pp. 8°. History of the world in Green- 
land Eskimo. Title from Dr. Rink. 


Renseignements sur les premiers ha- 
bitants de la céte occidentale du Groen- 
land. Trad. en groenlandais par S. 
Kleinschmidt. 1264. - 

4°. Picked-up title. I have seen reference 
in Rink’s Danish-Greenland to Kleinschmidt’s 
Sinerissap kavdlundkarfiligta, 1866, which is 
possibly the above work, as the map given by 
Rink is taken from it. 


— Den | Gr@nlandske Ordbog, | omar- 
beidet | af | Sam. Kleinschmidt; | ud- 
given | paa Foranstaltning af Minis- 
teriet for Kirke- og Underviisningsvie- 
senet og med | det kongelige danske 
Videnskabernes Selskabs Underst¢t- 
telse | ved | H. F. Jorgensen. | 

Kigbenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk- 
keri. | 1871. 

Title 1 1. pp. iii-x, half-title 1 1. text pp. 1-460, 
in double columns, arranged alphabetically by 
Greenland words, 8°. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, 
Eames. : 

Priced by Leclerc, Supplement, No. 2814, at 
12 fr.; by Koehler, catalogue 440, No. 960, at 7 
M. 50 pf. 


— Terms of Relationship of the Eskimo, 
Greenland, collected by Samuel Klein- 
schmidt, Godthaab, Greenland. 


In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of Consanguin- 
ity and Affinity, pp. 293-382, Washington, 1871, 
4°. 

Samuel Petrus Kleinschmidt, the son of a 
missionary, was born at Lichtenau, Greenland, 
February 27, 1814, and died at Godhaven, Green- 
land, February 8, 1886. In 1823 he was taken 
to the school of Kleinwelke, Saxony. From 
1828 to 1836 he served as apothecary’s appren- 
tice in Zeist, Holland, and from 1836 to 1840 as 
school teacher at Christiansfeld, Slesvig. In 
1840 he returned to Greenland, and was ap- 
pointed in the missionary service of the Mora- 
vians, acting as teacher at the seminary. ‘rom 
1859. Since 1860 he has had a printing-press in 
his house, and has printed with his own hands 
several books in Greenlandish, school books in 
history, geography, and church history, and 
especially a large part of the Old Testament, 
but only a limited number of copies, merely in- 
tended for the use of the revisers of his new 
translation. Finally, he has published a new 
edition of the New Testament, printed at Bu- 
dissin, Saxony.’’—Rink. 


“A new impetus was given to the study of | 
the Greenland tongue by Conrad [sic] Klein- | 


Kleinschmidt (S. P.)—Continued. 
schmidt, a man of varied talents. He intro- 
duced an improved system of orthography, 
which had regard to the derivations of the 
words and has been adopted by all the Green- 
land missionaries, including those of the Dan- 
ish church, and discarded as a model the Latin 
grammar, which had been painfully followed 
by all his predecessors, treating the Greenland 
tongue according to its own peculiar idioms 
and the existing forms of its words. His gram- 
mar of the Greenland language appeared at 
Berlin in 1851 and his Greenland-Danish lexi- 
con at Copenhagen at a later time. He wrote 
also several school books, among them a ge- 
ography and a natural history, both of which 
gave him abundant opportunities to construct 
new words and formulate new terms for many 
things unknown to the Greenlanders. The 
most important of his undertakings was a ver- 
sion of the Old Testament, upon which he be- 
stowed extraordinary care and which, by this 
time, must be nearly. completed. On a press 
presented by the church at Zeist, in Holland, 
he printed with his own hands a small edition 
of this work, as far as completed, for the bene- 
fit merely of the missionaries. The use of this 
press was cheerfully granted him, even after 
he had joined the Danish mission and had been 
appointed director of the seminary at Godt- 
haab.”’—Reichelt. 

Kleinschmidt’s father, also a missionary to 
Greenland, was named John Conrad; hence 
the mistake probably in the above quotation. 


[Kohlmeister (Benjamin Gottlieb).] Ta- 
medsa | Johannesib Aglangit, | okaut- 
sinik Tussarnertunik, | Jesuse Kristuse- 
mik, | Gudim Erngninganik. | Printed 
for | the British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety; | For the use of the Christian 
Esquimaux in the Mission-Settlements 

| of the United Brethren at Nain, Ok- 
kak, and Hopedale, | on the Coast of 
Labrador. | 

Londonneme: | W. M’Dowallib, Neni- 
lauktangit. | 1810, 

Literal translation: Were are | John’s his 
writings | about the words pleasant to hear | 
about Jesus Christ | about God’s his Son. | At 
London: | W. M’Dowall’s, his printings. 

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. 1-124, 12°. Gospel 
of John in the language of Labrador. 

Copies seen: Shea. 

A copy at the Field sale, No. 643, brought 
$1.50; another, No. 2321, 87 cents. The Mur- 
phy copy, No. 2914, morocco, giltedges, brought 
$2.25. 

“After the successful establishment of a mis- 
sion station in Labrador in 1771, the Moravian 
missionaries addressed themselves in the first 
instance to the preparation of a harmony of the 
Gospels for the Esquimaux of Labrador. Many 
years were spent in revising and correcting this 


54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


[Kohlmeister (B. G.)]— Continued. 
work, and at length, in 1809, it was sent for pub- 
lication to London. Mr. Kohlmeister, who had 
been many years a missionary in Labrador, ex- 
tracted from this manuscript an entire version 
of the Gospel of St. John; and in 1810 an edition 
of 1,000 copies of that Gospel was published in 
London at the expense of the British and For- 
eign Bible Society.’’— Bagster. 

For the other three Gospels see Burghardt 
(C. F.). For the Harmony of the Gospels see 
Nalegapta. 


Koikhpagmiut Vocabulary. See Zagoskin (L. A.). 


Konegen : 
Grammaticcomments. See Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.58.). 
Vocabulary. Bancroft (HH. H.). 
Konigseer(Christopher Michael). [Green- 
land Grammar and Vocabularies. ] . 
“Konigseer, about 1780, wrote a Greenland 
grammar and compiled various vocabularies. 
These works remained in manuscript, each 
newly arrived missionary making a copy of 
them for his own use. In course of time they 
were enlarged and improv ed.’’—Reichelt. 


— [Greenland Hymn Book and Sum- 
mary of the Christian Doctrine. ] is 
“Having received a liberal education, an ad- 
vantage which none of his predecessors had 
enjoyed, he | Konigseer] was enabled to correct 
their translations, and also added several new 
versions of useful works. Among these were 
a Greenlandic hymn book and a translation of 
the Summary of Christian Doctrine, which 
have been printed, besides some smaller pieces 
in manuscript.” —Cranz. 


See Beck (John). 

Konigseer was superintendent of the Green- 
land Mission from 1773 to 1786. He was born 
in 1723, in Thuringia, and studied at the uni- 
versities of Jena and Halle. He died in Green- 
land on the 30th of May, 1786. 


Kotzebue Sound Vocabulary. See Gallatin (A.). 


Kragh (Peter). Testamentitokab | mak- 
pérsegejsa illangoeet, | profetit ming- 
nerit | Danieliblo Aglegéit, | Kaladlin 
okauzeennut nuktersimarsut, | nark’i- 
gutingoenniglo sukuidrsimarsut | Pel- 
lesimit | Petermit Kraghmit. | Attuze- 
geksaukudlugit inntiingnut koisimar- 
sunnut. | 

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de 
Tengnagelib nak’itteriviéne | nak’it- 
tarsimarsut. | 1829. 

Litera translation: The old testament’s | its 
books’ parts of them | the prophets minor | 
and Daniel’s his book the Greenlanders into 
their speech translated | and with notes ex- 
plained | by the priest | Peter Kragh. | To be 
@ manual for men christened. | At Copenha- 


| Kragh (P.) —Continued. 


gen. | Fabricius de Tengnagel on his print- 
ing press | printed. 

Pp. i-viii, 2 ll. pp. 1-290, 1 1. 12°. Minor 
prophets, Daniel, and parts of the Apocrypha 
(Susanna, Bel, and the Dragon) in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Astor, British and Foreign 
Bible Society, British Museum, Eames, Powell, 
Watkinson. 


At the Fischer sale, No. 2339, a copy brought 
9s. 


Okalluktuautit | sajmaubingmik 
annékbingmiglo | Jesuse-Kristusikut, | 
makpérsekkennit Kablunait adledlo | 
okauzeenne agléksimarsunnit | katter- 
sorsimarsut, | Kaladlidlo okauzeennut 
nuktérsimarsut | Pellesimit Peter- 
Kraghmit. | [Three lines quotation. ] 

Kjéhenhavnime [sic]. | Fabritiusib 
de Tengnagelib nal’itterividne nakk’- 
ittarsimarsut | 1830. 

Literal translation: Discourses | about the 
time of mercy and the time of salvation! 
through Jesus Christ, | from the books Euro- 
peans and others | in their tongues written. | 
Collected, | and Greenlanders into their lan- 
guage translated | by the priest Peter Kragh. | 
At Copenhagen. Fabricius de Tengnagel’'s on 
his printing-press printed. 

4 p. ll. pp. 1-292, 16°. Salvation through 


the mediation of Jesus Christ in the language 
of Greenland. 


Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


— [Tracts in Greenlandish. (21.). 


Kjébenhavnime, 1830. ] 

19 sheets, 12°. 

‘*The English consul, Mr. Brown, bore the 
expense of this publication.” —Erslew. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 2341, brought 
38. 

Testamentitokab | makpérsegejsa 
illangoeet, | Mosesim Aglegejsa | ardlejt 
tedlimejdlo, | Jobib, Esrab, Nehemiab, 
Esterib | Rutiblo aglegejt, | Kalddlin 
okauzeennut nuktérsimarsut, | natk’i- 
gutingoenniglo  sukuidrsimarsut | 

Gjerlevimiut Enslevimiudlo Pellesigén- 
nit | Peter-Kraghmit. | Attuzgeksiiu- 
kudlugit inndngnut koisimarsunnut. | 

Kjobenhavnime, | Fabritiusib de Ten- 
gnagelib nak’itteriviine nak’it- | tarsi- 
marsut, | 1832. 

Literal translation: The old testament’s | its 
books’ parts of them | Moses’ kis books the 
second and the fifth, Job’s, Ezra’s, Nehemiah’s, 
Esther’s and Ruth’s their books, Greenlanders 
into their speech translated | and with notes 


explained | by the people of Gjerlev and of 
Ensley their priest | Peter Kragh. | To be a 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 55 


Kyragh (P.) — Continued. 

manual for people christened. | At Copenha- 
gen. | Fabricius de Tengnagel’s on his print- 
ing-press printed. 

4 p. ll. pp. 1-633, 11. 12°. Books of Exodus, 
Leviticus, Job, Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, and 
Ruth in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Astor, British and Foreign Bible 
Society, British Museum, Powell, Watkinson. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 
2336, brought 6s. 


— Okalloutit, | Sabbatinne akkudlee- 
sikset, | Evangeliumit sukuidutejt 
okiokun | atturegéksiet, | kattersorsi- 
marsut | Kalddlidlo okauzeennut nuk- 
térsimarsut | Pellesimit Peter-Kragh- 
mit. | [Five lines quotation. ] 

Kjébenhavnime 1833. | Fabritiusib 
de Tengnagelib nak’ itteriviane nak’ 
ittdrsi- | marsut. 

Literal translation : Discourses | on the Sab- 
bath to be preached, | from the gospel explana- 
tions in winter | to be used, | collected and 
Greenlanders into their speech translated | by 
the pricst Peter Kragh. | At Copenhagen 
1833. | Fabricius de Tengnagel’s on his print- 
ing-press print- | ed. 

Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. 1-464, 2 ll. (one folding), 
16°. Prayers and lessons on the Gospels, for 
Sundays and holy days, from the beginning of 
Advent until Easter, in the language of 
Greenland. f 

Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum, 
Trumbull. 

A copy at the Brinley sale, No. 5642, brought 
$8; at the Pinart sale, No. 523, acopy was bought 
for 2 fr. by Quaritch, who prices it, No. 30055, 
at 5s. 

Testamentitokab | Makpérsegéjsa 
Illangoecet, | Josvab efkartoursirsudlo 
aglegéjt, | Samuelim aglegej sitirdleet 
ard- | lejdlo, aglékket Konginnik | 

siirdleet ardléjdlo, | Kaladlin okauzee- 
nnut nuktérsimarsut, nark’igu- | tin- 
goenniglo sukuidrsimarsut | Gjerlevi- 
miut Enslevimiudlo Pellesi#énnit | Peter 
Kraghmit. | [Two lines quotation. ] 

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritinsib de 
Tengnagelib nak’itteriviane | nak’it- 
tdrsimarsut. | 1836. 

Literal translation: The old testament’s | its 
books’ parts of them, | Joshua’s andthe Judges’ 
their books | Samuel's his books the first and 
the sec- | ond | the books about Kings first and 
second | Greenlanders into their specch trans- 
lated, | and with notes explained | by the peo- 
ple of Gjerlev and Enslev their priest | Peter 
Kragh. | At Copenhagen. | Fabricius do Teng- 
nagel’s on his printing-press | printed. 

4 p. ll. pp. 1-708, 3 unnumbered pp. 1-9, in 
the language of Greenland.— Joshua, pp. 3-95. — 


Kragh (P.) — Continued. 
Judges, pp. 95-194.—I Samuel, pp. 195-329.— 
II Samuel, pp. 329-439.—I Kings, pp. 441-577.— 
II Kings, pp. 578-708. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Powell. 
— Kaladlit | Pelleserkango#éta | Hans 

Egedib | Okalloutei Unnukorsiutit | 
ajokersukkaminut, | agleksimagallo:et 
Johan Christian Mérch-mit | Kakortor- 
miut niuvertorigalloénnit | ménalo 
titarnekartisimarsut | Peter Kragh-mit | 
Gjerlevimiut Pellesiénnit. | 

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritius de Teng- 
nagelib nakk’itterividéne | nakk’ittdr- 
simarsut. | 1837, 

Literaltranslation : The Greenlanders | their 
priest's | Hans Egede’s | discourses means for 
passing the evening | to his disciples, | written- 
formerly by Johan Christian Mérch | the peo- 
ple of Kakortok [white place—Julianehoot] 
their late trader, | and now arranged by Peter 
Kragh | the people of Gjerlev their priest. | At 
Copenhagen. | Fabricius de Tengnagel’s on his 
printing-press | printed. 

Pp. 1-189, 16°, in the language of Greenland. 


Copies seen: Congress, Harvard, Pilling, 
Powell. 


A copy at the Pinart sale, No. 505, brought 
2 fr. 


Also issued with Danish translation, title as 
above, followed by Danish title as follows: 

—— Gronlendernes | férste Praests | Hans 
Egedes | Aften-Samtaler | med sine 
Diciple, | forfattede efter Campe | af | 
Johan Christian Mérch, | forhenvier- 
ende Kjgbmand ved Julianehaab, | og 
nu udgivne af | Peter Kragh, | Priest i 
Gjerlev. | 

Kjébenhavn: | Trykt i Fabricius de 
Tengnagels Bogtrykkeri: | 1837. 

Pp. 1-376, 16°, alternate pages Danish and 
Greenland. Eskimo title verso 1. 1, Danish 
title recto 1. 2. Evening Conversations of 
Hans Egede with his disciples, compiled by 
Morch and newly edited by P. Krach. 

Copies seen: Harvard, Trumbull, Wat- 
kinson. 

—— Erkarsautigirseks:et | sillérsoarmik, 
| agléksimarsut | G. F. Ursinimit, | 
nuktersimarsnt | P. Kragh-mit, | Lin- 
trupimint Pellesiznnit. | 

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritius de Teng- 
nagelib nak’itterividéne nak’ittarsim- 
arsut. | 1839. 

Literal translation: Things to be thought of 
| about the great heavens | written by | G. F. 
Ursini, | translated | by P. Kragh | the people 
of Lintrup their priest. | At Copenhagen. | 
Fabricius de 'lengnagel’s on his printing- 
press printed. 


56 


Kragh (P.)— Continued. 

Pp. 1-23, 16°. Treatise on astronomy, by 
Ursini, translated into the Greenland by Kragh. 
It is probable that this work was issued also 
with alternate pages, Danish and Greenland, as 
Erslew mentions an edition: Kjébenhavnime, 
1839, 8°, 45 pp. 

Copies seen: Powell. 


— Okalluktualixt, | nuktérsimarsut, | 
R. J. Brandt-mit, | KArsome niiivertuk- 
saugalloamit, | ark’iks6rsimarsnt titadr- 
nekartisimarsudlo| P. Kragh-mit | Lin- 
trupimiut Hjertingimiudlo Pellesis#n- 
nit | 

Kjébenhavnime. | Fabritius de Ten- 
gnagelib nak’itteriviane nak’ittarsim- 
arsut. | 1839. 

Literal translation: Discourses | translated 
| by R. J. Brandt | at Karsok late assistant 
trader | put in order and arranged | by P. 
Kragh | the people of Lintrup and the peoplo 
of Hjerting their priest. | At Copenhagen. | 
Fabricius de Tengnagel’s on his printing-press 
printed. 

Pp. 1-118, 16°, in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard, Powell. 

A copy at the Pinart sale, No. 140, brought 1 fr. 


—— Attuegautit, | Evangeliumié sukuia- 
utéjt Paaskimit | Trinitatis Sabbateesa 
kingurdlien- | nut attuegekset, | kat- 
tersorsimarsut Kaladlidlo | okauzeen- 
nut nuktersimarsut | Pellisimit Peter 
Kraghmit, | [Three lines quotation. ] | 

Kjébenhaynime: | Bianco Lunobnak- 
k’itterividne nakk’ittarsimarsut. | 1848. 

Literal translation: Readings | from the Gos- 
pel explanations from Easter | to Trinitys 
Sunday’s its next following [the Sunday after 
Trinity] | to be used, | collected and Green- 
landers | into their speech translated | by the 
priest Peter Kragh. | At Copenhagen: | Bianco 
Luno’s on his printing-press printed. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-731, 2 ll. 18°, in the language of 
Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard, Trumbull. 

A copy was bought by Quaritch at the Pinart 
sale, No. 522, for 4 fr. 


— Attuekken illuarsantikset | ille- 
geennut opertunnut, | kattersorsimar- 
sut | Umiktormiut pellesizennit, W. A. 
Wexelsimit, | minale nuktersimarsut | 


Oesbymiut pelleserténnit P. Kraghmit. | 


| [Four lines quotation. ] | 
Kiobenhkavunime 1850. | Bianco Lunob 
nak’itterviane nok’ ittarsimarsut. 
Literal translation: Readings means for im- 
provement | for congregations faithful, |. col- 
lected | by the people of Umiktok their priest, 
W. A. Wexels; | but now translated | by the 
people of Oesby their priest P. Kragh. | Copen- 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


THE 


Kragh (P.) — Continued. 
hagen 1850.| Bianco Luno’s on his printing. 
press printed. 
Title 11. preface, signed Peter Kragh, Oct, 
7, 1850, pp. iii-viii, text (translation of Wilhelm 
Andreas Wexels’ sermons, each followed by a 
hymn) entirely in the Greenland, pp. 1-206, 11 
16°, Pp. 175-206 entirely hymns. ; 
Copies seen: British Museum. 


] Erkersautikset, | udlut nungud- 
lugit attuwegwkset. | Kattersorsimarsut 
J. Paulusimit. | Nordleen illénnit. | 
[Two lines quotation. ] | 

Nakittarsimarsut Pet. Chr. Kochib | 
nakitterivigiksoaéne, | Haderslevime. | 
1853. 

Literal translation: Things to be though 
of | every day to be used. | Collected by J. 
Paulus. | [{?] | Print@d on Pet. Chr. Koch’s | 
his great printing-press, | at lladersley. 

Picture of the crucifixion with Eskimo title 
11. title 11. preface, signed P. Kragh, pp. jii-iv, 
verses pp. Vi-vili, text 1p. 1-400, 16°. Book of 
daily devotion entirely in the Eskimo of 
Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 80 pf. 


[ 


-— Unnersoutiksak | ernistiksiortunnut | 
Kaladlit nunzennétunnut, | Kablunain 
okauzeenne agléksimarsok | nekknur- 
sdirsomit Lerkimit, | Kaladlidle okau- 
zeennut nuktersimarsok | Pellesimit | 
Peter-Kraghmit. | 

Kjébenhavnime. | Louis Kleinib nak’- 
itt’eriviksodne. | 1867. ; 

Literal translation: Instructions | for mid- 
wives | Greenlanders in their land living | Eu- 
ropeans in their speech written | by the healer 
Lerch, | and Greenlanders into their speech 
translated | by the priest | Peter Kragh. | At 
Copenhagen. | On Louis Klein’s his great print- 
jng-press. 

Second title: Underretning | for Jordem@pdre 
| i Grgndland, | skreven paa Dansk | af | 
Chirurg Lerch, | oversat paa Grénlandsk | af 
| Preesten Kragh. | 

Kjdbenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 
1867. z 

Pp. 2-63, alternate pages Greenland and 
Danish. Eskimo title verso 1 1. Dauish title 
recto |. 2, 16°. 

Copies seen: Powell. : 

Erslew titles an edition: Copenhagen, 1829, 
4 sheets [64 pp.?], 8°. 

—— Johannesib koirsirsub nejsi innuka- 
juitsame ... nuktersimarsok P. 
Kragh-mit. 

Haderslevime, 1871. wy 

Literal translation: John’s the Baptist’s his 


warning in the wilderness trans- 
lated by P. Kragh. At Hadersley. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE, 


Kragh (P.) — Continued. : 
98 pp. 8°, in the Greenland language. 
- from Dr. Rink. 


Greenland Sermons. (27.) 5: 

27 sheets, 8°, printed at the expense of the 
Danish Missionary Society. Title from Dr. 
Rink. 

“Peder Kragh, the son of Michael Kragh and 
Kirstine Jensen, was born at Gimming, then 
annexed to Randers, November 20, 1794. In 
1804 he entered the school at Randers, in 
1806 the Latin school at the same place, and 
thence, in 1213, to the university. He entered 
the Greenland seminary in April, 1817; 
passed his final examination in theology in Oc- 
tober of the same year, and in January, 1818, 
was sent as missionary to Egedesminde and an- 
nexed districts, in Disco Bay, in North Green- 
land, whither he set out in May, arriving in 
August, and before the end of the same month 
gave his first sermoninthe Greenland. He re- 
mained in that office for ten years. In 1825 he 
established the mission of Upernivik, aban- 
doned forty years afterward. He left Green- 
land in July, 1828, and arrived at Copenhagen 
about the end of August of the same year. In 
January, 1829, he became parson at Gjerlev and 
Enslev, in the bishopric of Aarhuus, and in 
October, 1838, at Lintrup and Hjerting, in the 
bishopric of Ribe. 

“There are in circulation in Greenland by 
this author various translations, namely, In- 
gemann’s Voices in the Wilderness, and The 
Hizh Game, Kvummacher’s Parables and Feast 
Book, Hans Egede’s Life, and some cradle songs 
and other songs, for the publication of which 
no money could be obtained.” —Frslew. 

Krause (Aurel). Verzeichniss einiger 
Tschuktschischer- und Eskimo-Worter 
_ von der Tschukschen Halbinsel. 

In Deutsche geographische Blitter, heraus- 
gegeben von der Geographischen Gesellschaft 
in Bremen, vol. 6, Heft 3, pp. 266-278, Bremen, 
1883, 8°. 


Title 


Kristumiutut tugsiautit. 
Kjébenhavnime, 1876. 
Literal translation: In the Christian manner 
psalms. At Copenhagen. 
115 pp. 8°. Psalm book in the Eskimo lan- 
. guage of Greenland. Title from Dr. Rink. 


Kristusimik Mallingnaursut * * * 
Thomasib 4 Kempisib. See Egede > 


CPR): 

Kumlien (Ludwig). Contributions | to 
the | natural history | of | Arctic Amer- 
ica, | made in connection with | the 
Howgate polar expedition, 1877-78, | 
by | Ludwig Kumlien, | naturalist of 
the expedition. | 


57 


Kumlien (L.) — Continued. 

Washington: | Government Printing 
Office. | 1879. 

Printed cover 11. pp. 1-179, 8°. 
letin 15 of the National Museum. 

Mr. Kumlien’s contributions to this pam- 
phlet are as follows: Ethnology, pp. 11-46; 
Mammals, pp. 47-67; Birds, pp. 69-105. The 
first contains a few Innuit terms passim, and 
numerals 1-10, pp. 26-27; the last two contain 
many names of animals and birds in the Cum- 
berland Eskimo. 

Copies seen: Congress, Powell. 

Reprinted, in part, as follows: 


Forms Bul- 


— Ethnology. Fragmentary Notes on 
the Eskimo of Cumberland Sound. 
By Ludwig Kunilien. 

In Science, vol. 1, pp. 85-88, 100-101, 214-218, 
New York, 1880, 4°.—Innuit numerals, 1-10, p. 
216. 

Kiingip tugdliata perktissutai | Kalatdlit 
misigssuissortait piy- | dlugit nunatalo 
akigssautai pivdlugit, | Kungip tugdli- 
ata sulivfiane agdlagsimassut 1872 me | 
Januarip 381 ane. 

Literal translation: The king’s his nearest 
[ministers] things that he gives commands 
about | in reference to the Greenlanders their 
governors | and in reference to the land’s its 
wealth, | at the minister’s his working place 
{oftice] written in 1872 | on January 31. 

No title-page; pp. 1-18, 8°. Instructions for 
the trading posts in Greenland, in the Eskimo 
language. 

Copies seen: Powell. 


Kuipernerit nidpautduput. 
sen (B.F.). 


Kuskokwim. [Note book with various 
vocabularies, notes on the dialects of 
Koskokwim, Nunivak, &e. ] 


Manuscript in possession of M. Alph. .L. 
Pinart. 


See Sgren- 


Kuskokwim: 
Vocabulary. See Baer (K. E. von), 
Furuhelm (H.), 
Kuskokwim, 
Vocabularies, 


Wrangell (F. von). 
Kuskutchewak: 


Vocabulary. See Baer (K. E. von), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Morgan (L. H.), 
Richardson (J.). 
Kuskwogmtt: 
Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.), 
Schott (W.), 
. Zagoskin (L. A.). 
Kwigpak: 
Vocabulary. See Schott (W.). 


Labrador: 


Bible: 
Pentateuch. 
Genesis. 
Exodus. 
Leviticus. 
Numbers. 
Deuteronomy. 
Joshua. 
Judges. 
Ruth. 
Samuel I-IT. 
Kings I-II. 
Chronicles I-IT. 
Ezra. 
Nehemiah. 
Esther. 
Job. 
Psalms. 
Psalms. 
Proverbs. 
Proverbs. 
Ecclesiastes. 
Song of Solomon. 
Isaiah. 
Jeremiah, 
Ezekiel. 
Daniel. 
Minor prophets. 
New Testament. 


New Testament. 


Four Gospels. 
Four Gospels. 


Four Gospels. 


Matthew (in part). 


Jobn (in part). 


John (in part). 
Jobn (in part). 
John (in part). 


John (in part). 
John (in part). 
John (in part). 
Acts. 
Acts. 
Acts. 


Epistles. 
Epistles. 
Revelation. 

Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


L. 


See Moselil. 


Mosesib. 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (I.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Davidib, 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.), 
Salomonib. 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Prophetib. 
Salomonib. 
Salomonib. 
Salomonib. 
Salomonib. 
Testamentetak 
medsa, 
Testamentitak  ta- 
mzédsa. 
Burghardt (C. F.), 
Tamedsa Matth:eu- 
sib, 
Testamentitak 
meedsa. 
Warden (D. B.). 
American Bible So- 
ciety, 
Bagster (J.), 
Bible Society, 
sritish and Foreign 
Bible Society, 
Church, 
Kohlmeister (B. G.), 
Warden (D. B.). 
Acts, 
Apostelit, 
Testamentitak  ta- 
meedsa. 
A postelit (note), 
Epistles. 
Apostelit (note). 
Jerusalemib, 
Jesuse, 
Kaumajok, 


ta- 


“Naélekam, 


Nalungiak, 
Naughtawkkoa, 
Nauk taipkoa, 
Nukakpiak, 
Nukakpiarkek, 
Nukapiak, 


ta- 


| Labrador—Continued. 


Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Christian doctrine. 
Chronicles. 
Dictionary. 
Geography. 


Grammar. 
Grammar. 


Hymns. 
Hymns. 
Liturgy. 
Liturgy. 
Lord’s Prayer. 
Lord’s Prayer. 
Numerals. 
Numerals. 
Numerals. 
Prayers. 
Primer. 
Sermons. 
Songs. 

Tract. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 


Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 


Gospels (Harmony of). 


Grammatic comments. 


Bible lessons. See Senf kornetun-ipok, 
Bible lessons. Tamedsa, 

Bible lessons. Tussajungnik, 
Bible lessons. Ussornakaut. 
Bible stories. Okpernermik, 
Bible stories. Pillitikset, 

Bible stories. Pingortitsinermik, 
Bible stories. Senfkornesutépok, 
Bible stories. Unipkautsit. 


Bourquin (T.), 
Erdmann (F.). 
Jesusjb. 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Elsner (A. F.). 
Nalegapta. 
Bourquin (T.), 
Freitag (A.). 
Adelung (J.C.) and 
Vater (J.S.). 
Imgerutit, 
Tuksiarutsit. 
Liturgiit atoraksat, 
Liturgiit upvalo. 
Bergholtz (G. F.), 
Surale (F. A.). 
Antrim (B.J.), 
Cull (R.), 
Stearns (W. A.) 
Tuksiarutsit 
Okautsit. 
OkAlautsit. 
Imgerutsit. 
Bibelib. 
Fry (E.), 
Latrobo (P.) and 
Washington (J.), 
Lesley (J. P.), 
Lesseps (J. B. B.), 
Morgan (L. H.), 
Richardson (J.), 
Stearns (W. A.). 


La Harpe (Jean Frangois de). Abrégé | 
de | Vhistoire générale | des vofages, 
| contenant | Ce qu’il y a de plus re- 
marquable, de plus utile & | de mieux 


avéré dans les Pays ow les Voyageurs | 
ont pénétré; les moeurs des Habitans, 
la Religion, | les Usages, Arts & Sci- 
ences, Commerce, | Manufactures; en- 


& Privilége du Roi. 


richie de Cartes géographiques | & de 
figures. | Par M. De La Harpe, de 
VAcadémie Frangaise. | Tome premier 
[-trente-deux]. | [Design.] | 

A Paris, | Hétel de Thou, rne des 
Poitevins. | M. DCC. LX XX[-An IX.— ~ 
1801] [1780-1801]. | Avee Approbation, ~ 


32 vols. 8°, and atlas, 1804, 4°.—Remarks on / 


the Greenland language, with examples (from 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 59 


La Harpe (J. F. de) — Continued. 


Anderson, in Cook and King’s Voyages), vol. | 


18, pp. 369-377. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress. 

— Abrégé | de | ’Histoire Générale | 
des voyages, | contenant | ce qu’il y a 
de plus remarquable, de plus utile et 
de | mieux avéré dans les pays ot les 
voyageurs ont | pénétré; les mceurs des 
habitans, la religion, les | usages; arts 
et sciences, commerce et manufac- | 
tures. | Par J. F. LaHarpe. | Tome 
Premier[-Vingt-quatriéme]. | 

A Paris, | Chez Ledoux et Tenré, 
Libraires, | Rue Pierre-Sarrozin, N°®. | 
1816. 

24 vols. 12°.—Linguistics, vol. 17, pp. 378-385. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

— Abrégé | de | Vhistoire générale | 
des voyages, | contenant | ce qu’il y a 
de plus remarquable, de plus utile et 
de mieux | avéré dans les pays owt les 
voyageurs ont pénétré; les | moeurs 
des habitans, la religion, les usages, 
arts et | sciences, commerce et manu- 
factures; | Par J. F. LaHarpe. | Nou- 
velle édition, | revue et corrigée avec 
le plus grand soin, | et accompagnée 
dun bel atlas in-folio. | Tome premier 
[-vingt-quatriéme ]}. | 

A Paris, | chez Etienne Ledoux, li- 
braire, | rue Guénégaud, N° 9. | 1820. 

24 vols. 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 16, pp. 217-226. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 38632, 
there are editions: Paris, Achille Jourdan, 
1822, 30 vols. 8°; Paris, 1825, 30 vols. 8°; Lyon, 
Rusand, 1829-’30, 30 vols. 8°. 

Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous 
Contributions to the Ethnography of 
North America. By R. G. Latham, M. D. 

In Philological Society [of London], Proc. 
vol. 2, pp. 31-50, [London], 1846, 8°. 

Table of words showing affinities among 
various American tribes, including the Eskimo, 
pp. 34-38. 

—— On the Languages of the Oregon 
Territory. By R. G. Latham, M. D. 

In Ethnological Soc. of London, Journal, vol. 
1 pp 154-166, Edinburgh, [1848], 8°. 

A table of ten Sussee words showing aflinity 
with various other American tribes, among 
them the Eskimo, p. 161.—Short comparative 
vocabulary of the Sitca and Kadiack, p. 163.— 
DPable showing miscellaneous affinities between 
the languages of Oregon Territory and the Es- 
kimo, pp. 164-165. 

— On the Ethnography of Russian 
America. By R. G. Latham, M. D. 


Latham (R. G.)— Continued. 
In Ethnological Soc. of London, Journal 
vol. 1, pp. 182-191, Edinburgh, [1848], 8°. 
Contains general remarks on the classifica- 
tion of the languages of the above region, and 
a very brief list of the vocabularies of the 
languages of that region which have been 
printed, including the Eskimo. 


— The | natural history | of | the 
varieties of man. | By | Robert Gordon 
Latham, M. D., I. R. S., | late Fellow 
of King’s College, Cambridge; | one of 
the Vice-Presidents of the Ethnologi- 
cal Society, London; | Corresponding 
Member to the Ethnological Society, | 
New York, ete. | [Design.] | 

London: | John Van Voorst, Pater- 
noster Row. | M.D.CCCL [1850]. 

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-574, 8°.—Remarks on the 
Eskimo language, pp. 288-294. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 

A presentation copy (dated 1851) at the Squier 
sale, catalogue No. 638, brought $2.50. 


—— Opuscula. | Essays | chiefly | philo- 
logical and ethnographical | by | Rob- 
ert Gordon Latham, | M. A., M. D., F. 
R. S., ete. | Late Fellow of Kings Col- 
lege, Cambridge, late Professor of En- 
glish | in University College, London, 
late assistant physician | at the Middle- 
sex Hospital. | 

Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta 
Street, Covent Garden, London | and | 
20 South Frederick Street, Edinburgh. 
| Leipzig, R. Hartmann. | 1860. 

Pp. i-vi, 1-418, 8°. A reprint of a number of 
articles which appeared in the publications of 
the Ethnological and Philological Societies of 
London. Addendaand Corrigenda, pp. 379-417, 
contain linguistic material not appearing in 
any of the former articles; amongst it are the 
numerafs, 1-5, of the Eskimo, Aleutian, and 
Kamskadale, p. 410. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton, 
Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Watkinson. 

A presentation copy brought $2.37 at the 
Squier sale, catalogue No. 639. The Murphy 
copy, No. 14388, sold for $1. 


—— Elements | of | comparative philol- 


ogy. | By | R.G. Latham, M. A., M. D., 
F. R. S., &e., | late fellow of King’s 
College, Cambridge; and late professor 
of English | in University College, Lon- 
don. | 

London: | Walton and Maberly, | 
Upper Gower strect, and Ivy lane, 
Paternoster row; | Longman, Green, 
Longman, Roberts, and Green, | Pater- 


60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Latham (R. G.) — Continued. 
noster row. | 1862. | The Right of 
Translation is Reserved. 

Pp. i-xxxii, errata 1 1. pp. 1-774, 8°.—Com- 
parative vocabulary of the Unalashka, Kadiak, 
Kuskutshewae, and Labrador, pp. 386-387.— 
Two Eskimo [Asiatic] vocabularies, p. 387. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Eames, Watkinson. 


Latrobe (Rev. Peter) and Washington | 


(Capt. John). Vocabulary of the Ks- 
kimo of Labrador. 

In Richardson (Sir John), Arctic Searching 
Expedition, pp. 483-496, London, 1851, 8°. 

Reprinted in the New York edition of 1852, 
pp. 483-496. 

Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca | Ameri- 
cana | Catalogue raisonné | d’une trés- 
précieuse | collection de livres anciens | 
et modernes | sur VAmérique et les 
Philippines | Classés par ordre alphabé- 
tique de noms d’Auteurs. | Rédigé par 
Ch. Leclere. | [Design.] | 

Paris | Maisonneuve & Cie | 15, Quai 
Voltaire | M.D.CCC.LXVII [1867] 

Pp. i-vii, 1-407, 8°. Contains a number of 
Eskimo titles. 

Copies seen: Congress, Powell. 

At the Fischer sale, No. 919, a copy brought 
10s.; at the Squier sale, No. 651, $1.50. Le- 
clere, 1878, No. 345, prices it at 4 fr. The Mur- 
phy copy, No. 1452, brought $2.75. 


Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, 
géographie, | voyages, archéologie et 
linguistique | des | deux Amériques | 
et | des Iles Philippines | rédigée | par 
Ch. Leclere | [Design. ] | 

Paris | Maisonneuve et Ci, libraires- 
éditeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25. | 1878 

2 p. ll. pp. i-xx, 1-737, 11. 8°.—The linguistic 
partof this volume occupies pp.537-643, and is ar- 
ranged under families, the Aléoute occurring on 
p. 550; the Esquiman (Groenlandais) pp. 579-521. 

Copies seen; Boston Atheneum, Pilling. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 12172, at 12s. ; another 
copy, No. 12173, large paper, £1 1s. Leclere’s 
Supplement, 1881, No. 2831, prices it at 15 fr., 
and No. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, at 30 fr. 
A large-paper copy priced by Quaritch, No. 
30230, at 128. 


— Bibliotheca| Americana| Histoire, gé0- 
graphie, | voyages, archéologie et lin- 
guistique| des | deux Amériques | Supplé- 
ment | N° J. Novembre 1881 | [Design]. | 

Paris | Maisonneuve & C*, libraires- 
éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25 | 1881 

Printed cover 1 1. title 1 1. advertisement 1 
1. pp. 1-102, 11. 8°. 

Copies seen; Congress, Pilling. 


Legends: - 
Greenland. See Kaladhit, 
Pok. 
Tchiglit. Petitot (E. F. 8.J.). 


Lenox: This word following A title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the Lenox Library, New York City. 


Lerch (—). See Kragh (P.). 


Lesley (Joseph Peter). On the Insensi- 
ble Gradation of Words, by J. P. Lesley. 
In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 7, 
pp. 129-155, Philadelphia 1862, 8°. 
Contains a few words on Greenland Esqui- 
maux, Labrador, and Kadjak, pp. 136-139, 145- 
148, 148-152. 


Lesseps (Jean Baptiste Barthélemy, 
baron de). Journal historique | du 
voyage | de M. de Lesseps, | Consul de 
France, employé dans lexpédition | de 
M. le comte de la Pérouse, en qualité | 
Vinterpréte du Roi; | Depuis Vinstant 
ou il a quitté les frégates Frangoises | 
au port Saint-Pierre & Saint-Paul du 
Kamtschatka, | jusqu’&A son arrivée en 
France, le 17 octobre 1788. | Premidre 
[-seconde] partie. | [Design. ] | 

A Paris, | de Vimprimerie royale. | 
M. DCCXC [1790]. 

2 vols. 8°.—Vocabulaire des langues Kam- 
tschadale, Koriaque, Tchouktchi et Lamoute, 
vol. 2, pp. 355-375.—Vocabulaire de la langue 
Kamtschadale, vol. 2, pp. 376-380. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


At the Fischer sale, No. 2517, a copy brought 
12s. 


—— Travels | in | Kamtschatka, | during 
the years 1787 and 1788. | Translated 
from the French of | M. de Lesseps, 
Consul of France, | and | interpreter to 
the Count de la Pérouse, now | engaged 
in a voyage round the world, by | com- 
mand of His Most Christian Majesty. | 
In two volumes. | Volume I[-I1]. | 

London: | Printed for J. Johnson, St, 
Paul’s Chureh-yard. | 1790. 

2 vols. 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 384-403, 
404-408. 


Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum. 


Voyage | de | M. De Lesseps | du 
Kamtschatka en France | avec | une 
Préface par Ferdinand de Lesseps | 
[Picture.] | 

Paris | Maurice Dreyfours, Editeur 
| 13, Rue du Faubourg-Montmartre, 13 
| Tous droits réservés [n. d.] 
Pp. i-xx, 1-248, table 1 1. 12°.—Vocabulaire 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Lesseps (J. B. B.) —Continued. 
des langues Kamtsehadale, Koriaque, Tchouk- 
tchi et Lamoute, pp. 237-248. 
Copies seen: British Museum. 
The edition, Riga & Leipzig, 1791, 2 vols. 12°, 
contains no linguistics. (British Museum.) 
Letters V and L, Eskimo. See Gallatin (A.). 
Linguistic discussion : 


Greenland. See Rink (H.J.), 
W oldike (M.). 
Karalit. Heckewelder (J. G. E.). 


AMCAHCKI (1OPIi). [Lisiansky ( Capt. 
Urey).] Wyremecrsie | soxpyrh cebta Bo | 
1803. 4. 5. 1 1806 roqaxb, | 10 noBerbnin | 
ero UMUepatopcKaro Beamyectsa | AreKcaAHApa 
Hepsaro, | Ha Kopa6ab | Hess, | 1045 nayaabc- 
TBOMb | @10Ta , KanMTANDAeiTenANTa, ADIN 
Kauutata | 1-ro panra m Kapasepa | Wpia 
AucancKaro. | Yactb nepsaa[—sropaa ]. | 

Cinktnerepoyprb, Bb TuNOrpavin O. Apex- 
caepa, | 1812. 

Translation.—Voyage | around the world | 
in the years 1803, 4, 5 and 1806 | by order of | His 
Imperial Majesty | Alexander I, | on the ship 
| Neva, | undercommand | of Captain-Lieuten- 
antofthe Navy, now Captain | of the Ist rank | 
and Knight Urey Lisiansky. | Vol. I[{-IT). | 

St. Petersburg, | in the printing-office of Th. 
Drechsler, | 1812. 

2 vols. 8°.—Short vocabulary of the languages 


of the northwestern parts of America, with | 


Russian translation; Russian-Kadiak-Kenai 
and Russian-Sitka-Unalashka, vol. 2, pp. 154- 
181, 182-207. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 

—— A | voyage round the world, | in | 
the years 1803, 4, 5, & 6; | performed | 
by order of his imperial majesty 
ander the First, emperor of Russia, | 
in | the ship Neva, | by | Urey Lisian- 
sky, | captain in the Russian navy, 
and | knight of the orders of St. George. 
and St. Vladimer. ; 

London: | Printed for John Booth, 
Duke street, Portland place; and | 
Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, | 
Paternoster row; | by S. Hamilton, | 
Weybridge, Surrey. | 1814. 

Pp. i-xxi, 11. pp. 1-388, maps, 4°.—Appendix 
No. 3, Vocabulary of the languages of the 
islands of Cadiack and Oonalashea, the bay of 
Kenay, and Sitea sound, pp. 329-337. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 

A copy at the Pinart sale, No. 1372, brought 
5 fr. 3 

These vocabularies reprinted in Davidson 
(G.), Report relative to * * * Alaska, in Coast 
Survey, Ann. Rept. 1867, pp. 293-298, Wash" 
ington, 1869, 4°; ayain in Davidson (G.), Report 


Alex- | 


61 


ANCAHCKI (FOP1i1) — Continued. 
Cong., 2d sess , pp. 328-3383; and again in Coast 
Survey, Coast Pilot of Alaska, pp. 215-221, 
Washington, 1869, 8°. For extracts see Schott 
(W.), Zagoskin (L. A.), Zelenoi (S. J.). 
Litany, Greenland. See ilagigsut. 
Liturgiit | atoraksat | Jésusib Ania- 
viane. | 
London: | Printed for the Society for 
the | Furtherance of the Gospel among 
the Heathen, | 97, Hatton Garden. | By 
Norman & Skeen, Maiden Lane, Cov- 
ent Garden. | 1867. 
Literal translation: Liturgy | to be used | 
at Jesus’ his time of suffering. 
Title verso blank 11. text entirely in the lan- 
guage of Labrador, pp. 3-48, 18°. 
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 
My copy, procured of the Unitits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 70 pf. 


Liturgiit | upvalo: | tuksiarutsit, im- 
gerutiilo kujalitiksat nertordlerntik- 
sallo | atoraksat illagéktunut | Labra- 


doremétunut. | 
Stolpen. | Druck von Gustav Winter. 
| 1867. 
Literal translation: Liturgy | daily?: | 


psalms, and hymns of-thanksgiving and of- 
praise | a manual for congregations | living-in- 
Labrador. | 

Title verso blank 11. contents pp. iii-iv, text 
entirely in the language of Labrador, pp. 1-278, 
16°. Hymns sung during week day services. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procured of the Unitiéts-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 80 pf. 


| Liturgy: 
| Greenland. See Tuksiautit. 
Labrador. Liturgiit atoraksat, 


Liturgiit upvalo. 
| Long (John). Voyages and Travels | of 
an | Indian Interpreter and Trader, | 
describing | the Manners and Customs 
| of the | North American Indians; | 
with | an Account of the Posts | sit- 
uated on the River Saint Laurence, 
Lake Ontario, &c. | To which is added, 
| A Vocabulary | of | the Chippeway 
Language. | Names of Furs and Skins, 
in English and French. | A list of words 
| in the | Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawa- 
nee, and Esquimeaux Tongues, | and a 
table, shewing | the Analogy between 
the Algonkin and Chippeway Lan- 
guages. | By J. Long. | 

London: | Printed for the author; 
and sold by Robson, Bond-Street; De- 
brett, | Piceadilly; T. and J. Egerton, 


Telative to * * * Alaska, in Ex. Doce. 77, 40th 


Charing-Cross; White and Son, Fleet- 


62 


Long (J.) — Continued. 
| Street; Sewell, Cornhill; Edwards, 
Pall-Mall; and Messrs. Tay- | lors, Hol- 
born, London; Fletcher, Oxford; and 
Bull, Bath. | M, DCC, XCI [1791]. 

1 p. 1. pp. i-xi, 1-295, map, 4°.—Vocabulary 
of the Esquimaux (22 words), p. 183. 

Oopies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress, Trumbull, Watkinson. 

The copy at the Field sale, No. 1379, brought 
$5.50. Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 942, at 60 
fr., an uncut copy. ‘The Brinley copy, No. 
5661, sold for $5.50, ‘‘ tree-calf, yellow edges, a 
large and exceptionally fine copy.” At the Pi- 
nart sale, No. 558, it brought 20 fr. and at the 
Murphy sale, No. 1518, $5.50. 
— J. Long’s | westindischen Dolmet- 
schers und Kaufmanns | See- und Land- 
Reisen, | enthaltend: | eine Beschrei- 
bung der Sitten und Gewohnheiten | 
der | nordamerikanischen Wilden; | 
der | englischen Fortes oder Schanzen 
lings dem St. Lorenz- | Flusse, dem 
See Ontario u. s. w.; | ferner | ein um- 
stindliches Worterbnch der Chippe- 
waischen und anderer | nordamerikani- 
schen Sprachen. | Aus dem Englischen. 
| Herausgegeben | und mit einer kurzen 
HKinleitung iiber Kanada und einer er- 
besserten | Karte versehen | von | E. A. 
W. Zimmermann, | Hofrath und Pro- 
fessor in Braunschweig. | Mit allergnii- 
digsten Freiheiten. | 

Hamburg, 1791. | bei Benjamin Gott- 
lob Hoffmann. 

Pp. i-xxiv, 1 1. pp. 1-334, map, 8°.—Linguis- 
tics, p. 217. 

Copies seen: Brown. 

Atthe Fischer sale, No. 969, acopy brought 1s. 

Thave seen a German edition: Berlin, 1792, 8°, 
and a French one: Paris, an II [1794], 8°, neither 
of which contains the linguistic material. I 
havealsoseen mention of an edition: Paris, 1810. 
Lord's. The Lord’s Prayer | In One Hun- 
dred and Thirty-One Tongues. | Con- 
taining all the principal languages | 
spoken | in Europe, Asia, Africa, and 
America. | 

London: | St. Paul’s Publishing Com- 
pany, | 12, Paternoster Square. | [n. d. ] 

Title verso blank 11. preface, signed F. Pin- 
cott, fellow of the Royal Asiatic Society, pp. 
1-2, contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-62, 12°,—Lord’s 
Prayer in the Greenland, p. 58. 

Oopies seen: Church Missionary Society. 


Lord’s Prayer: 


Aleut. See Gebet. 
Eskimo. Atkinson (C.), 
Hall (C. F.), 


Hossler (—). 


Ludewig (Hermann E.). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Lord's Prayer — Continued. 


Greenland. Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J. S.), 

Auer (A.), 

Bergholtz (G. F.), 

Bergmann (G. von), 

Bodoni (J. B.), 

Kgede (H.), 

Fauvel-Gouraud (F.), 

Hervas (L.), 

Lord’s Prayer, 

Marcel (J. J.), 

Naphegyi (G.), 

Richard (L.), 

Strale (F. A.). 

Peck (E. J.). 

Bergholtz (G. F.), 

Strale (F.-A.). 


Hudson Bay. 
Labrador. 


Lowe (F.) Wenjaminow itiber die aleu- 


tischen Inseln und deren Bewohner 
Von Herrn F. Lowe. 

In Erman (A.), Archiv fiir wissenschaft- 
liche Kunde von Russland, vol. 2, pp. 459-495, 
Berlin, 1842, 8°. 

Brief remarks on the Aleut language, pp. 486- 
487. 

Reprinted as follows: 


— Les Isles Aléoutes et leurs habitants. 


Par M. Venjaminoy. Article de M. Er- 
man[F. Lowe]. Traduit de )allemand. 
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 2, 
1849 (vol. 122 of the collection), pp. 66-82, 
Paris, n. d. 8°, and vol. 4, 1849 (vol. 124 of the 
collection), pp. 112-148, Paris, n. d. 8°. 


The | litera- 
ture | of | American aboriginal lan- 
guages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. | 
With additions and corrections | by 
Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by 
Nicolas Triibner. | 

London: | Triibner and Co., 60, Pater- 
noster row. | MDCCCLVIII [1858]. 

Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. ix-xxiv, 1-258, 8°. Ar- 
ranged alphabetically by families. Addenda 
by Wm. W. Turner and Nicolas Tribner, pp. 
210-246, index pp. 247-256, errata pp. 257-258. 

Contains a list of grammars and vocabularies 
of the following peoples: Aglegmutes, pp. 3-4; 
Aleutans, p. 4; Eskimo, pp. 69-72, 220-221; 
Fox Islands, pp. 74, 221; Inkiliirchliate or 
Kangjulit, pp. 86, 223; Kadjak, pp. 90-91; Kus- 
kokwimes, Tchwagmjutes, Kuskutschewak, 
or Kushkukchwakmutes, pp. 98, 226; Norton 
Sound, p. 134; Prince William’s Sound, p. 154; 
Tschugatschi, p. 191; ‘Tschuktchi, pp. 191, 242; 
Ugalenzi, pp. 194, 243; Unalashka, pp. 195, 244. 

Oopies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, No, 990, brought 
5s. 6d.; at the Field sale, No. 1408, $2.63; at the 
Squier sale, No. 699, $2 62; another copy, 1906, 
$2.38. Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 2075, at 15 
fr. The Pinart copy, No. 565, sold for 25 fr. 
and the Murphy copy, No. 1540, for $2.50. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 63 


Luther’s Catechism: 


Greenland. See Ajokzrsoutit. 
Egede (H.), 
Egede (Paul), 


Katekismuse. 
Lutke (Frédéric). Voyage | autour du 
monde, | exécuté par ordre | de sa 


majesté Vempereur Nicolas I, | Sur 
la Corvette Le Séniavine, | Dans les 
années 1826, 1527, 1828 et 1829, | par 
Frédéric Lutké, | capitaine de vais- 
seau, aide-de-camp de §S. M. l’empe- 
reur, | commandant de l’expédition. | 
Partie Historique, | avec un atlas, 
lithographié d’aprés les dessins origi- 
naux | d’Alexandre Postels et du 


Lutké (F.) — Continued. 
Baron Kittlitz. | Traduit du russe 
sur le manusecrit original, sous les 
yeux | de Vauteur, | par le conseiller 
état F. Boyé. | Tome premier[-troi- 
siéme ]. | 

Paris, | typographie de Firmin Didot 
Freres, | imprimeurs de linstitut, rue 
Jacob, Ne 24. | 1835[-1836]. 

3 vols. maps, 8°, and atlas, folio.—Remarks 
upon the language and a vocabulary of the 
Ounalachka, vol. 1, pp. 236-247. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Dall and Baker's Bibliography of Alaska 


gives a brief title of an edition: Paris, Engel- 
man & Cie, 1835-1836. 


M. 


M‘Keevor (Thomas). A | voyage | to | 
Hudson’s Bay, | during the summer | 
of 1812. | Containing | a particular 
account of the icebergs and other | 
phenomena which present themselves | 
in those regions; | also, | a description 
of the Esquimeaux and North Ame- | 
rican Indians; their manners, customs, 
| dress, language, &c. &c. &e. | By | 
Thomas M‘Keevor, M. D. | of the Dub- 
lin Lying-in Hospital. | [Six lines. ] | 

London: | Printed for Sir Richard 
Phillips and Co. | Bride-Court, Bridge- 
Street. | 1819. 

2 p. ll. pp. 1-76, 8°. Appended, with full 
title-page, is: Voyage to the North Pole, by the 
Chevalier de la Poix de Freminville, pp. 77-96. 
Forms portion of vol. 2 of New Voyages and 
Travels, London, Printed for Sir Richard 
Phillips & Co.—Vocabulary (27 words) of the 
Esquimaux, pp. 29-30. 

Oopies scen: British Museum, Congress. 


Mahlemit: 
Vocabulary. See Bannister (H. M.), 
Dall (W. H.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Smith (E. E.), 


Whymper (F.). 


Maisonneuve: This word following atitle indicates 


that a copy ef the work referred to was seen by 
the compiler in the publishing house of Mai. 
sonneuve Fréres ct Ch. Leclere, Paris, France. 
Marcel (Jean Jacques). Oratio domin- 
ica | CL linguis versa, | et propriis cu- 
jusque lingua | characteribus | plerum- 
que expressa; | Edente J. J. Marcel, | 
typographeii imperialis administro 
generali. | [Design. ] | 

Parisiis, | typis imperialibus. | Anno 
repar. sal. 1805, | imperiique Napoleonis 
primo, 


Marcel (J. J.) — Continued. 


Half-title reverse blank 1 1, title reverse 
Lord's Prayer in Hebrew (version No. 1) 1 1. 
text 80 unnumbered Il. index 4 Jl. dedication 11. 
large 8°. The versions are numbered 1-150.— 
Lord’s Prayer in Groenlandice (ex Evang. 
groenlandice Hafnia edito), No. 132. 

Oopies seen; British Museum, Congress. 

Some copies printed on large paper, with the 
5 ll. dedication and index immediately follow- 
ing the title leaf; the versus of most of the 
leaves are blank, and the whole work is di- 
vided by half-titles into four parts: Asia, Eu- 
rope, Africa, America; 161 ll. 4°. (Congress.) 


Marietti (Pietro), editor. Oratio Domin- 
ica | in CCL. lingvas versa | et | 
CLXXX. charactervm formis | vel nos- 
tratibvs vel peregrinis expressa |cvrante 
| Petro Marietti | Eqvite Typographo 
Pontificio | Socio Administro | Typo- 
graphei | 8. Consilii de Propaganda 
Fide | [Printer’s device. ] | 
Romae | Anno M. DCCC. LXX 
[1870]. % 
5 p. ll. (half-title, title, and dedication) pp. 
xi-xxvii, 1-319, 411. indexes, 4°.—Lord’s Prayer 
in the Greenland, p. 309. ‘litle furnished by 


Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in his pos 
session. 


Markham (Clements Robert). The Arc- 
tic Highlanders. By C. R. Markham, 
Esq. 

In Ethnological Soc. of London Trans. vol. 
4, pp. 125-137, London, L&&6, 8°. 

A short comparative vocabulary of the 
Greenlanders and Siberian, p. 133. 

Reprinted in Royal Geographical Society of 
London's Arctic Geography and Ethnology, 
pp. 175-189, London, 1875, 8°. The vocabulary 
occurs on p.183 names of Arctic Highlanders, 
pp. 188-189, 


64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Markham (C. R.)—Continued. 


In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Arctic 
Geography and Ethnology, pp. 1&9-229, Lon- 
don, 1875, 8°. 

In addition to a lengthy vocabulary Mr. 
Markham gives the Eskimo names of many 
geographic features, with English significa- 
tions. The above is the third of a series of 
“Papers on the Greenland Eskimo,” by Mr. 
Markham, in this volume. 


Massachusetts Historical Society: These words | 


following a title indicate that a copy of the 
work referred to was seen by the compiler in 
the library of that society, Boston, Mass. 


Medical Manual: 
Greenland. See Hagen (C.), 
Kragh (P.), 
Rudolph (—). 


Mednovskie Vocabulary. See Wrangell (F. von). 


Mentzel (—). [Jesus the Friend of Chil- 

dren, in the language of Greenland.] * 
“Brother Mentzel translated a small duo- 

decimo book entitled ‘Jesus the Friend of 
Children,’ being a short compendium of the 
Bible, written for children and recommended 
by asociety of pious ministers in Denmark for 
distribution among the Greenlanders of both 
missions.’’—Oranz. 

Miriewo (T. Y. de). See Yankiewitch 
Gh3)< 

Morch (Johan Christian). See Kragh 
(Gea 

Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian 
Contributions to Knowledge. | 218 | Sys- 
tems | of | consanguinity and affinity | 
of the | human family. | By | Lewis 
H. Morgan. | 

Washington City: | Published by the 
Smithsonian Institution. | 1871. 

Outside title 1 1. pp. i-xiv, i-xii, 1-590, 4°. 
Forms vol. 17 Smithsonian Contributions to 
Knowledge.—Comparative vocabulary of the 
Eskimo of Behring’s Sea (Kuskutchewak) from 


Richardson; of Hudson’s Bay, from Gallatin; | 


of Labrador, from Latrobe; of Northumber- 


land Inlet; of Greenland, from Cranz and | 


Egede, p. 268.—List of relationships of the Es- 
kimo west of Hudson’s Bay, by Clare; of 
Greenland, by Kleinschmidt; and of North- 
umberland Inlet, lines 78-80, pp. 293-382. 

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Powell. 

At the Squier sale, catalogue No. 889, a copy 
brought $5.50. Priced by Quaritch, No. 12425*, 
at £4. 

Morillot (Abbé). Mythologie et Légendes 
des Esquimaux du Groenland. 

In Société Philologique, Actes, vol. 4, 215- 
288, Paris, 1875, 8°. Contains remarks on the 
Eskimo language. 


| Morillot ( 4bbé) — Continued. 
—— Language of the Eskimo ofGreenland. | 
_— Actes | de la | Société Philologique | 


Separately issued as follows: 


Tome IV.—No. 7.—Juillet 1874. | My- 
thologie & Légendes | des | Esqui- 
maux | du Groenland | 

Paris | Maisonneuve & Cie, Li- 
braires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire, 
15 | 1874. 

Printed title on cover, pp. 215-288, 8°. 

Copies seen: Astor, Trumbull. 


Moselil Aglangit. | The | Five Books of 


Moses | translated into the | Esquimaux 
Language. | By the Missionaries | of the | 
Unitas Fratrum, | or, | United Breth- 
ren. | Printed for the use of the Mis-, 
sions by | The British and Foreign Bi- 
ble Society. | 

London. | W. M’Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, | Gough Square. | 
1841. 

Pp. 1-690, 16°, entirely in the language of Lab- 
rador. <A portion of the work (Genesis), pp. 
1-166, was issued in 1884 with the title: Mosesib 
Aglangita; and the remainder, pp. 167-698, 
in 1841 with the title: Four Books of Moses. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, British Museum. 

Bagster’s Bible of Eyery Land mentions an 
edition of 1847—probably a typographic error. 


Mosesib Aglangita | Sivorlingit | Assin- 


gitalo tuksiarutsiningit nertordleru- 
tingillo | imgerusertaggit. | The book of 
Genesis | translated into the | Esqui- 
maux language, | by | the missionaries | 
of the | Unitas fratrum, or, United 
brethren. | Printed for the use of the 
mission, | by the British and Foreign 
Bible Society. | 

London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 
1834. 

Literal translation: Moses his books | their 
first | aud the others their hymns and means- 
of-praising | in song. : 

Title 1 1. pp. 3-166, 1 1. 16°, entirely in the 
Eskimo language of Labrador. See Moselil 
Aglangit. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety. ; 

Priced by Triibner [1856], No. 667, at 58., and 
in Leclere’s Supplement, No. 2671, at 5 fr. 


Miiller (Dr. Friedrich). Grundriss | der | 


Sprachwissenschaft | von | Dt. Fried- 
rich Miiller | Professor [&e. five lines], 
| I. Band, | Einleitung in die Sprach- 
wissenschaft.—Die Sprachen der woll- 
haarigen Rassen[-II. Band]. | 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 65 


Miiller (F.) — Continued. 

Wien 1877[-1882]. | Alfred Holder | 
K. K. Hof- und Universitiits- Buchhiind- 
ler. | Rothenthurmstrasse 15. 

2 vols. in four parts, 8°, each volume with 
an outside title and each part with a double 
title. Vol. 2, part 1, which includes the Amer- 
ican languages, has the following special title: 

Die Sprachen | der| schlichthaarigen Ras- 
sen | von | Dr. Friedrich Miller | Professor 
[&e. cightlines].| I. Abtheilung. | DieSprachen 
der australischen, der hyperboreischen | und 
dor amerikanischen Rassen. | 

Wien 1882 | Alfred Hélder | K. K. Hof- und 
Universitaéts-Buchhindler | Rothenthurm- 
strasse 15. 

Pp. i-x, 1-440, 8°.—Die Sprache der Aleuten, 
pp. 146-161; Innuit (Eskimo), pp. 162-180. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Powell, 
Watkinson. 


[ Muller (Rev. Valentine).] Tuksiautit | 
crinaglit | Testamentitokame aglek- | 
simarsut. | [Design. ] | 

Budissime | nakkitarsimarsut Ernst 
Moritz Monsibme. | 1842. 

Literal translation: Psalms’ having a tune | 
in the Old Testament written. | At Bautzen | 
printed at Ernst Moritz Mons’s. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-200, 12°. 
Psalms of David entirely in the language of 
Greenland. See Davidib; see also Kristum- 
jutit. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitaits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 

“A version of the Psalms [in Greenland 
Eskimo], prepared by the Rey. Valentine 
Moller, ono of the Moravian missionaries, 
from Luther's German version, and carefully 
compared with the original, was published by 
the British and Foreign Bible Society in 1842, 
the edition consisting of 1,200 copies.” —Bagster. 

A later edition as follows: 


[——] Tuksiautit | erinaglit Testamenti- 
tokame aglek- | simarsut. | [Design. ] | 
Budissime | nakkitarsimarsut Ernst 
Moritz Monsibme. | 1843. 
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-200, 12°. 


Psalms of David in Eskimo of Greenland. 
Copies seen: British Museum. 


N. 


Nagdliutorsiutit ernaglit. See Joren- 
sen (T.). 

Naitsungordlugo nunab aglautigenera. 
See Wandall (KE. A.). 

Naleganta Jesusil Kristusim Annaur- 
cirsinta sullirsei, okantsinnik Tussar- 


nersunnik, Aglegniartut sissamaet Pis- 
sitansimaput Attantsimut. 
Barbine. 1804. =u 


nSK—--—D 


Murdoch (John). Catalogue of ethno- 


logical specimens collected by the Point 
Barrow Expedition. Prepared by John 
Murdoch, A. M., Sergeant Signal Corps, 
U.S. Army. 

In Report of the International Polar Expe- 
dition to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 61-87, 
Washington, 1885, 4°. 

Gives the Eskimo names of many of the 
specimens. 


— Natural history. By John Murdoch, 


Ag M., Sergeant Signal Corps, U. S. 
Army. 

In Report of the International Polar Expe- 
dition to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 89-200, 
Washington, 1885, 4°. 

Throughout sections I-III are given many 
Eskimo names of mammals, birds, and fishes. 


— [Linguistic results of the Point Bar- 


row Expedition. ] 

Manuscript in possession of its author. Mr. 
Murdoch, who is now ‘tibrarian of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, has compiled all the vocab- 
ularies and grammatic notes collected by the 
different members of the expedition— Lieut. 
Ray, Dr. Oldmixon, Capt. Herendeen, and him- 
self—and has transliterated them into a uni- 
form spelling, nearly the same as that adopted 
by the Bureau of Ethnology. The vocabu- 
lary forms 132 pp. folio, containing about 
1,100 words, among which are represented at 
least 590 radicals. These radicals are arranged 
alphabetically, each followed by its own com- 
pounds after the pattern of Part I of Klein- 
schmidt’s Gronlandsk Ordbog. Following 
each word is the corresponding word in the 
dialects of Greenland, Labrador, and the 
Mackenzie River District, taken from the 
standard dictionaries, for the purpose of com- 
parison, and the corresponding English trans- 
lation. 

In addition to the vocabulary, there is a list 
of 90 ‘‘affixes” or inseparable words, corre- 
sponding to Part II of the Grenlandsk Ordbog. 
Mr. Murdoch is still engaged in working up the 
grammatic notes, which are quite scanty, and 
in comparing the material collected with the 
language of Greenland as represented in the 
standard authorities. 


Naleganta — Continued. 


Literal translation: Our Lord Jesus Christ 
the Savior’s his works, in words pleasant to 
hear. Writings four are collected into one. 
At Barby. 

280 pp. 12°. Harmony of the Gospels, in the 
Greenland language.—Sabin's Dictionary, No. 
22861, 


Priced in Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. 665 
at 5s., and in No, 671 at 7s. 


66 


Nalegapta | Jesusib Kristusib | Piulijipta 
| Pinniarningit, Anialervinga | Nelliu- 
tingmet | Okautsinnik Tussarnertun- 
nik. | Aglengniartut Sittamat | Katis- 
simavut at- | tautsimut. | [Design.] | 

Barbime, 1800. 

Literal translation: Our Lord |Jesus Christ | 
the Savior’s | works his suffering | when tho 
appointed time came | in words pleasing-to- 
hear. | Writings four are collected | into one. | 
At Barby. 

Pp. 1-132, 12°. Harmony of the Gospels, in 
the dialect of Labrador. 

The only copy I have seen, that at tho 
Brinloy sale, No. 5639, brought $8.50. 


Nalegapta Jesusib Kristusib, piulijipta 
pinniarningit; okautsinik tussarnertu- 
fiilk, aglangniartut sittamet, kattisi- 
mavut attautsimut. Printed for the 
Brethren’s Society for the furtherance 
of the Gospel among the Heathen; for 
the use of the Christian Esquimaux 
in the Brethren’s settlements, Nain, 
Okkak, and Hopedale, on the Coast of 
Labrador. 

Londonneme, W. M¢. Dowallib, 1810, * 

Literal translation: Our Lord Jesus Christ, 
the Savior’s works; in words pleasing-to-hear, 
writings four are collected into one. 

Title from Leclere’s Bibliotheca Americana 
(1867), No. 1461, where it is said to be the New 
Testament. The translation of the title shows 
it to be an edition of the Harmony of the Gos- 
pels. Seo note to Kohlmelister (B. G.). 


Nalegauta | Jesnsib Kristusib | annaur- 
sirsivta | sullirsei | okantsinnik tussar- 
nersunnik aglengni- | artut sissamaet 
pissitausimaput | attautsimut. | [De- 
sign. | | 

Budissime | Ernst Gottlob Monsib 
nakkittaegei. | 1829. 

Literal translation : Our Lord | Jesus Christ | 
the Savior’s | his works | in words pleasing: to- 
hear | writings four are collected | into one. | 
At Bautzen | Ernst Gottlob Mons printed them. 

Pp. 1-280, 16°. Ifarmony of the four Gospels, 
entirely in the Greenland language. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, purchased of the Unitits-Buch 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 60 pf.. 


WNalekab okausee. | [Picture. ] 
Literal translation: The Lord's his words. 
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 24°. Bible les 
sons in the language of Greenland.—Matth. 15, 
21-28; Luk. 8, 5-8; Luk. 22, 39-44; Ebr. 1218-24 
Copies seen: Amevican Tract Society. ; 


NAalekam okausinga. | [Picture.] 
Literal translation: The Lord’s his words. 
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Bible 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


THE 


Walekam — Continued. 
lessons in the Eskimo language of Labrador.— 
Matth. 15, 21-28; Luk. 8, 5-18; Luk. 22, 39-443 
Ebr. 12, 18-24. 
Oopies scen: American Tract Society. 
Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujat&ine mi- 
sigssuissut | pivdlugit. | 1862-1866 
[-1867]. | 

Meddelelser | vedkommende — For- 
standerskaberne | i Sydgr@nland. | 1862 
-1866[-1867]. 

Literal translation: Communications | the 
coast’s in its southern part rules | being con- 
cerned. 

3 parts: 1p. 1. pp. 1-172, 1-20, 1-7, 8°. 

Copics seen: Powell. 

Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujat4ne mi- 
sigssuissut pivdlugit. | 7-9. | 1868-70. |> 

Meddelelser | vedkommende  For- 
standerskaberne i Syd- | gr@nland. | 
7-9, | 1868-70. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-87, 8°. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujaténe mi- 
sigssuissut pivdlugit. | 10. | 1870-71. | 


Meddelelser | vedkommende | For- | 


standerskaberne i Sydgr@nland., | 10. | 
1870-71. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-54, 8°. 

Copies seen: Powell. 


Nalunaerutit | sinerissame kujatdlarme 
misigssuissut | pivdlugit, | 11. | 1871-72 
Meddelelser, | vedkommende | For- 
standerskaberne i Sydgrgnland. | 11. | 
1871-72. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-43, 8°. Reports concerning the 
Municipal Council of South Greenland, and 
statistical tables. Printed at Godthaab, Green- 
land. 

Copies seen: Powell, 


Nalungiak Bethleheme. | [ Picture, ] 
(Stuttgart, J. F. Steinkopf,] | 1847. 
Literal translation; The child born at Beth- 

lehem. 
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°, 
guage of Labrador, 
Copies seen; American Tract Society. 


Bible lessons in the Jan: 


Namolli: 
Numerals, See Erman (G. A.), 
Vocabulary. Schott (W.). 
Naparsimassugdlit atuartagagssait. 


See Hagen (C.). 


Naphegyi (Gabor). The | Album of | 
Language | illustrated by the | Lord’s 


Prayer | in | One hundred Languages. | 
By G. Naphegyi, M. D., A. M. | Member 


ia 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Naphegyi (G.) — Continued. 

of the ‘‘Sociedad Geografica y Estadis- 
tica” of Mexico, | and ‘‘Mejoras Mate- 
riales” of Texoco. | 

Lith. & Printed in colors by Edward 
Herline, | 630 Chestnut St. Philadel- 
phia. | Published | by | J. B. Lippincott | 
& Co. | Philadelphia. | 

Printed title: The | Album of Language. | 
Illustrated by | The Lord’s Prayer | in| One 
Hundred Languages, | with | historical de- 
scriptions of the principal languages, inter- 
linear translation and | pronunciation of each 
prayer, a dissertation on the languages of | 
the world, and tables exhibiting all known | 
languages, dead and living. | By | G. Naphegyi, 
M. D. A. M. |; Member of the ‘‘Sociedad Geo- 
grafica y Estadistica,” of Mexico, and ‘ Me- 
joras Materiales,’’ of Texoco, of the | Numis- 
matic and Antiquarian Society of Philadel- 
phia, ete. | [Design.] | 


Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869. | 


Pp. 1-324, 4°. The Lord's Prayer in the lan- 
guage of Greenland, p. 305. 

Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum, 
Congress. 


Naughtawkkoa kollin-illoaet? | [Pict- | 


ure. | 

[N. p.] 1844. 

Literal translation: Where are the nine ? 

No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible stories 
in the language of Labrador.—Luce. 4, 24-26, p. 
1; Lue. 4, 27, p.2; Jac. 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4; Matth. 
23, 34-39, pp. 5-6; 2 Timoth. 1, 1-5; 2 Timoth. 
3, 15-17, pp. 7-8. = 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


Nauk taipkoa neinenik? | [Picture of Es- 
kimo. ] 

LN. p.] 1844. 

Literal translation: Where are the nine? 

No title-page; 1 p.1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Biblestories 
in the language of Labrador.—Luce. 4, 24-26, p. 
1; Lue. 4, 27, p. 2; Jacobi 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4; 
Matth. 23, 34-39, pp. 5-6; 2 Timoth. 1, 1-5; 2 
Timoth. 3, 15-17, pp. 7-8. 

Though this tract has the same contents as 
that titled Naughtawkkoa kollin-illoaet? it is 
not the same work; where the stories run 
through more than one page, the pages do not 
end alike. There aro also verbal discrepancies 
throughout. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


Nelson (Edward William).  Eskimo- 
English Vocabulary. 

Manuscript, pp. 1-219, folio, alphabetically 
arranged. Written on onc side only. Phrases 
and sentences, English-Eskimo, alphabetically 
arranged, pp. 176-219. In the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. 

This manuscript contains material from 12 
dialects of the region visited by the author. 
Some of the dialects are represented by but a 


| Netzvietoff (lev. Jacob). 


67 


| Nelson (i. W.)— Continued. 
comparatively few words, from 100 upwards, 
while one, the Unalit, is represented by about 
2,500, in addition to numerous phrases and sen- 
tences. With tho exception of the Unalit, the 
words of all tho other dialects are preceded by 
a distinguishing initial letter. 

Mr. Nelson is arranging the Eskimo-English 
portion of his work, and also his notes upon the 
grammar and remarks upon the geographic 
distribution of the dialects. These, he thinks, 
will occupy about 500 pages of manuscript. 


See Venia- 
minoff (J.) and Netzvietoff (J.). 


Newton (Alfred). Notes on Birds which 
have been found in Greenland. 

In Royal Society [of London], Manual of the 
Nat. Hist. Geol. and Physics of Greenland, 
&e. pp. 94-115, London, 1875, 8°. 

Esquimaux names of birds passim. 


Noonatarghmeutes Vocabulary. See Oldmixon 


(G.S.). 
| Noowookmeutes Vocabulary. See Oldmixon (G. 
S.). 
Northumberland Inlet: 
Relationships. See Morgan (L. IL). 
Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H.). 


Norton Sound : 
Grammatic comments. See Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 


5.). 


Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.), 
Bryant (—), 
Fry (E.). 
Words. Yankiewitch 
(T.). 
Notes on the Unalaskan Islands: 
Aleut. See Veniaminoff (J.). 
Atka. Veniaminoff (J.). 


Notice sur les meurs et couttimes des 
Indiens Esquimanux de la baie de 
Baffins, au pOle aretique, suivie d’un 
vocabulaire esquimaux-fran¢ais. 

Tours: Mame. 1826. 
24 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, 
No. 22863. 

Nouvelle Bretagne. Vicariat Aposto- 
lique @’Athabaska et Mackenzie. 

In Annales de la Propag. de la Foi, vol. 43, 
‘pp. 457-478, Paris, 1871, 8°. 

Contains remarks on the Esquimaux and 
Cris languages. 

Nukakpiak pernertok saniarsimarsok. | 

[Picture.] | 

{Druct von J. F. Steinkopf, in Stutt- 
gart.] | 1849. 

1 p. l. pp. 1-8, 16°. 


* 


Bible lessons in the 


language of Labrador, 
Qopies seen; American Tract Society. 


68 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Nukakpiarkek, Gudemik okau- | seeni- 
glo asseeniktuk. | [Picture of Bible.] | 
[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Stutt- | 
gart.] | 1851. | 
Literal translation: The two youths] God | 
and his words loving. 

1 p. l. pp. 1-7, 16°. Bible lessons in the 
language of Labrador. 
Oopics scen: American Tract Society. 


Nukapiak angerarviksab nelliuningane. 
| [Picture.] | 
[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Stutt- 
gart.] | 1849. 
Literal translation: The youth his own de- 
parture’s at its time. 
1p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible lessons in the lan- 
guage of Labrador. 
Copies seen; American Tract Society. 
Numerals: 
Aleut. See Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.S.), 
Buynitzky (S.N.), | 
Coxe (W.), 
Erman (G. A.), 
Latham, (R. G.), 
Pott (A. F.). 
Behring Strait. Baer (K. E. von). 
Cumberland Strait. * Cull (R.). 
Cook River. Dixon (G.). 
Eskimo. Haldeman (S. S.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Pott (A. F.), 
Sutherland (P. C.). 
Greenland. Adelung (J. C.) and | 
Vater (J.S.), 
Antrim (B. J.). 


Tgloolik. Baer (K. E. von). 

Innuit. Hall (C. F.), 
Kumlien (L.). 

Kadiak. Adelung (J. C.) and 


Vater (J. S.), 


O. 


Okalautsit — Continued. 


Ode, Greenland. See Brodersen (J.). 


OkA4lautsit | attoraksat | kattimajunut 
Sonfagine, | piluartomik | kattimav- 
ingmit apsimanerme. | Sermons | 
printed for the S. F. G. in London, | 
for the use of the Moravian Mission in | 
Labrador. | 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib néner- 
lauktangit, | 1870. 

Literal translation: Discourses | things to be 
used | for congregations on Sundays | espe- 


cially | by the church on (?) | Stolpen: | Gustav 
Winter’s his printings. 


Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 
1 1. text (sermons 1-18) entirely in the language 
of Labrador, pp. 1-140, 16°. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. . | 


Numerals — Continued. 


Kadiak. See Baer (K. E. von), 
Erman (G. A.), 
Pott (A. F.). 
Kangjulit. Erman (G. A.). 
Kamskadale. Latham (R. G.). 
Labrador. Antrim (B. J.), 
Cull (R.), 
Erman (G. A.), 


Stearns (W. A.). 
Prince William Sound. Buschmann (J.C. E. 
von), 
Dixon (G.), 
Forster (J. G. A.), 
Portlock (N.) aad 


Dixon (G.). 
Tschuktschi. Pott (A. F.). 
Tschugazi. Pott (A. F.). 
Unalaska. Baer (K. E. von). 


Nunalerutit. Nungme sanat, 1858. x 


Literal translation: Means for thinking about 
theearth. Atthe Point [Godthaab] published. 

60 pp. 8°. Geography in Greenland Eskimo, 
Title from Dr. Rink. 


Nunap missigssuissok. See Rink (H. J.). 


Nuniwok Island Vocabulary. See Buschmann 


(J. C. E.). 


| Nushergagmit Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.). 
| [Nyerup (Rasmus) ]. Dansk-norsk | Lit- 


teraturlexicon. | Fgrste[-Anden] Haly- 
del. | A—L.[-M—9]. | : 

Kjgbenhavn. | Trykt, paa den Gyl- 
dendalske Boghandlings Forlag, i det 
Schultziske Officin. | 1818[-1819]. 

2 vols. sm. 4°, arranged alphabetically by 
authors. Contains biographies of a number of 
authors who have written in the Eskimo and 
lists of their works. 

Copies seen; Congress. 


My copy, from the Unilats-Buchhandlung, 
Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 
A second series as follows: 


Okalautsit | attoraksat | kattimajunut 


Sontagine, | piluartomik kattimaving- 
mit | apsimanerme. | Sermons and 
addresses | printed for the S. F. G. in 
London, | for the use of the Moravian 
Mission in | Labrador. | 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib néner- 
lauktangit. | 1871. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 


11. text (sermons 19-35) entirely in the language 
of Labrador, pp. 1-127, 16°. Followed by: 


OkAalautsit | attoraksat | kattimajunut 


Sontagine, | uvloksiorvingnelo, ania- 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 69 


Ok4lautsit — Continned. 
vianelo. | Sermons and addresses | 
printed for the S. F. G. in London, | 
for the use of the Moravian Mission in | 
Labrador. | 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib néner- 
lauktangit. | 1871. 

Literal translation : Discourses | things to be 
used | for congregations on Sundays, | and on 
festivals, and at the time of suffering. | Stol- 
pen: | Gustav Winter's his printings. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 
1 |. text (sermons 36-51 and a portion of the 
liturgy) entirely in the language of Labrador, 
pp. 131-271, 16°. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My eopy (3 parts), bought at the Unitiits- 
Buchhandlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 4 M. 


Okalloutit Sabbdtine akkudleesiks:et. 
See Kragh (P.). 


Okalluktuet Bibelimit pisimasut. See 
Steenholdt (W. F.). 


Okalluktuet Opernartut Tersauko. See 
Fabricius (0.). 


Okalluktualiet, nuktérsimarsut. See 
Kragh (P.). 


Okalluktuautit sajmaubingmik. See 
Kragh (P.). 


Okautsit | illiniaraksat | Sorrutsinut. | 

Budisineme: | E. M. Monsib, néni- 
lauktangit. | 1867. 

Literal translation: Words | instruction | 
for children. | At Bautzen: | E. M. Mons’, his 
printings. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-11, 16°. 
Primer in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 35 pf. 


Okautsit | Testamentitokame agleksim- 

arsut illeit. 

Literal translation : Words | in the old tes- 
tament written part of them. 

No title-page; 1 p.1. pp. 1-8, 18°. Bible stories 
in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society, Pow- 
ell. 


Okomiut: 
Songs. See Boas (F.). 
Tales. Boas (F.). 


Okpernermik mallingninganiglo. | 
[ Picture. ] 


Literal translation: About faith and about 
obedience. 

No title-page; 1 p.1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible stories 
in the language of Labrador. 


Copies seen: American Tract Society, Pow- 
ell. : 


Oldmixon (George Scott). [Words, 


phrases, and sentences in the languages 
of the Noowookmeutes and Noona- 
targhmeutes. ] 

Manuscript, pp. 77-135, sparsely filled, 4°. 
Collected by Dr. G. S. Oldmixon, Act. Asst. 
Surgeon, U. S. A. at Point Barrow, Arctic 
Alaska, during 1882 and 1883, and recorded in 
a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study 
of Indian Languages, 2d edition. Transliter- 
ated into the alphabet adopted by the Bureau 
of Ethnology by Rev. J. Owen Dorsey as far 
as p.127. In the library of the Bureau of Eth- 
nology. 


Olearius (Adam). Relation | dv | Voy- 


age | d’Adam Olearivs | en Moscovie, 
Tartarie | et Perse. | Avgmentée en 
cette novvelle édition | de plus d’yn 
tiers, & particuliérement d’vne seconde 
Partie | contenant le Voyage de | Iean 
Albert de Mandelslo | avx Indes Orien- 
tales. | Traduit de ’Allemand par A. de 
Wicqvefort, | Résident de Brandebourg. 
| Tome Premier[-Second]. | [ Device. ] | 

A Paris, | Chez Iean dv Pvis,. rué 
Saint Iacques, & la Couronne d’or. | 
M. DC. LVI [1656]. | Avee privilége dv 
Roy. 

2 vols. maps, plates, 4°.—Greenland vocabu- 
lary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133-134. The earliest 


account of the Eskimo language. 
Copies seen: British Museum. 


‘“The author, who hath here made one di- 
gression, to speak of the Samojedes, * * * 
thinks he may make another to say somewhat 
of Groenland, * * * as for that he hath seen, 
and discoursed with, some inhabitants of 
Groenland. * * * In the spring of 1654 a 
ship was set out, which going from Copenha- 
gen in tho beginning of the spring, arriv’d 
not on the coasts of Groenland, till the 28 of 
July. * * * As soon as this ship ap- 
pear’d upon the coasts of Groenland, the 
inhabitants set out above a hundred boats. 
* * * The Danes thought this freedom of the 
Groenlanders a good opportunity to carry away 
some of them. * * * They also sent back one 
of the women, as being too old to be trans- 
ported; so that they had but four persons, one 
man, two women, and a girlk * * * The 
plague, then very rife all over Denmark, had 
oblig’d the king to retire to Flensbourg, in 
the Dutchy of Holstein, where these Groen- 
landers were presented tohim. * * * The 
king honour’d the duke, my master, so far as to 
send them to him to Gottorp, where they were 
lodg’d in my house for some days, which I 
spent in sifting out their humour and manner 
of life.” —Olearius. 


—— Vermehrte | Newe Beschreibung | 


der | Muscowitischen und Persischen | 


70 


Olearius (A.) — Continued. 

Reyse | so durch gelegenheit einer Hol- 
steinischen Gesandschafft an | den Rus- 
sischen Zaar und Konig in Persien ge- 
schehen. | Worinnen die Gelegenheit 
derer Orter und Liinder/durch | welche 
die Reyse gangeu/als Liffland/ Russ- 
land/ Tartarien/ Meden und | Persien/ 
sampt dero Einwohner Natur/ Leben/ 
Sitten/ Haus= Welt= und Geistlichen | 

Stand mit fleiss anffgezeichnet/ und mit 
vielen meist nach dem Leben | gestel- 
leten VFiguren gezieret/ zu befinden. | 

Welche | zum andern mahl_ heraus 
gibt | Adam Olearius Ascanius/ der 
Fiirstlichen Regierenden | Herrschafft 
zu Schleswig Holstein Bibliothecarius 
und Hoff Mathematicus. | [Design. ] | 

Mit Rém: Kayserl. Mayest. Privilegio 
nicht nachzudrucken. | 

Schleswig/ | Gedruckt in der Fiirstl. 
Druckerey /durch Johan Holwein/ | Im 
Jahr MDCLVI [1656]. 

19 p. ll. pp. 1-778, 17 ll. maps, plates, folio. 
Engraved title recto 1. 1.—Greenland vocabu- 
lary, 106 words, p. 171. 

Copiesseen : Boston Public, British Museum. 
Relation | dv | Voyage | d’Adam 
Olearivs | en Moscovie, Tartarie | et 
Perse. | Avgmentée en cette novvelle 
édition | de plus d’vyn tiers, & particu- 
licrement d’vne seconde Partie | conte- 
nant le Voyage de | Iean Albert de Man- 
delslo | avx Indes Orientales. | Traduit 
de Allemand par A. de Wicqvefort, | 
Resident de Brandebourg. | Tome Pre- 
mier[—Second ]. | [Device. ] | 

A Paris,-| Chez Iean dv Pvis, rué 
Saint Iaeques, & la Couronne dor. | 
M. DC. LIX [1659]. | Avec privilége dv 
Roy.- 

2 vols. maps, plates, 4°.—Greenland vocabu- 
lary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133-134. 

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum. 

—— The | Voyages & Travels | of the | 
Ambassadors | from the | Duke of Hol- 
stein, to the Great Duke | of Muscovy, 
and the King of Persia. | Begun in the 
year M. DC. XXXIII and finish’d in 
M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a com- 
pleat History of | Muscovy, Tartary, | 
Persia, | And other adjacent Countries, | 
with several Public Transactions reach- 
ing neer [sic] the Present Times; | In 
Seven Books. | Illustrated with diverse 
accurate Mappsand Figures. | By Adam 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Olearius (A.) — Continued. 


Olearius, Secretary of the Embassy. | 
Rendered into English, by John Davies 
of Kidwelly. | [Design.] | 

London | Printed for Thomas Dring, 
and John Starkey, and are to be sold at 
their Shops, at the George | in Fleet- 
street, near Clifford’s-Inn, and the Mi- 
tre, between the Middle-Temple-Gate | 
and Temple Barr. M. DC. LXII [1662]. 

12 p. ll. pp. 1-424, frontispiece, maps, plates, 
folio.—Greenland yocabulary, pp. 71-72. 

Mandelslo'’s Voyages is appended with sepa- 
rate title, same imprint, pp. 1-187, 5 ll. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard. 


— The | Voyages and Travells | of the | 


ambassadors | Sent by Frederick Duke 
of Holstein, | to the Great Duke of Mus- 
covy, and the King of Persia. | Begun 
inthe year M. DC. XXXIII. and finish’d 
in M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a Com- 
pleat | history | of | Muscovy, Tartary, 
Persia. | And other adjacent Countries. 
| With several Publick Transactions 
reaching near the Present Times; | In 
VII. Books. | Whereto are added | The 
Travels of John Albert de Mandelslo, | 
(a Gentleman belonging to the Em- 
bassay) from Persia, into the | East- 
Indies. | Containing | A particular De- 
scription of Indosthan, the Mogul’s Em- 
pire, the | Oriental Ilands, Japan, 
China, &c. and the Revo- | lutions 
which happened in those Countries, 
within these few years. | In III. Books. | 
The whole Work illustrated with divers 
accurate Mapps, and Figures. | Written 
originally by Adam Olearius, Secretary 
to the Embassy. | Faithfully rendred 
into English, by John Davies of Kid- 
welly. | The Second Edition Corrected. | 

London, | Printed for John Starkey, 
and Thomas Basset, at the Mitre near 
Temple-Barr, and at the George near | 
St. Dunstans Church in Flecet-street. 
1669. 

10 p. ll. pp. 1-316, folio. Greenland vocabu- 
lary, pp. 53-54. 

Mandelslo’s Travels is appended with sepa- 


rate title, 3 p. ll. pp. 1-232, 5 Il. 
Copies seen: Astor, Congress. 


— Relation | du | Voyage | d’Adam Ole- 


arius | en Moscovie, | Tartarie,| et — 
Perse, | Augmentée en cette nouvelle 
édition | de plus dun tiers, & particu- 
lierement d’une seconde Partie; | conte- 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. a 


Olearius (A.)— Continued. Olearius (A.)— Continued. 


nant le voyage de | Iean Albert de Man- 
delslo | aux Indes Orientales. | Traduit 
de PAllemand, par A. de Wicqvefort, | 
Resident de Brandebourg. | Tome Pre- 
mier[-Second]. | Seconde édition. | 
[ Device. ] | 

A Paris, | Chez Antoine Dezallier, rué 
Saint Jacques, | 41a Couronne d’or. | 
M. DC. LXXIX [1679] | Avec privilége 
du Roy. 


2 vols. maps, 4°.—Greenland vocabulary, 
106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133-134. 
Oopies seen: Boston Athenxum. 


—— Voyages | trés curieux & trés renom- 
mez, | faits en | Moscovie, | 'Tartarie, 
et Perse, | par | le 8". Adam Olearius, | 
Bibliotheeaire du Duc de Holstein, & 
Mathematicien de sa Cour. | Dans les- 
quels on trouve une Description curi- 
euse & la Situation | exacte des Pays & 
Etats, par ot il a passé, tels que sont la | 
Livonie, la Moscovie, la Tartarie, la 
Medie, & la Perse; | Et ot il est parlé 
du Naturel, des Manieres de vivre, des 
Meeurs, & des Coutumes | de leurs Ha- 
bitans; du Gouvernement Politique & 
Ecclesiastique; des Raretez | qui se 
trouvent dans ce Pays; & des Ceremo- 
nies qui s’y observent. | Traduits de 
VOriginal & augmentez | par le St. De 
Wicquefort. | Conseiller anx Conseils 
@Estat & Privé du Due de Brunswic 
& Lunebourg Zell &c. | Auteur de 
VAmbassadeur & de ses fonctions. | 
Divisez en deux parties. | Nouvelle Edi- 
tion revtie & corrigée exactement, aug- 
mentée considerablement, tant | dans 
les corps de V’Ouvrage, que dans les 
Marginales, & surpassant en bonté | & 
en beauté les précedentes Editions. | 
A quoi on a joint des Cartes Geogra- 
phiques, des Représentations des Villes, 
& autres | Tailles-douces trés belles & 
trés exactes. | Tome Premier[-Second ]. 
| (Design. ] | 

A Leide, | Chez Pierre Vander Aa, 
Marchand Libraire, | Imprimeur ordi- 
naire de l’Université & de la Ville, de- 
meurant dans l’Academie. | Chez qui 
Von trouve toutes sortes de Livres cu- 
rieux, comme aussi de Cartes Geo- 
graphiques, des Villes, | tant en plan 
qu’en profil, des Portraits des Hommes 


Illustres, & autres Tailles-douces. | 
MDCCXVIIII [1719]. | Avec Privilege. 
2 vols. maps, plates, folio.— Greenland vo- 
eabulary, vol. 1, columns 187-188. 
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum. 
Quaritch, No. 28862*, prices a copy at 7s. 6d, 


Voyages | Trés-curieux & trés-renom- 
mez | faits en | Moscovie, | Tartarie et 
Perse, | par le Sr. | Adam Olearius, | 
Bibliothecaire du Due de Holstein, & 


-Mathematicien de sa Cour. | Dans les- 


quels on trouve une Description curi- 
euse & la Situation exacte des | Pays & 
Etats, par ott il a passé, tels que sont 
la Livonie, | la Moseovie, la Tartarie, 
la Medic, & la Perse; | et ott il est parlé 
du Naturel, des Manieres de vivre, des 
Meeurs, & des Coutumes de | leurs Ha- 
bitans; du Gouvernement Politique & | 
Ecclesiastique, des Raretez qui | se trou- 
vent dans ce Pays; & des Ceremonies 
qui s’y observent. | Traduits de l’Origi- 
nal & Augmentez | par le Sr. De Wic- 
quefort, | Conseiller aux Conseils d’ Etat 
& Privé du Duc de Brunswick & Lune- 
bourg, Zell, &c. | Auteur de ’Ambas- 
sadeur & de ses Fonctions | Divisez en 
Deux Parties. | Nouvelle Edition reve 
& corrigée exactement, augmentée con- 
siderablement, tant dans le Corps de | 
VOuvrage, que dans les Marginales, & 
surpassant en bonté & en beauté les | 
précedentes Editions. | A quoi ona joint 
des Cartes Geographiques, des Repré- 
sentations des Villes, & autres Taille- 
douces | trés-belles & trés-exactes. | 
Tome Premier [-Second]. | [ Design. ] | 

A Amsterdam, | Chez Michael Charles 
Le Céne, Libraire, | Chez qui l’on trouve 
un assortiment general de Musique. | 
MDCCXXVILI [1727]. | Avee Privilege. 

2 vols. maps, plates, folio. No page num- 
bering; columns, two on a page, numbered.— 
Greenland vocabulary, about 100 words, vol. 
1, columns 187-188, 

Copies seen: Boston Public, British Muse- 
um, Congress. 

I have seen in the British Museum Library 
the following editions of Olearius, none of 
which contains the Greenland vocabulary: Am- 
sterdam, 1651; Utrecht, 1651; Paris, 1656; 
Viterbo, 1658; Amsterdam, 1670. 

I have also seen mention of the following 
editions; in German: Sleswig, 1647; +1663; 
+1669; +-167L; Hamburg, 1690; in Duteh: Am- 
sterdam, 1691; Amsterdam, 1728. 


12 


Oppert (Gustav).] On the Classifica- 
tion of Languages. A Contribution to 
Comparative Philology. 

In Madras Journal of Literature and Sci- 
ence for the year 1879, pp. 1-137, London, 
1879, 8°. 

In addition to frequent allusions to Ameri- 
can languages, there is, on pp. 110-112, a table 
of relationships of different American ‘‘na- 
tions,” among them the Arctic family. 


Ordo Salutis. See Egede (H.). 


O'Reilly (Bernard). Greeniand, | the | 
adjacent seas, | and | the north-west 
passage | to | The Pacific Ocean, | illus- 
trated in a voyage to Davis’s strait, | 
during the summer of 1817. | With 
charts and numerous plates, | from 
drawings of the author taken on the 
spot. | By | Bernard O'Reilly, Esq. | 

London: | printed for Baldwin, Cra- 
dock, and Joy, | 47, Paternoster-Row. | 
1818. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-293, maps, plates, 4°.—Remarks 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


O'Reilly (B.) — Continued. 

on the language of Greenland, pp. 60-61, 83-84 ; 
‘Brief list of words [27] from the language of 
the Greenlander,”’ pp. 84-85. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard, Watkinson. 

A copy at the Field sale, No. 1734, brought 
$3. Priced by Quaritch, No. 28973, at 7s. 6d. 


—— Greenland, | the | adjacent seas, | 
and | the north-west passage | to the | 
Pacific Ocean, | illustrated in a | voy- 
age to Davis’s strait, | During the Sum- 
mer of 1817. | By Bernard O’Reilly, 
Esq. | 

New-York: | published by James East- 
burn and Co. | at the literary rooms, 
Broadway. | Clayton & Kingsland, 
Printers. | 1818. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-251, maps, 8°.—Linguistics, pp. 
73-74. 


Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Bureau of 
Ethnology, Congress. 


Osmer (—). See Beechey (F. W.). 


P. 


Parry (Admiral William Edward). Jour- 
nal | of a | Second Voyage for the Dis- 
covery of a | North-west Passage | from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific; | performed 
in the years 1821-22-23, |in His Ma- 
jesty’s Ships | Fury and Hecla, | under 
the orders of | Captain William Edward 
Parry, R.N., F. R.S., | and Commander 
of the Expedition. | Illustrated by nu- 
merous plates. Published by Authority 
of the Lords Commissioners | of the Ad- 
miralty. | 

London: | John Murray, | Publisher 
to the Admiralty, and Board of Longi- 
tude. | M DCCC XXIV [1824]. 

4 p. ll. pp. i-xxxii, 1-571, maps, plates, 4°.— 
Grammatic remarks and a few examples of the 
Esquimaux language, pp. 551-558. —Vocabu- 
lary of Esquimaux words and sentences, pp. 
559-569.—Esquimaux names of places, pp. 570- 
571. 

Oopies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Boston Pub- 

lic, British Museum, Congress. 
Journal | of a| second voyage for 
the discovery | of a | north-west pas- 
sage | from | the Atlantic to the Paci- 
fic; | performed in the years 1821-22- 
23, | in his majesty’s ships | Fury and 
Hecla, | under the orders of | Captain 
William Edward Parry, R.N., F. R.S., |’ 
and commander of the expedition. | 


Parry (W. E.) —Continued. 

New-York: | published by E. Duyc- 
kinek, G. Long, Collins & Co., Collins 
& Hannay, | W. B. Gilley, and Henry 
I. Megarey. | W. E. Dean, Printer, 90 
William-Street: | 1824. 

Pp. i-vii, i-xx, 1-464, 8°.—Linguistics as in 
English edition, pp. 451-457, 459-464. 

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. 

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 58866, 
a German translation was published at Jena, 
1824, 8°. : 

A copy at the Field sale, No. 1768, brought $8. 


Paulus (J.) See Kragh (P.). 


Peck (Rev. Edmund J.). Portions of the 
Holy Scripture, | for the | use of the 
Esquimaux | on the | northern and 
eastern shores of Hudson’s Bay, | 
edited by | Edmund Peck, |C. M. S. 
Missionary to the Esquimaux. | 

Printed for the | Society for Promot- 
ing Christian Knowledge. | 77, Great 
Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields. | 
1878. 

2 p. ll. pp. 1-93, appendix pp. 1-8, 16°.— 
Portions of the Gospel of John, pp. 1-45.—Ro- 
mans, pp. 45-46.— Corinthians, pp. 57-66.— 
Epistles of John, pp. 66-71.—Revelation, pp. 
71-75.—Scattered verses, pp. 75-88.— Creed, Ten 
Commandments, Lord’s Prayer, Benediction, 


73 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Wie SS Sey ag h 2 Se Tie ile Sl SG U 


V 
2 | ae 
Syiveuso de> ig body Ladies, 
XA SAS NY k=. ; 3 | $q ATA, 
ARS ICSE Re IL Bh rgh Mkedy 


Ipertoteas pga buy 


FAC-SIMILE OF FIRST SYLLABARY USED IN PRINTING ESKIMO TEXTS 


(The explanations are in manuscript. ) 


74 


Peck (E. J.) —Continued. 

pp. 89-93.—‘ Appendix. (Printed for the 
Church Missionary Society.) Watts’s First 
Catechism, in Esquimaux,” pp. 1-8. 

The first publication in the Eskimo language 
in which the syllabic characters were used. 
See accompanying fac-simile of the syllabary, 
the explanations of which are in manuscript. 

Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Pil- 

ling, Powell. 
Portions | of the | book of common 
prayer; | together with | hymns, ad- 
dresses, ete., | for the use of | the Es- 
kimo of Hudson’s Bay. | By the | Rev. 
E. J. Peck, | missionary of the Church 
Missionary Society. | [Design.] | 

Society for Promoting Christian 
Knowledge, | Northumberland Avenue, 
Charing Cross, London. | 1831. 

Pp. 1-90, 16°. Title 1 1. syllabarium p. 3.— 
Hymns, pp. 5-22.—Portions of the Book of 
Common Prayer, pp. 23-56.—Prayer for each 
day in the week, pp. 57-66.—Catechism and 
short addresses, pp. 67-90. In syllabic charac- 
ters, with a number of changes in the charac- 
ters from the foregoing. 

Oopies seen: Church Missionary Society, Pil- 
‘ling, Powell, Society for Promoting Christian 
Knowledge. 

St. Luke’s Gospel. | Translated into 
the language | of the | Eskimo of Hud- 
son’s Bay | by the | Rev. E. J. Peck. | 

London: | printed for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | Queen Victoria 
street. | 1881. 


Title 1 1. syllabarium 1 1. text, in syllabic 


characters and entirely iu Eskimo, pp. 1-116, 
16°. 


Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- | 


ciety, Pilling, Powell. 


] Watts’s | First Catechism, | in Es- 
quimaux. 

Colophon: F. Arnold, Printer, 86 
Fleet Street, E. C. [n. d.] 


Five unnumbered Il. 16°, syllabic characters. 
Half-title as above, on the verso of which begins 
the text in syllabic characters, with heading in 
English, Gothic characters: ‘‘Watts’s First 
Catechism in Esquimaux.” This extends to 
bottom of recto of 3d 1. the verso containing 
the Creed and the Commandments, the latter 


? 


ending on verso of 4th 1. which also contains | 
the Lord's Prayer, baptismal sentence, mar- : 
riage sentences, the latter ending on recto of | 
5th 1. which also contains a prayer. Verso of | 


5th 1. a hymn, the benediction. 


This is the best example of printing in the | 


syllabic characters I have seen. I am inclined 
to think it is from engraved plates. 


Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Pil- | 


ling, Powell. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Periodical: 
Greenland. See Atuagagdliutit, 
Kaladlit. 
Petitot (Pére Emile Fortuné Stanislas 
Joseph). Les Esquimaux. 

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte- 
rendu, first session, vol. 1, pp. 329-339, Nancy 
and Paris, 1875, 8°. 

Comparative Vocabulary of the Esquimaux 
of Bathurst with various foreign languages, 
pp. 333-334.—Myths (The Deluge and Origin 
of the Human Family) in Eskimo, with French 
translation, pp. 336-337. 


Monographie | des | Esquimaux 
Tchiglit | du Mackenzie | et de ?Ander- 
son | par| Le R. P. E. Petitot | Mis- 
sionnaire Oblat de Marie-Immaculée, 
Officier d’Académie, Membre corres- 
pondant de V’Académie de Nancy | et 
des Sociétés d Anthropologie et de 
Philologie de Paris | [Vignette.] | 

Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Li- 
braire de la Société Asiatique | de ’Ecole 
des Langues Orientales Vivantes, de 
la Société Philologique | des Sociétés 
Asiatiques de Calcutta, de Shanghai, de 
New-Haven, etc. | 28, rue Bonaparte, 
28 | 1876 

2p. Il. pp. 1-28, 4°.—Esquimanx traditions in 
the original, with French translations, pp. 16, 
26; and scattered terms and phrases. 
Copies seen: Astor. 
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2231, at 4 fr. 


— Vocabulaire | frangais-esquiman | 
Mackenzie et de l’Anderson | préeédé 


de notes grammaticales | par | le R. 
P. E. Petitot | Missionnaire Oblat de 
Marie-Immaculée, Officier d’Académie, 
Membre-correspondant de VAcadémie 
de Nancy | et des Sociétés d’Anthropo- 
logie et de Philologie de Paris | [De- 
sign. | | 

Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | 
libraire de Ja Société Asiatique | 
de l’Eeole des Langues Orientales Vi- 
vantes, de la Société Philologique | des 
sociétés de Calcutta, de New-Haven 
| (Etats-Unis), de Shanghai, ete. | 28, 
| Rue Bonaparte, 28 | Maisonneuve, 15, 
' quai Voltaire | San Francisco.—A. L. 
;  Baneroft and Ce | 1876 
| 3p. il. pp. ilsiv, 1-78, 4°. Forms vol. 3 of 
Pinart (Alph. L.), Bibliothéque de Lingnis- 
tique ef d’Ethnographio Américaines. 
Introduction, pp. iii-viii—Monographie des 
| Esquimaux Tchiglit du Mackenzie et de 


Dialecte des Tchiglit | des bouches du . 


(une | monographie de cette tribu | et. 


<=" 


Pfizmaier (Dr. A.). 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Petitot (E. F. 8S. J.)—Continued. 
YAnderson, pp. ix-xxxvi.—Précis de Gram- 
maire Esquimaude, &c. pp. xxxix-lxiv.— 
Dictionnaire Fran¢ais-Esquimanu, pp. 1-75. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Congress, 
Powell. 

Published at 50 fr. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, 
No. 2230, at 50 fr.; by Triibner, 1882 (p. 53), at 
£2; by Quaritch, No. 30059, at £1 128. 


De Vorigine asiatique des Indiens 
de Amérique arctique. Par le R. P. 
Emile Petitot, O. M. I. Missionnaire au 
Mackenzie, officier 7 Académie, ete. 

In Les Missions Catholiques, onzidme année, 
Nos. 543-550, pp. 529-532, 540-544, 550-553, 
564-566, 576-578, 589-591, 600-604, 609-611, 
Paris, Oct. to Dec. 1879, 4°. 

List of stone implements, in the Eskimo 
language, p. 350. 


Traditions indiennes | du | Canada 
nord-ouest | par | Emile Petitot | 
ancien missionnaire | [ Design. ] | 

Paris | Maisonneuve Fréres et Ch. 
Leclere | 25, quai Voltaire, 2[5] | 1886 
| Tous droits réservés 

5 p. ll. pp. i-xvii, 1-521, 24°. Forms vol. 23 
of Les Littératures Populaires.—Premiére 
Partie, Traditions des Esquimaux Tchiglit, 
pp. 1-10, contains on p. 9 a tradition in Es- 
quimaux with interlinear French translation, 
and on p. 10 the names with definitions of the 
Tchiglit deities and heroes. : 

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology. 


Petroff (Ivan). Report on the popula- 
tion, industries, and resources of Alaska. 
By Ivan Petroff, special agent. 

In Census Reports of 1880, vol. 8, 2d paper; 
title, 2 p. ll. pp. iii-vi, text pp. 1-189, 4°. 

A few remarks on the spelling of Russian 
and native [Eskimo] names, p. 46.—Derivation 
and meaning of the words Innuit and Tioneh, 
p. 124.—List of local Kadiak names, from Shelik- 
hof, compared with those of the present; also 
pames of the months, with meanings, p. 145.— 
Aleut names of seasons and months, with mean- 
ings, p. 160. 

Under date of Dec. 12, 1886, Mr. Petroff 
writes the Bureau of Ethnology from Kadiak, 
Alaska: ‘‘I should have forwarded another 
vocabulary —an Eskimo dialect—from the 


Aliaskan Peninsula before this, but for the | 


illness of my assistant. I hope to forward it 
in the spring.” 


In his present work Mr. Petroff is using the | 


forms and alphabet adopted by the Bureau. 


Die Sprache der 


Aleuten und Fuchsinseln. 
In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaf- 


ten, Philosophisch-Historische Classe, Sitz- 
ungsberichte, vol. 105, pp. 801-880; vol. 106, pp. 


237-316, Wien, 1884, 8°. 


-—— Die Abarten 


Pick (Rev. B.). 


75 


Pfizmaier (A.)—Continned. 


Die Redetheile, vol. 105, pp. 811-875; vol. 108, 
pp. 288-261.—Erklirung der Ziihlungen, vol. 
105, pp. 875-879.—Die Wortfiigung, vol. 106, 
pp. 261-266.—Die Wortfolge, vol. 106, pp. 266.— 
Der Ton, vol. 106, pp. 266-270.— Ein Aleu- 
tischer Aufsatz, vol. 106, pp. 270-275.—Ergiinz- 
ung der Zihlungen, vol. 106, pp. 275-276.— 
Zehn aleutische Lieder, vol. 106, pp. 276-307.— 
Aleutische Ableitungen, vol. 106, pp. 307-316. 


der grénlindischen 
Sprache. 

In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaf- 
ten, Philosophisch-Historische Classe, Sitzungs- 
berichte, vol. 107, pp. 803-882, Wien, 1884, 8°. 

Allgemeines iiber das Kadiakische, pp. 804- 
833.—Die groénlindischen Worter der eskimo- 
tschukschischen Sprache, pp. 833-842.—Gro6n- 
lindische Ergiinzungen, pp. 842-876.—Bei- 
spicle von grénlindischer A pposition, pp. 876- 
882. 


— Kennzeichnuugen des kaldlekischen 


Sprachstammes. 

In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaf- 
ten, Philosophisch- Historische Classe, Sitzungs- 
berichte, vol. 108, pp. 87-166, Wien, 1885, 8°. 

Bildung der Duale und Plurale, pp. 88-103.— 
Die Biidung des transitiven Nominativs, pp. 
103-107.—Die Nominalsuffixe, 107-133.—Die A p- 
position, pp. 133-150.—Von dim Adjectivum, 
pp. 150-155.—Von dem Adverbium, pp. 155- 
158.—Von dem Verbum, pp. 158-166. 


—— Darlegungen grénliindischer Verbal- 


formen. 

In Kaiserlicho Akademie der Wissenschaf- 
ten, Philosophisch- Historische Classe, Sitzungs- 
berichte, vol. 109, pp. 401-480, Wien, 1885, 8°. 

Bildung der Arten und Zeiten des Ver- 
bums, pp. 402-430.—Die Abwandlung des Ver- 
bums nach Zahlen und Personen, pp. 431-438. — 
Von den Verbalsuffixen, pp. 438-480. 


— Der Prophet Jesaias grénliindisch. 


In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenachaf- 
ten, Philosophisch- Historische Classe, Sitzungs- 
berichte, vol. 111, pp. 647-722, Wien, 1886, 8°. 

Preface to Wolt’s 1825 translation of Isaiah 
into Greenland, signed Niels Gjessing Wolf, 
Kjébenhavnime, 1824, with German trans- 
lation, pp. 647-649.—The following portions 
of Isaiah, from Wolf’s 1825 translation, with 
literal German translation, verse by verse, 
each verse followed by detailed explanation of 
each word: i, 1-31; ii, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 20, 22; iii, 
16-24; xiii, 14-22; xiv, 9, 10, 12-23; xxxiv, 9-11, 
13-15.—Appendix, treating principally of ver- 
bal suflixes, pp. 713-722. 


The Bible in the lan- 
guages of America. By Rey. B. Pick, 
Ph. D., Rochester, N.Y. 


In The New: York Evangelist, No, 2518. New 
York, Juno 27, 1878. 


76 


Pick (B.) —Continued. 

An article on twenty-four different versions 
of portions of the Bible extant in the languages 
of America, No.1 treating of the Greenland, 
No. 2 of the Esquimaux [of Labrador]. 


Pilling: This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to is in the posses- 
sion of the compiler of this bibliography. 


Pillitikset Kittornganut. | [Picture. ] | 
[N.p.] 1845. 
Literal translation: 
ents for children. 
1 p.1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible stories in the Es- 
kimo language of Labrador. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


Pinart (Alphonse L.). Eskimaux et Ko- 
loches | Idées religieuses et traditions 
des Kaniagmioutes | par M. Alphonse 
Pinart 

Colophon: Paris.—Typographie A. 
Hennuyer, rue du Boulevard, 7. 

Pp. 1-8, 8°. Extract from the Revue d’An- 
thropologie, 1873.—Eskimo terms passim. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Brinton, Pow- 
ell, Trumbull. 


Things-meant-for-pres- 


Les Aléoutes, leurs origines et leurs 


légendes. 

In Société d’Ethnographie, Actes, sessioti 
of 1872, pp. 87-92, Paris [1873], 8°. 

Aleutian terms passim. 


—[Dictionary, grammatical notes, 
texts, songs, and sentences in the Aleu- 
tian, Lisievsky (Fox) dialect. ] ‘i 

Manuscript of about 700 pages, in Aleutian 
and Russian. Collected by Mr. Pinart in 1871 
in Unalashka, Belkoffsky, Unga, and Kadiak. 


——[Dictionary, grammatical notes, 
songs, descriptions of dances and re- 
ligious ceremonies, ete. ] i 

Manuscript of about 1,000 pages, Russian 
and Kaniagmiout, collected in 1871 and 1872 
at Kadiak, Afognak, Katmay, Sutkhum, etc. 
by M. Pinart. 


—— [Vocabulary and texts in the Agleg- 
miout dialect of Nushagak. ] g 


Manuscript of about 50 pages, 4°, Russian 
and Aglegmiont, collected by M. Pinart in 1871. 


—— [Vocabulary of the Malehmiout dia- 
lect. | # 
Manuscript of abont 25 pages, 4°, Russian 
and Malehmiout, collected by M. Pinart at St. 
Michael in 1871. 
These manuscripts are in the possession of 
the collector, who has kindly furnished me 
these titles and descriptions. 


—— See Catalogue de livres rares. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Pingortitsinermik. | [ Picture. ] | 
[Druck von J. F. Steinkopf in Stutt- 
gart. ] 1848. 
Literal translation: About the creation. 
1p.1l. pp. 1-8,16°. Bible stories in the Eski- 
mo language of Labrador. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


Piniartut | pissainut titartauvfit katit- 
ernere. | Kakortume, Pimiune, Ning- 
me, Manitsume, | Amerdlumilo. | ukiune 
1879|,,-187"|75. | Sammendrag | af Fange- 
lister for | Julianehaabs, Frederiks- 
haabs, Godthaabs, | Sukkertoppens,. 
og Holstensborgs Districter; | for Aa- 
rene | 187]7.-187 7. | 

Ningme nakitigkat, | L. Méller. | 
1877. 


Literal translation: The workmen [seal 
hunters] | for their gains, the lists their col- 
lections. | At Kahoitok, at Pamiok, at Nuk, 
at Manitsok | and at Amudlok. In the years 
1873\74-1875'76. | At. the Point [Godthaab] print- 
ed, | L. Mller. 

Title 1 1. pp. 1-41, 12°. 
seal fisheries of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Powell. 


Statistics of the 


Point Barrow : 
Census. 
Vocabulary. 


See Ray (P. H.). 
Ray (P. H.), 
Simpson (J.). 

Pond Bay Vocabulary. See Hall (C. F.). 


Pok. | kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame 
nuna- | katiminut okaluktuartok. | An- 
gakordlo | palasimik napitsivdlune 
agssortuissok. | agdlagkat pisorkat 
nayssarissat nong- | miut ilanit. | Akét 
missigssuissut avguasavait uvig- | 
dlarnernut kainakut pisut kinguai- 
nut. | [Design.] | 

Nongme. 1857. | nalagkap nongmi- 
tup nakitirivsiane naki- | tigkat KR: Ber- 
telsenmit Pelivdlo ernera- | nit Lars 
Mollermit. 

Inside title: Pok, | kalalek avalangnek, nu- 
nalikame | nunakatiminut okalugtuartok. | 
Angakordlo, | palasimik napitsivdlune agssor- 
tui- | ssok. | agdlagkat pisorkat nayssarissat | 
nongmiut ilanit. | 

nalagkap nongmetup nakiterivsiane | naki- 
tigkat R: Bertelsenmit Pelivdlo | erneranit 
Lars Moéllermit. | 1857. 

Literal translation of jirst title: Pok. | a 
Greenlander traveled when he landed to his | 
countrymen tells the story. | And the Angekok 
who | the priest meeting disputes with him. | 
Written things [manuscript] old discovered 
the people of the Point [Godthaab] by some 
of them. | The proceeds the authorities will 
distribute them to the who have lost their 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Pok — Continued. 
husbands by kayaks surviving widows. | At 
ihe Point [Godthaab], 1857. | The ruler’s who 
is at the Point on his printing-press printed | 
by R: Bertelsen and Pele’s his son Lars 
Moller. 

Printed cover as above; title as above 11. 
pp. 1-18, 4 plates on 2 ll. 2 of the plates being 
colored, 8°. Written, printed, and illustrated 
by native Eskimo of Greenland; the wood- 
cuts and their coloring are curious specimens 
of native art. Onthe back cover is the follow- 
ing in Danish: 

Pok, | en Grénlender, som har reist og ved 
sin | Ujemkomst fortwller derom til sine 
Lands- | mend | og | Angekokken | som méder 
Presten og disputerer med ham. | Efter gamle 
Haandskrifter, fundne hos | Grénlendere ved 
Godthaab. | Hele indtwgten skal af forstander- 
ska- | berne deles mellem enker, som have 


mi- | stet deres mend ved kajakfangst. | [De- 
sign.] | 
Godthaab. 1857. | Trykt af R: Bertelsen og 


L: Moller, | Peles Sén, i Inspecteurens Bog- 
trykkeri. 


Copies seen: Astor, Brinley, Brinton, Con- | 


gress. 

At the Brinley sale, No. 5644, an uncut copy, 
half-calf extra, gilt top, brought $10.50. Priced 
in Leclerc’s Supplement, No. 2906, at 10 fr. 

See Egede (Hans). 


Portions of the Book of Common Prayer. 
See Peck (E.J.). 


Portions of the Holy Scripture. See 


Peck (E. J.). 


Portlock (Capt. Nathaniel). <A | voyage 
round the world; | but more particu- 
larly to the | north-west coast of 
America: | performed in 178%, 1736, 
1787, and 1788, | in| the King George 
and Queen Charlotte, | Captains Port- 
lock and Dixon. | Embellished with 
twenty copper-plates. | Dedicated, by 
permission, to | his majesty. | By Cap- 
tain Nathaniel Portlock. | 

London: | Printed for John Stock- 
dale, opposite Burlington-House, Pic- 
eadilly ; | and George Goulding, James 
Street, Covent Garden. | M. DCC. 
LXXXIX [1789]. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-384, appendix i-xl, maps, 4°.— 
Vocabulary of the language of Prince Will- 
iam’s Sound, pp. 254-255. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 
neum, Congress, Harvard, Watkinson. 

At the Field sale, No. 1843, a copy brought 
$1.25. Priced by Quaritch, No. 28949, at 14s. 
and a copy in russia, gilt, at £1. 

and Dixon (George). Reis | naar 

de | nord-west kust | van | Amerika. | 


77 


Portlock (N.)—Continued. 
Gedaan in de jaren 1785, 1786, 1787 en 
1788. | Door | de Kapteins | Nathaniel 
Portlock | en | George Dixon. | Uit 
derzelver oorspronklijke reisverhalen 
zamengesteld en vertaald. | Met platen. | 

Te Amsterdam, bij | Matthijs Schale- 
kamp. | 1795. 

Pp. i-xvi, 1-265, map, sm. 4°.—Vocabulary 
of the natives of Prince William's Sound (from 
Portlock), pp. 109-110.— Numerals (1-10) of 
Prince William’s Sound (from Dixon), p. 209. 

Copies seen: Brown, Congress. 

See Dixon (George); see also Forster (J. 
G.A.). 

Pott (August Friedrich). Die | quinare 
und vigesimale | Ziihlmethode | bei 
Volkern aller Welttheile. | Nebst aus- 
fiihrlicheren Bemerkungen | iiber dic 
Zahlwoérter indogermanischen Stam- 
mes | und einem Anhange iiber Finger- 
namen,. | Von | Dr. August Friedrich 
Pott, | ord. Prof. der [&c. four lines]. 

Halle, | C. A. Schwetschke und 
Sohn. | 1847. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-304, 8°. —Numerals of the Tschuk- 
tschi, Aleut, Kadjak, Tschugazi, Koljasck and 
Eskimo, pp. 59-61. 

Copies seen; Astor, British Museum, Wat- 
Kinson, 


Powell: This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen by 
the compiler in the library of Major J. W. 
Powell, Washington, D.C. 


Pretiunculee qvidam et Psalmi. See 


Egede (H.). 


Prayers: 
Eskimo. See Crespieul (F. X.). 
Greenland. Anderson, (J.), 


Egede (Paul), 
Kragh (P.), 


Preces. 
Hudson Bay. Peck (i. J.). 
Labrador. Tuksiarutsit. 


Precationes et hymni grénlandici. See 


Thorhallesen (E.). 


Preces | sancti | Nersetis Clajensis | 
Armeniorum Patriarchae | triginta tri- 
bus linguis | editae | 

Venetiis | in Insula §8. Lazari | 1862 

Engraved title 1 1. printed title as above 1 
1. dedication, &c. 7 ll. text pp. 1-562, 32°.— 
Prayer in the Greenland language, pp. 181-194. 

Copies seen: Eames. 

There are editions: Venetiis, 1823, 12° (Con- 
gress), and Venetiis, 1837, 12° (Congress), 
neither of which contains the Greenland speci- 
men. 


78 


Prichard (James Cowles). Researches | 
into the | Physical History | of Man- 
kind. | By | James Cowles Prichard, 
M. D. | Second Edition. | In two vol- 
umes. | Vol. I[-IT]. | 

London: | Printed for John and Ar- 
thur Arch, | Cornhill. | 1826. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xxxii, 1-541; 2 p. ll. pp. 1-628, 
11 plates, 8°.—Comparative vecabulary of 
American and Asiatic languages, pp. 353-354, 
includes a short vocabulary of the Greenland.— 
Comparative vocabulary Mexican, Ugalimuch- 
mutzi, and Kolusch, p. 381. 

Copies scen: British Museum. 

The first edition, London, 1813, 8°, contains 

no linguistics. (British Museum.) 
—— Researches | into the | physical his- 
tory | of | mankind. | By | James Cowles 
Prichard, M.D. F.R.S. M.R.1L A. | 
Corresponding Member [&c. three 
lines]. | Third edition. | Vol. I[-V]. | 

London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and 
Piper, | Paternoster row; | and J. and 
A. Arch, | Cornhill. | 1836[-1847]. 

5 vols. 8°.—Comparative vocabulary of the 
Esquimaux, Kinai, and Ugaljachmutzi, vol. 5, 
p- 440. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenxum, 
Congress, Eames. 

There is a German edition: Leipzig, Leo- 
pold Bosk, 1840-1848, 5 vols. in four, 12°. The 
linguistics appear in vol.4. (British Museum.) 
Researches | into the | Physical His- 
tory | of | Mankind. | By James Cowles 
Prichard, M.D. F. R. 8S. M. R.I. A. | 
Corresponding Member [&c. four 
lines]. | Fourth edition. | Vol. I[-V]. | 

London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and 
Piper, | Paternoster Row. | 1841[-1851]. 

5 vols. 8°. Paging and contents the same as 
in the third edition. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Prichard (J. C.) — Continued. 


Copies seen: Astor. 

There is a copy of this work, 5 vols. in the 
Library of Congress, composed of volumes from 
different editions. I am inclined to think that 
all issues subsequent to 1840 were made up of 
volumes from the preceding editions. 


Primer: 

Aleut. See Aleutian. 

Aleut-Kadiak. Tishnoff (E.). 

Eskimo. Abécédaire, 
Bompas (W.C.). 

Greenland. Groenlandsk, 
Janssen (C. E.), 
Kattitsiomarsut. 

Labrador. Okautsit. 


Prince William Sound: 


Numerals. See Buschmann (J.C. E.), 
Dixon (G.), 
Forster (J. G. A.), 
Portlock (N.) and 

Dixon (G.). 

Anderson (W.), 
Buschmann (J.C. E.), 
Forster (J. G. A.), 
Fry (E.), 
Portlock (N.). 


Vocabulary. 


Prophetib Iesaiasib | Aglangit. | The 


Book of Isaiah | translated into the | 
Esquimaux Language, | by | the Mis- 
sionaries | of the Unitas Fratrum, or 
United Brethren. | Printed for the use 
of the Mission, | by | The British and 
Foreign Bible Society. | 

London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1837. 


Literal translation: The prophet Isaiah's | 
his written things. 

Pp. 1-168, 12°, entirely in the language of 
Labrador. See Wolf (N.G.) for edition of 1825. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 


Q. 


Quaritch (B.)—Continued. — - 


Quaritch: This word following a title indicates 


thata copy of the work referred to was seen by 
the compiler in the possession of Mr, Bernard 
Quaritch, London, Eng. 


Quaritch (Bernard). A general | cata- 
logue of books, | offered to the public 
at the affixed prices | by | Bernard 
Quaritch. | 

London: | 15 Piccadilly. | 1889. 

Title 11. preface pp. ili-iv, contents v-x, 
catalogue 1-2166, index 2167-2395, 12°. In- 
cludes the parts issued with the numbers 309- 


330. 
Besides many scattered Eskimo titles there 


isa group ‘‘Arctic Nxplorations,”’ pp. 1148-1152, 
and one ‘Eskimo language,” p. 1253. 

Subsequent to the above there haye been 
priuted Nos. 331-369 of the general catalogue 
(1880-1886) and various miscellancous parts 
which will, I presume, form part of another 
volume. Of these general parts Nos. 362 and 
363 are entitled: ‘Catalogue of the History, 
Geography, and of the Philology of America, 
Australia * * *” Scattered through them 
are anumber of titles referring to the Eskimo, 
and on pp. 3022-3023 (part 363) is a section 
headed ‘‘Language of Labrador and Green- 
land.” 

Copies seen: Congress, Bureau of Ethnology. 


ES 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 19. 


R. 


Radloff (Léopold). Mémoires | de | 


VAcadémie Impériale des Sciences de 
St.-Pétersbourg, VII° série. | Tome III, 
Ne 10. | Uber die | Sprache der Tschuk- 
tschen | und ihr | Verhiiltniss zum Kor- 
jakischen | von | L. Radloff. | Der Akade- 
mie vorgelegt am 9. Miirz 1860. | 

St. Petersburg, 1861. | Commissioniire 
dor Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- 
schaften: | in St. Petersburg [ d&c. three 
lines]. 

Printed cover as above, title as above 1 1. pp. 
1-60, 4°.— Grammar, pp. 11-30.—Vocabulary, 
uphabetic according to German words, pp. 31- 
5t.—Tschuktschische und Korjakische Sprach- 
probe, eingesandt von dem IHafen-Comman- 
deur Capitain-Lieutenant Subow, pp. 57-59. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


— Uber die Sprache der Ugalachmut. 


In Académie des Sciences, Bull. de la Classe 
Hist.-Phil. vol. 15(*); and in the same society’s 
Mélanges russes, vol. 3, pp. 468-524. (*) 


Rand (tev. Silas Tertius). About a 


thou- | sand Esquimanx | words, gath- 
ered | from the New- | Testament in | 
that Language | 

Manuscript, English and Eskimo, recorded, 
alphabetically by English words, in a 4° book 
of about 35 pp., which apparently had been pre- 
viously devoted to the reception of Micmac ma- 
terial, the Eskimo matter occupying in some 
cases whole pages, in others part of a page, and 
in still others additional sheets of note paper. 

In possession of Mr. Rand, Hantsport, Nova 
Scotia, 


Ray (Lieut. Patrick Henry). Ethno- 


graphic sketch of the natives of Point 
Barrow. By Lieut. P. H. Ray. 

In Report of the International Polar Expedi- 
tion to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 35-87, Wash- 
ington, 1885, 4°. 

Approximate census of Eskimos at the Cape 
Smythe village [a list of 137 proper names], p. 
49.—Vocabulary collected among the Eskimos 
of Point Barrow and Cape Smythe [711 words 
and 307 phrases and sentences, being the scbed- 
ules given in Powell’s Introduction to the 
Study of Indian Languages], pp. 51-60.—Alpha- 
bet [used in recording the vocabulary], p. 87. 


Reichelt (Itev. G. T.). The Literary 


Works of the Foreign Missionaries of 
the Moravian Church. By the Rey. G. 
Th. Reichelt, of Herrnhut, Saxony. 
(Translated and annotated by Bishop 
Edmund De Schweinitz.) 

In The Moravian, vol. 31, pp. 355-356, 371- 
372, Bethlehem, Penn’a, 1886, 4°. 

Reprinted ag follows; 


Reichelt (G. T.) — Continued. 

— Tbe literary works of the Foreign 
Missionaries of the Moravian Church. 
By the Rey. G. Th. Reichelt, ef Herrn- 
hut, Saxony. Translated and Anno- 
tated by Bishop Edmund de Schwei- 
nitz. y 

In Moravian Historical Society Trans. series 
2, part 8, pp. 375-395, Bethlehem, Pa. 1886, 8°. 
Separately issued as follows: 

—— The Literary Works | of the | For- 
eign Missionaries of the Moravian 
Church. | By | the Rey. G. Th. Reichelt 
of Herrnhut, Saxony. | Translated and 
annotated by Bishop Edmund de 
Schweinitz, | (Reprinted from the 
Transactions of the Moravian Histori- 
cal Society.) | [1886.] 

Printed cover as above, half-title as above 
11. pp. 3-21, 8°. Besides translating and anno- 
tating the above, Bishop de Schweinitz added 
many notes, biographic and bibliographic, 
which will be found scattered through these 
pages. 

Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. 

Relationships: 


Arctic. See Oppert (G.). 
Greenland. Kleinschmidt (S. P.). 
Hudson Bay. Clare (J. R.), 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Tnnuit. Dall (W. H.). 


Northumberland Inlet. Morgan (L. H.). 


Remarks: 

Aleut. Seo Lowe (F.). 

Eskimo. Jefferys (T.), 
Morillot (—), 
Nouvelle Bretagne, 
Rosse (I. C.), 
Scherer (J. B.), 
Schott (W.), 
Seemann (B.). 

Greenland. La Harpo (J. F. de), 
O'Reilly (B.), 

tink (H. J.), 

Scherer (J. B. ), 
Schott (W.), 
Steinthal (H.). 

Kadiak. Veniaminoff (J.). 

Ugalachmut. Radloff (L.). 


Reports, Greenland. See Nalunaerutit. 
Richard (L.). Manuel des Langues, | 
Mortes et vivantes. Contenant les | 
Alphabets, la numération, et | l’Orai- 
son Dominicale, en 190 langues. | Par 
L. Richard. | Premiére Edition 1839. | 
Se trouve & Paris, | chez M™. Mansut 
fils, Libraire, | Rue des Mathurins St. 
Jacques 17, | et chez Vauteur, Place 


80 


Richard (L.)—Continued. 
Maubert 19. | Imprimerie Lithogruphe 
de Petit, rue de Bourgogne n°, 25. 

Title reverse blank 1 1. pp. 1-112, 8°.— 
Oratio Dominica, Groenlandice, p. 60. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, 

Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. 560, prices a 

copy at 10s. 6d. 
Richardson (Sir John). Arctic | search- 
ing expedition: | a | journal of a boat- 
voyage | through Rupert’s Land and 
the Arctic Sea, | in search of | the dis- 
covery ships under command of | Sir 
John Franklin. | With an appendix on 
the physical geography | of North 
America. | By Sir John Richardson, C. 
B., F. R. 8. | Inspector of Naval Hos- 
pitals and Fleets, | etc. ete. ete. | in 
two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | Published 
by authority. | 

London: | Longman, Brown, Green, 
and Longmans. | 1851 

2 vols. maps, plates, 8°.—Remarks on the 
Eskimo language, with examples of nouns 
declined transitively and intransitively, vol. 
2, pp. 363-368.—Comparative table of the dia- 
lects spoken by the Beering’s Sea and Labra- 
dor Eskimos, comprising the two following: 

Baer (Kk. E. von). Kuskutchewak vocabu- 
lary, vol. 2, pp. 369-382. 

Latrobe (P.) and Washington (J.). WVocabu- 
lary of the Labrador Eskimo, vol. 2, pp. 369-382. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 
neum, British Museum, Congress, Trumbull. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 1970, a copy 

brought $4.50. Priced by Quaritch, No. 28995, 
at 15s. 
Arctic | Searching Expedition: |. a | 
Journal of a Boat- Voyage through 
Rupert’s | Land and the Arctic Sea, | in 
search of the Discovery Ships under 
command of | Sir John Franklin. | 
With an Appendix on the Physical 
Geogra- | phy of North America. | By 
Sir John Richardson, C. B., F. R.S., | 
Inspector of Naval Hospitals and 
Fleets, | etc., ete., etc. | 

New York: | Harper & Brothers, Pub- 
lishers, | 82 Cliff Street. | 1852 

Pp. i-xi, 13-516, 12°.—Linguistics, pp. 235- 
236, 273, 479-516. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

Tield’s sale catalogue, No. 1971, mentions ‘an 

edition: New York, Harper & Brothers, 1856, 
516 pp. 12%. It sold for 35 cents. 
{Rink (Heinrik Johannes). ] Ninapes mi- 
sigssuissok arnigssa | pivdlugo inuit 
tusagagssait | [Signed: H. Rink. | Nu- 
nap nalaga. | 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Rink (H. J.) —Continued. 

Colophon: Nongme 3 Sept: 1857. 

Literal translation: The country’s its in- 
tended survey | in reference to it people their- 
things-to-be-heard [things for the people to 
hear about it]. | [Signed: H. Rink | the coun- 
try’s its ruler.] | At the Point (Godthaab) 3 
Sept: 1857. 

No title-page; caption only; 2 ll. 8°. An 
announcement by the inspector, Dr. Rink, to 
the Greenlanders, in their own language, of 
the establishment of a system of surveys. 

Copies seen: Congress. 


Eskimoiske | eventyr og sagn | over- 
satte | efter de indfgdte fortielleres op- 
skrifter | og meddelelser | af | H. Rink, 
| inspekt@r i Sydgr@nland. 

Kjgbenhavn. | C. A. Reitzels Bog- 
handel. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 
1866. 

Pp. i-vi, 1 1. pp. 1-376, 8°.—Songs in Eski- 
mo, pp. 349-350.—‘‘Alfabetisk Folklaring over 
forskjellige Udtryk og Benawvnelser (tildeels 
fastsatte blot for Af benyttelse i dette Skrift),” 
pp. 3869-376. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 

At the Pinart sale, No. 791, Quaritch bought 
a copy for 14 fr. He prices it, No. 30058, at £1. 

A supplement to this work was published at 
Copenhagen in 1871, 8°. (*) 


Tales and traditions | of the | Eski- 
mo | with a sketch of | their habits, 
religion, language | and other peculi- 
arities |] by | Dr Henry Rink | knight 
of Dannebrog | [&ec. four lines]. | 
Translated from the Danish by the 
author | Edited by | Dr _ Robert 
Brown | F. L. S., F. R. G. 8. | author 
of ‘The races of mankind’, ete. | With 
numerous illustrations, drawn and | 
eugraved by Eskimo | 

William Blackwood and Sons | Edin- 
burgh and London | MDCCCLXXV 
[1875] | All Rights reserved 

Pp. i-xii, 1-473, 12°.—Language, pp. 12-22. — 
A myth-song, with translation, pp. 66-67.— 
Scattered throughout are also many Eskimo 
words. 


Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit- 
ish Museum. 


— Danish Greenland | its people and 
its products | By | Dr Henry Rink | 
knight of the order of Dannebrog [&c. 
three lines]. | [Seal.] | Edited by | Dr 
Robert Brown, F. L.S. F. RB. G. S&S. | 
author of ‘The races of mankind’ etc. 
| With illustrations Le the Eskimo, 
and a map | 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Rink (H. J.) —Continued. 

Henry 8. King & Co., London | 1877 

Pp. i-xvii, 1-468, maps, plates, 8°.—Remarks 
on the language of the natives of Greenland, 
pp. 197-198.— Vocabulary of Eskimo words and 
names, pp. 394-402.— Scattered thoughout aro 
many Eskimo words. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Eames, Harvard. 


— De grgnlandske Stednavnes | Ret- 
skrivning og Etymologi | af | Dr. H. 
Rink, | Direktgr for den Kongl. grén- 
landske Ilandel. | 1877. 

Forms an appendix, pp. 351-366, to Johnstrup 
(I°.), Gieseckes Mineralogiske Rejse iGrenland, 
Kjsbenhavn, 1878, 8°.— Of letters, accents, &c. 
p. 355.— Verbal affixes, p. 356.—Nominal affixes, 
p. 356.—De gronlandske Stednavnes Retskriv- 
ning og Etymologi, pp. 358-366. 


Les dialectes de la langue esqui- 
maude, éclaircis par un tableau synop- 
tique de mots, arrangés d’apreés le sys- 
téme du dictionnaire groenlandais. 

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte- 
rendu, fifth session, pp. 328-337, Copenhague, 
1884, 8°. 

Issued separately as follows: 

—— Dialectes | de la langue esquimaude. 

| Par | H. Rink. | Extrait du Compte- 
rendu du Congres International des 
Américanistes | Copenhague 1883. | 

Copenhague. | Imprimerie de Thiele. | 
1884. 

Outside title as above, text pp. 328-337, 8°.— 
Greenland and western Esquimaux words for 
Jire, thou, thee, p. 333.— Greenland alphabet, pp. 
333-334. 

Copies seen: Pilling. 


— The Eskimo Dialects as serving to 
determine the Relationship between the 
Eskimo Tribes. By Dr. H. Rink. 

In Anthropological Institute of Great Brit- 
ain and Ireland, vol. 15, pp. 239-245, London, 
1885, 8°. : 

A genzral discussion, including a few Eski- 


mo terms and a genealogical table of dialects. | 


Issued separately as follows : 


— The Eskimo dialects | as serving to 
determine the relationship | between 
the Eskimo tribes. | By | Dr. H. Rink, | 
Knight of the Order of Danneborg [sic], 
etc. | 

London: | Harrison and Sons, St. 
Martin’s Lane, | Printers in Ordinary 
to Her Majesty. | 1885. 

Title on cover as above, text pp. 239-245, 8°. 

Copies seen: Powell. ‘ 

— Om de eskimoiske dialekter, som 
bidrag til bedgmmelsen af spgrgsmaalet 

ESK 6 


81 


Rink (H. J.) — Continued. 
om eskimoernes herkomst og vandriu- 
ger. Af H. Rink. 


In Aarbeger for nordisk oldkyndighed og 
historie, udgivne af det kongelige nordiske 
oldskrift-selskab, 1885, tredie hefte, pp. 219- 
260, Kjebenhayn, 1885, 8°. 

This work has the following divisions: 1. 
The character of the language in general. 2. 
The difference of the dialects in general. 3. The 
difference of the dialects in respect of expres- 
sions for certain classes of ideas. 4. The dif- 
ference of the dialects in regard to the stem- 
words. 5. Comparison among the dialects in 
respect to grammar, comprising also construc- 
tion of words. 6. Glance at the results of the 
preceding. 7. List of the works employed in 
writing this essay. Many words and stems 
throughout. 

Issued separately as follows: 


—— Om | de eskimoiske dialekter, | som 
bidrag til bedgmmelsen af sp¢rgs- 
maalet om | eskimoernes herkomst og 
vandringer. | Af | H. Rink. | Saertryk 
af Aarb. f. nord, Oldk. og Hist. 1885. | 

Kjdbenhayn. | Thieles bogtrykkeri. | 
1885. 

Title as above on cover, no inside title, pp. 
1-42, 5°, the original pagination, 219-260, being 
also retained. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

— [The linguistic results of Dr. Franz 
Boas’s ethnographical researches in 
Baffin Land, by H. Rink.] 

Manuscript, pp. 1-23, 4°, in the Bureau of 
Ethnology. For a description of the material 
which Dr. Rink herein reviews sce Boas (F.). 

Division of the Eskimo regions, pp. Loe 
Orthography, pp. 4-6.— Collection of words and 
phrases (remarks on), pp. 6-7.—Radical and 
additional words, flectional forms, pp. 8-10.— 
Division of words according to classes of no- 
tions, p. 10.—List of words in the vocabu- 
lary from Baffin’s Land classed according to 
the notions conveyed, pp. 11-12.—Samples of 
the text of songs, with explanations, pp. 13- 
22. 

— [Brief catalogue of books in the 
Eskimo language of Greenland. ] 

Manuscript slips furnished me by Dr. Rink; 
in its preparation he had the assistance of ‘‘a 
Greenland missionary.” 

Heinrik Johannes Rink was born in Copen- 
hagen, August 26, 1819. He studied in his na- 
tive town from 1840 to 1844, and then for a year 
or two in Germany. In June, 1845, he left Co- 
penhagen for a circumnavigation, as geologist 
of an expedition, but remained in India as as- 
sistant to the governor of the Danish colony on 
the Nicobar Islands. Considerations of health 
obliged him to leave India, and after a stay in 
Egypt and Naples he returned to Copenbagen 


82 


Rink (H. J.)—Continued. 
in December, 1846. In 1848 he went to Green- 
land, where he speut twenty-two summers and 
sixteen winters, From 1853 to 1868 he served 
as inspector of Southern Greenland, and in 1871 
was appointed director of the trade. Iis last 
visit to Greenland was made in 1872. In 1883 
he settled down in Norway, and at present 
(1887) is spending a retired life at Christiania, 
Norway. 
Ritual: 
Grecnland. See Egede (Paul), 
Fabricius (O.). 
Robeck (Dr. —-). [Vocabularies of Asi- 
atic and American Eskimo. ] 

In Sarichetf (G. A.), [Journey of Captain Bil- 
lings across the Chukchi country], St. Peters- 
burg, 1811, 4°. 

Vocabulary of the settled Tschukchi and no- 
madie Pschukchi, pp. 102-111.—Parallel vocab- 
ularies of about 300 words cach, Russian, An- 
dreanotiski Aleuts, Lisie Aleuts, aml IKadiak 
Eskimo, in modern Russian type, part 4, pp. 
121-129. i 


In Russian. 


Yor partial reprints see Schott (W.); also | 


Zagoskin (L. A.). 

Romberg (Heinrich). Min Tschuktschi- 
sches Worterverzeichniss. Von Herrn 
Heinrich Komberg. 

In Erman (A.), Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche 
Kunde von Russland, vol, 19, pp. 310-345, Ber- 
lin, 1860, 5°. 

Chuckchee vocabulary and numerals 1-100. 

Ross (Sir Jolin), A | voyage of discov- 
ery, | made under the orders of the ad- 
miralty, | in | his majesty’s ships | Isa- 
bella and Alexander, | for the purpose 


of | exploring Baffin’s Bay, | and in- 


quiring into the probability of a | 


north-west passage: | By John Ross, 


K. 5. Captain Royal Navy. | 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle- 
street. | 1819. , 

2p. IL pp, i-xl, 1-252, i-exliv, 11. maps, 4°.— 
A comparative list of the northern and south- 
ern Eskimaux language, p. 122.—Words the 
same in both dialects, pp. 122-123. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard. 


A | Voyage of Discovery, | made un- 
der the Orders of the Admiralty, | in | 
his Majesty’s Ships | Isabella and Alex- 
ander, | for the Purpose of | exploring 
Baffin’s Bay, | and enquiring into the 
Probability | of a| North-west Passage. | 
By John Ross, K. 8. Captain Royal 
Navy. | Second Edition. | In two vol- 
umes | Vol. I[-IT]. | 

London: | Printed by Strahan and 
Spottiswoode, Printers-Street; | For 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


THE 


Ross (J.)— Continued. 
Longman, ILnrst, Rees, Orme, 
Brown, | Pateruoster-Row. | 1819. 
2 vols. map, 8°.—Linguistics, as in first edi- 
tion, vol. 1, pp. 167-168. 2 
Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British 
Museum, 


and 


—— Entdeckungsreise | der | kéniglichen 
Schiffe IsabeHa und Alexauder | nach 
der Baffins-Bai, | zur Untersuchung der 
Moglichkeit ciner Nord-West- | Durch- 
fahrt. | Nach dem Englischen | des | 
Herrn Johu Ross, | Capitains der k6- 
niglichen Marine. | (Aus dem Ethito- 
graphischen Archiv besonders abge- 
druckt.) | 

Jena, | in der Bran’schen. Buchhand- 
lung. | 1319. 

Pp. i-iv, 1-184, 8°.—Vergleichungs-Liste der 
nordlichen und siidlichen Esquimaux-Sprache, 
p. 99.—Worte, die in beiden Mundarten gleich 
sind, p. 100. 

Copies seen: Astor. 

A Dutch translation: ’s Gravenhaag, 1821, 8°, 
is mentioned in I’. Muller’s catalogue, 1872, 
No. 1378. An English edition: London [1834], 

| 4°, contains no linyuistics. 


Narrative | of a| second voyage in 
search of | a | north-west passage, | 
| and of a| residence in the arctic Re- 
gions | during the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 
1832, 1833. | By | Sir John Ross, C. B., 
K.S8.A., K.C.S., &e. &e: | captain in 
the royal navy. | Including the re- 
ports of | Commander, now Captain, 
James Clark Ross, R.N., F. R.S., F. L. 
S., &c. | and | The Discovery of the 
Northern Magnetic Pole, 

London: | A. W. Webster, 156, Regent 
Street. | 1835. 

4 p. ll. pp. i-xxxiv, 1-740, maps, plates, 4°.— 
Uymu in the Esquimaux language, p. 76. { 

Copies seen : Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 
Appendix | to the | narrative | ofa | * 
second voyage in search | of a | north- 
west passage, | and of a | residence in 
the aretie regiors | during the years 
1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833. | By | Sir 
John Ross, C. B., K.8.A., K.C.S. &e. 
&c. | captain in the royal navy. | In- 
cluding the reports of | Commander, 
now Captain, James Clark Ross, R.N., 
F.R.S., F. L. S., &c. | and | The Dis- 
covery of the Northern Magnetie Pole. | 

London: | A.W. Webster, 156, Regent 
street. | 1835. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-120, i-exliv, i-cii, 4°.— Vocabulary 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 83 


Ross (J.) —Continued. 


of the English, Danish, and Esquimaux lan- | 


guages, pp. 61-89.—Dialogues in the Knelish, 
Danish, and Esquimaux languages, pp. 91-104. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard. 
— Narrative | of a | second voyage | in 
search | of a northwest passage, | and 
of | a residence in the arctic regions, | 
during the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 
1833; | By Sir John Ross, C. B., K.S. A., 
K.C.S., &c. &e. | captain in the royal 
navy. | Including | the reports of Com- 
mander (now Captain) J.C. Ross, R.N. 
F.R.S., F. L. S., &e. | and | the Dis- 
covery of the Northern Magnetic Pole. 

Philadelphia: | E. L. Carey & A. 
Hart. | Baltimore: | Carey, Hart & 
Co. ! 1835. 

Pp. i-xxiii, 1-456, map, 8°.—Hyiin in the Es- 
quimaux language, p. 43. 

Copies seen: Boston Athenieun. 


Relation | du | second voyage | fait 
a’ la recherche | @un passage au nord- 
ouest, | Par Sir John Ross, | capitaine 
de la marine royale, chevalier de 
POrdre du Bain, ete., ete. | et de sa 
résidence dans les régions aretiques | 
pendant les années 1829 a 1833; | con- 
tenant le rapport du capitaine de la 
marine royale Sir James Clarck Ross, 
ct les | observations relatives 4 la dé- 
couverte du pole nord; | ouvrage tra- 
duit sous les yeux de Vauteur, | par A.- 
J.-B. Defauconpret, | Traducteur des 
(iuvres de W. Scott, ete.; | Accom- 
pagné Wune Carte du Voyage et orné 
du portrait de ’Auteur, gravé | & Lon- 


Ross (J.) — Continued. 

dres, par Robert Hart, et des deux Vues 

les plus remarquables de | ces régions, 
gravées sur acier, @apres Finden, par 

Skelton. | Tome premier[-deuxieme ]. 

Paris, | Bellizard, Barthes, Dufour et 
Lowell, | libraires de fa cour impé- 
riale de Russie, ruc de Verneuil, 1 bis. | 
1835. 

2 vols. maps, 8°.—Hymn in the Eskimo lan- 
guage, vol. 1, p. 99. 

Copies seen; Congress. 

An edition in English, Brussels, 1835, 8°, is 
mentioned in F, Muller’s catalogue, 1872, No. 
1379. 

Rosse (Vr. Irving C.). Medical and an- 
thropological notes. 

In Cruiso of the Revenue-steamer Corwin, 
pp. 7-44 (47th Congress, 2d session, House of 
Kepresontatives, Ex. Doc. No. 105), Washing- 
ton, 18838, 4°. 

Linguistic peculiarities, pp. 80-33, contains a 
few words in and general remarks upon the 

Eskimo language. 
Rudolph (—). Anner Jab innungorsim- 
asub | parinek ’ arneranik, | Rudolph-ib 
| Nekkursitisubeag’ legeinik. | dipags- 
sinik nakitigkat, sujugdlit dssilinard- 
lugit. | 
Kj@benhayn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk- 
keri. | 1870. 

Literal translation; The just-come-out-one 
[who has] become-a-human being | about the 
taking care of it | Radolph | the healer’s about 
his writings. | A second time printed, | the 
first copying it. 

Pp. 1-16, 16°, Manual for midwives in the 
Iskimo language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Powell. 


See Kragh (P.) for an earlier treatise on this 
subject. 


8. 


Sabin (Joseph). <A | dictionary | of | 
Books relating to America, | from its 
discovery to the present time. | By 
Joseph Sabin. | Volume I[-XVI}. | 
| Three lines quotation. ] 

New-York : | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau 
street. | 1868[-1886]. 

16 vols. 8°, still in course of publication, and 
including thus far entries to ‘‘ Remarks.” Con- 
tains titles of many works in the Eskimo lan- 
guage. Nowedited by Mr. Wilberforce Eames. 

Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Powell. 


Sacred history, Aleut. See Veniaminoft (J.) and 


Netzvictofl (J.). 


St. Michael Vocabulary. See Everette (W. E.). 
Salomonib Okalagataningit | Profete- 
niglo. | The Proverbs of Solomon and 
the Prophe- | cies of Jeremiah, Ezekiel, 
Daniel and | the Twelve Minor Pro- 
phets: | Translated into | the Esqui- 
maux Language | by | the Missiona- 
ries | of the | Unitas Fratrum, or 
United Brethren. | 
London: | Printed for the use ot the 
Mission in Labrador, | by the British 
and Foreign Bible Society. | 1849. 
Literal translation: Solomon’s his sayings | 
and about the Prophets. 


. r . . lL. pp. 1-675, 12°. : 
Sagoskin. See Zagoskin. 1 p. 1. py ; 
8 ; eek Copies seen: American Bible Society, British 
St. Luke’s Gospel. See Peck (KH. J.). and Forcign Bible Society British Museum. 


84 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Sapame tnikut atugagssat ardlait. Sauer (M.) — Continued. 


Colophon: Druck von Gustav Winter 
in Stolpen. [n. d.] 

Literal translation: On Sunday in the even 
ing things to be used the second. 

No title-page; pp. 1-7, 12°. Litany Cate- 
chism, entirely in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procured of the Unitits-Buchhand- 

lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost, 20 pf. 
Sauer (Martin). An | account | of a | 
geographical and astronomical | ex- 
pedition | to the | northern parts of 
Russia, | for ascertaining the degrees of 
latitude and longitude of | the mouth 
of the river Kovima; | of the whole 
coast of the Tshutski, to East Cape; | 
and of the islands in the Eastern 
Ocean, stretching to | the American 
coast. | Performed, | By Command of 
Her Imperial Majesty Catherine the 
Second, | empress of all the Russias, | 
by Commodore Joseph Billings, | In the 
Years 1785, &c. to 1794. | The whole 
narrated from the original papers, | by 
Martin Sauer, | secretary to the expe- 
dition. | 

London: | Printed by A. Strahan, 
Printers Street; | For T. Cadell, Jun. 
and W. Davies, in the Strand. | 1802. 

Pp. i-xxvii, 1-332, and appendix pp. 1-58, 
map, 4°.— Vocabulary of the languages of 
Kamtshatka, the Aleutan Islands, and of 
Kadiak, pp. 9-14 of appendix. 

Copies scen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 

neum, Boston Public, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Watkinson. 
Voyage | fait par ordre de Vimpé- 
ratrice de Russie | Catherine II, | dans 
le nord | de la Russie Asiatique, | dans 
la mer Glaciale, | dans la mer d’Anadyr, 
et sur les | cétes de Amérique, | depuis 
1785 jusqu’en 1794, | par le commodore 
Billings; | rédig6é par M. Sauer, | Secré- 
taire-Interpréte de VExpédition, | et 
traduit de anglais avec des notes, | 
par J. Castéra. | Avec une Collection 
de quinze Planches, format in-4°., 
dessinées sur les Lieux. | Tome Premier 
[-Second ]. | 

A Paris, | chez F. Buisson, Impri- 
meur-Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, No. 
20. | an X (1802) 

2 vols. 8°, atlas 4°.—Vocabulaire Kamtcha- 
dale, vol. 2, pp. 289-295.—Vocabulaire Aléoute, 
vol. 2, pp. 296-303.— Vocabulaire de la langue 


de Kadiak, vol. 2, pp. 304-311. 
Copies seen: Congress. 


— Reise | 


Scherer (Johann Benedict). 


Schomburgk (Sir Robert H.). 


According to Ludewig, there was a German 
translation: Berlin, 1802, 5°, the vocabularies 
occurring on pp. 399-406. 


nach | Siberien, Kam- 
tschatka, und zur | Untersuchung | 
der Miindung des Kowima-Flusses, 
der ganzen | Kiiste der Tschutschen 
und der zwischen dem fe- | sten Lande 
von Asien und Amerika be- | findlichen 
Inseln [&c. eight lines] von | Martin 
Sauer, | Sekretiir der Expedition. | Aus 
dem Englischen iibersetzt. | Mit Kup- 
fern und | Karte. | 

Berlin und Hamburg. | 1803. 

2p. IL pp. i-vii, 9-334, 8°.— Vocabularies, pp. 
325-330. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 


A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 2125, brought 
38. 


Schediasma hocce etymologico-philolo- 


gicum * * * Grénlandicum. 


(i), 


See Abel 


Schema conjugationis Groénlandice. See 


Thorhallesen (E.). 


Recherches 
| Historiques | et Géographiques | sur 
| le Nouveau-Monde, | Par Jean-Benoit 
Scherer, Pensionnaire du Roi; | Em- 
ployé aux affaires é6trangéres; Membre 
de plusieurs | Académies & Sociétés 
littéraires; ci-devant Juriscon- | sulte 
du Collége Impérial de Justice & Saint- 
Pétersbourg, | pour les affaires de la 
Livonie, d’Esthonie & de Finlande. | 
[ Design. ] | 

A Paris, | Chez Brunet, Libraire, rue 
des KEcrivains. | M. DCC. LXXVII 
[1777]. 

Pp. i-xii, 2 ll. pp. 1-352, map, plates, 8°.— 
Short vocabulary, 17 words, Esquimaux and 
Groenland, p. 19.—Essai sur les rapports des 
mots entre les Langues du Nouveau-Monde & 
celles de l’Ancien, par Court de Gebelin (A. 
de), pp. 302-345, contains: Langue des Esqui- 
maux & des Groenlandois, pp. 306-312. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Con- 
gress. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2087, at 20 fr. 


Quaritch bought a copy at the Ramirez sale, 
No. 772, for 38. 6d. 


Contri- 
butions to the Philological Ethnogra- 
phy of South America. By Sir R. H. 
Schomburgk. 

In Philological Soc. [of London] Proce. vol. 3, 
pp. 228-237, London, 1848, 89. 

‘(A fiinity of words in the Guinau with othet 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 85 


Schomburgk (R. H.) —Continued. 
Languages and Dialects in America,”’ pp. 236- 
237, contains among others examples in Eski- 
maux of Hudson's Bay. 

A vocabulary of the Maiongkong 

Language [South America]. By Sir 

Robert Schomburgk. 

In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 4, 
pp. 217-222, London, 1850, 8°. 
Contains the word for sun in Esquimaux, 

Tchouktcho American or Aglemoute, &c. 


Schott (W.). Ueber die Sprachen des 
russischen Amerika’s, nach Wenjami- 
now. 

In Erman (A.), Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche 


Kunde von Russland, vol. 7, pp. 126-143, Berlin, 
1849, 8°. 


Ueber ethnographische Ergebnisse 
der Sagoskinschen Reise, von W. 
Schott. 

In Erman (A.), Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche 
Kunde von Russland, vol: 7, pp. 480-512, Berlin, 
1849, 8°. 

Vocabulary of the Tnkilik and Inkalit-Ingel- 
nut (from Zagoskin), pp. 481-487.—Vocabu- 
lary of the Tschuagmjute, Kwigpakjute, and 
Kuskowigmjute: (from Zagoskin), Kadjaker 
(from Billings and Lisiansky), and Namoller 
(from Robek), pp. 488-512. 

— Die Sprache der Eskimos auf Groén- 
land. 

In Magazin fiir die Litteratur des. Auslands, 
Nos. 38, 39, Berlin, 1856. ‘Title from Lude- 
wig, p. 22F. 

Schubert (Hofrath von), editor. Corre- 
spondenz-Nachrichten aus Labrador. 
Mitgetheilt von Hrn. Hofrath v. Schu- 
bert. 

In Koénigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Miinchen, 
vol. 18, columns 417-430, Miinchen [1844], 4°. 

Eskimo vocabulary, columns 417-422, 425-429. 

Schwatka (Lieut. Frederick). Vocabu- 
lary of the Eskimo. . 

Manuscript in possession of the author. Con- 
cerning it he writes me as follows: ‘‘ My lin- 
guistic material pertaining to the Eskimo is in 
rough manuscript form, containing probably 
500 or 600 words in most common use by the 
Inkiliik Innuits of Repulse Bay, gathered from 
August, 1878, to August, 1880, while sojourn- 
ing with this tribe, each word being noted in a 
small calf-bound journal as its use made it 
prominent and I became assured that I had 
it sufficiently correct for conversational pur- 
poses.” 

Seemann (Berthold). Narrative | of the | 
voyage of H. M. 8. Herald | during the 
years 1845-51, | under the command of | 
Captain Henry Kellett, R. N., C. B.; | 
being | A Circumnavigation of the 


Seemann (B.)—Continued. 

Globe, | and three cruizes to the arctic 
regions in search | of Sir John Frank- 
lin. | By | Berthold Seemann, F. L.S., | 
member of [&c. two lines]. | In two 
volumes. | Vol. I[-IT]. | 

London: | Reeve and Co., Henrietta 
Street, Covent Garden. | 1853. 

2 vols. 8°.—Brief reference to the Eskimo 
language, vol. 2, pp. 68-69. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 
nxum, British Museum, Congress. 


—— Reise um die Welt | und | drei Fahr- 
-ten | der Kéniglich Britischen Fre- 
gatte Herald | nach dem nérdlichen 
Polarmeere | zur | Aufsuchung Sir 
Jobn Franklin’s | in den Jahren 1845- 
1851. | Von| Berthold Seemann. | Erster 
{-Zweiter] Band. | [2 lines.] | 
_ Hannover. | Carl Riimpler. | 1853. 

4&2 vols.: pp. i-xi, 1-335; i-vi, 1-294, 8°.— 
Sprache der Eskimos, vol. 2, pp. 72-73. 
Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


Selenie (S. J.). See Zelenic (S. J.). 


Sendebrev til alle Grinlenderne. See 
Fasting (L.). 
Senfkornesutépok. [Picture.] 
No title-page; pp. 1-8, 24°. Bible stories in 
the Eskimo language of Greenland.—Apost. 


sull. 7, 9-14, pp. 1-2.-Joh. 10, 12-18, pp. 34.— 
Matth. 20, 29-34, pp. 5-6.—Apost, sull. 8, 27-39, 
pp. 7-8. 

Copies seen : American Tract Society, Powell. 


Senfkornetun-ipok. [Picture.] 

No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Bible 
lessons in the Eskimo language of Labrador.— 
Apostetit Piniarningit 7, 9-14.— Joh. 10, 12-18. 
Matth. 20, 29-34.—A post. Pin. 8, 27-39. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


Sennerutilingmik Tuksiautitait. See 


Kjer (K.). 


Sentences: 
Greenland. See Kragh (P.). 
Innuit. Hoffman (W. J.). 
Koksoagmyut. Turner (L. M.). 
Unalashkan. Turner (L. M.). 
Sermons: 
Greenland. See ivangkiliunik, 
Kragh (P.). 
Labrador. OkAlautsit. 


Shea (John Gilmary). Languages of the 
American Indians. 
In American Cyclopedia, vol. 1, pp. 407-414, 
New York, 1873, 8°. 
Contains grammatical examples of a number 
of American languages, among them the Es- 
quimanux. 


86 


Silame iliornerit. See Kleinschmidt 
(S)2)): 

Silamiut ingerdlausidinik. See Janssen 
(C. E.). 

Simonimik Syrenimiumik. See Boggild 
(O.). . 


Simpson (Dr. John). Observations on 
the Western Esquimaux and the Coun- 
try they inhabit; from notes taken 
during two years at Point Barrow, by 
Mr. John Simpson, R. N., Her Majesty’s 
Discovery Ship “ Plover.” 

In Further papers relative to the recent Arctic 
expeditions, pp. 917-942, London, 1855, folio. 

Contains the namesof theseasons and months 
in Esquimaux, p. 933. 

Reprinted in Royal Geographical Society, 
Arctic Geography and Ethnology, pp. 233-275, 
London, 1875, 8°. (British Museum, Powell.) 


Smith (E. Everett). [Vocabulary of the 
Malemute, Kotzebue Sound. ] 


10 pp. 4°, 190 words. In the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. 


Society for Promoting Christian IXnowledge: 
These words following a title indicate that a 
copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the library of this society, London, 
England. 


Songs: 
Akudnirmiut. See Boas (F.). 
Aleut. Pinart (A. L.), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Atka. Veniaminoff (J.). 
Greenland. Cranz (D.), 
eriniugkat, 
Kjer (K.), 
Rink (H. J.). 
Kaniagmiout. Pinart (A. L.). 
Labrador. Ingernutit, 
Imgerutsit. 
OKomiut. Boas (T.). 
Tuski. Hooper (W. I1.). 


[Serensen (B. F.).] Ktipernerit napanu- 
téuput tunitdlanvdlutik kisiine tikin- 
tartut; [&c.] [Signed B. I. Sd¢rensen. | 

[Nungme aipagssanik nakitigkat. | 
L. Moller. | 1874.] 

Literal translation: The small-pox isa disease 
by infecting only that comes [%. e., that comes 
only by infection]. At the Point [Godthaab] a 
second time printed. LL. Méller. 

No title-page or caption; begins as above; 
pp. 1-6, 8°; in tho Greenland language. It is 
an account of the symptoms etc. of small-pox, 
with the methods of treatment and precautions 
for preventing the spread of the disease. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

Statistics of seal fisheries, Greenland. 
artnt. 


See Pini- 


BIBLIOGRAPHY’ OF THE 


Stearns (Winfrid Alden). Labrador | 4 
sketch of | its peoples, its industries 
and its | natural history. | By | Win- 
frid Alden Stearns. | 

Boston : | Lee and Shepard, 47 Frank- 
lin Street. | New York: Charles T, Dil- 
lingham. | 1834. 

Titlo 1 1. pp. iii-viii, 1-295, 8°,—Numerals 
1-10, 20, 30, of the Labrador Indians, and a vo- 
cabulary of 35 ‘‘other words” [not Eskimo], p. 
294.—Labrador Indian terms passim. 

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. 


Steenholdt (Wittus Frederik). Inntb 
nangminek isumaliornera Gudib’lo tek- 
kotinera. Innuktut nuktersimafok 
Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit. 

Kjébenhaynime, 1851, 

Literal translation: Man’s his own ponder- 
ing and God’s his revelation of himself. To 
men it is translated by Wittus Frederik Steen- 
holdt. At Copenhagen. 

75 pp. 8°. Religious tract in the Eskimo lan- 
guage of Greenland. 

Title from Pinart sale catalogue, No. 352 (5). 


* 


— Okalluktuxt Bibelimit pisimasut | 
Kristumiudlo Apostelit kingorneesigut 
| okalluktuarisauneret tapusimavlune. 

_| Agleksimasut | Kavlunait Pelleseesa 
illennit, Balslevimit; | nuklersimasut 
Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit. | 

Kjébenhaynime. | nakkittarsimasut 
Bianco Lunomit: | 1854. 

Literal translation: Stories from the Bible 
made [ and the Christian Apostles after them | 
their narratives having been included. | Writ- 
ten | Europeans their priests by some of them, 
by Balslev; | translated by Wittus Frederik 
Steenholdt. | At Copenhagen. | printed hy Bi- 
anco Luno. : 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-136, 16°. Bible stories in the Es- 
kimo language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Tarvard. 


—— Tlerkuksamut imaléneet illuarner- 
mik ajokensout . nuktersimarsok 
Wittus F. Steenholdtimit. 

,  Noungme, 1860. 

20 pp. 8°. Ethics in tho Eskimo language of 
Greenland.— Rink. 


Steenholdt was a native teacher. 
Jakobshayn, Greenland, in 1862. 


Steiger (E.). Steiger’s | bibliotheca glot- 
tica, | part first. | A catalogue of | 
Dictionaries, Grammars, Readers, E:x- 
positors, ete. | of mostly | modern lan- 
guages | spoken in all parts of the 
earth, | except of | English, French, 
German, and Spanish, | First division : 
| Abenaki to Hebrew. | 


Ho died at 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE, 


Steiger (E.)— Continued. 
LE. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street, 
| New York. [1874.] 


Half-title on cover, title as above 1 1. notice 
11. text pp. 1-40, 12°. Contains an Eskimo sec- 


tion, pp. 32-33. The second division of the first | 


part was not published. Part second is on the 


87 


Sténberg (K. J. O.) — Continued. 


Greenlanders’ in their country the late priest 
K. J. 0. Sténberg translated them. | At Copen- 
hagen. | By Bianco Luno printed. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-125, 16°. Bible stories in the Es- 
kimo language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Warvard. 


K. J. O. Sténberg was born in 1812, lived in 
Greenland from 1840 to 1853, and died while 
parish priest on the Island of Funen, Den- 
mark, 1872. 


English language, and Part third on the Ger- 
man language. 

In his notice the compiler states: ‘* This com- 
pilation must not be regarded as an attempt at 
a completo linguistic bibliography, but solely 
as a book-seller’s catalogue for business pur- 
poses, with special regard to the study of phi- 
lology in America.” 

Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. 

Steinthal (Dr. H.). Charakteristik | der 
hauptsiichlichsten | Typen des Sprach- | 
baues. | Von | Dr. H. Steinthal, | 
Privatdocenten fiir allgemeine Sprach- 
wissenschaft | an der Universitiit zu 
nie | ae ee ener | New York Sept." 1841. Compiled by 
Classification der Sprachen. | 2. as a2 = : 

: | FF. A. Strale. | Lith. of Endicott—22 John 

Berlin, | Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags- | Str 

buchhandlung | 1860 poke eenetige 
>. . Broadside, 25319} inches. 

Pp. i-ix, 11. pp. 1-336, 8°.—V. Dio amoerikan- | 
ischen Sprachen, Einverleibung, pp. 202-231, 
includes: Die amerikanischen Sprachen iiber- 
haupt, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf das Gron- 
liindische, pp. 220-231. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit- 


—— See Kattitsiomarsut. 

| Stimpson (Dr. William) and Hall (Prof. 
Asaph). Chukchee vocabulary. 

In Dall (W.IT.), Alaska and its Resources 
pp. 552-554, Boston, 1870, 8°. 

Strale (Frederick A.). The Lord’s Prayer. 
Matt. Ch. VI. vv 9-13 | In upwards of 
Fifty different Languages, arranged 
mostly geographically according | to 
Fr.« Adelung’s View. 


Contains among 
others the Lord’s Prayer in the Greenland and 
-Esquimaux of the Coast of Labrador, Nos. 50 
and 51. 
Copies seen: Powell. 


Stuart Island Vocabulary, See Busehmann (J. 


ish Museum, Harvard, Trumbull. C. E.). 
Sténberg (Karl Junius Optatus). Bibel- Stupart (R. F.). The Eskimo of Stupart 
imit ujarsimmassut | okralluktuet, | Bay. 


In Canadian Institute Proc. new series, vol. 
4, pp. 95-114, Toronto, 1826, 8°. 

Eskimo vocabulary, pp. 113-115. 

Sutherland (P.C.). On the Esquimanx, 

By P. C. Sutherland, M. D. 

In Ethnologicat Soc. of London Jour. vol. 4, 
1856, pp. 193-214, London, n. d. 8°. Numerals, 
1-10, 16-30, of the Esquimaux, pp. 208-209. 


if - 


mérkraen illinniegaksait, | KalAdlit 
nunndnne prellessiogalloab K. J. O, 
Sténberg-ib nuktigai. | 
Kjébenhaynime. | Bianko-Lunomit | 
nakkrittinnekratut. | 1854. 


Literal translation : From the Bible selected | 
stories, | children’s their instruction things, | 


Tales: | Tamedsa | Matthaeusib, Markusib, | 
Axkudnirmint. Seo Boas ay | Lukasib, | Johannesiblo | okantsinnik 
Greenland: Boge ie tussarnertunnik | nalegapta pinlijipta 

Kaladlit, fy Cee et ; ae oer & 
e Kjer (K.), Jesusib Kristusib | pinniarningif okan- 
Pok. | singill». | Printed for | the British and 
Okomint. Boas (F.). | Foreign Bible Society, | for the use of 
Tchiglit. Petitot (E.F.S.J.). | 


the Christian Esquimanux in the mission- 
settlements | of the United Bretlwren on 
the Coast of Labrador. | 

London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, Gongh Square, | 1859. 

Literal translation: Tere are | Matthew’s, 
Mark’s, | Luke’s, | and John’s | in their words 
pleasing to hear | our Lord our Savior | Jesus 
Christ's | his doings and his words. 


Tamedsa Gudib kakkojanga. 


Literal translation : Here is God’s his bread. 

No title-page; 1 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Bible 
lessons in tho Eskimo language of Labrador.— 
Math. 9, 2-8, pp. 1-2.—Lue. 17, 11-19, pp. 3-4.— / 
Lue. 19, 1-10, pp. 5-6.— Joh. 11, 41-44, pp. 7-8. 


Oopies seen; American Tract Society, Pow- 
ell. 


88 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Tamedsa— Continued. Tastamantitorkamik — Continued. 


Title 1 J. text pp. 1-277, 16°. The four gos- Literal translation: By the Old Testament | 
pels in the Eskimo of Labrador. written some of the tales, | with lessons | sup- 
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- plemented. 
ciety. Title 1 1. text pp. 1-179, 12°. Bible stories 
Subsequently issued as a part of the New from the Old Testament, entirely in the lan- 
Testament; see Testamentetak tamedsa. guage of Greenland. For replies and queries 


to this see aperssiatit. 


Joh: sib. 26 Kohlmeis- . 
Tamedsa Johannesib. Se 9 Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 


ter (B.G.). My copy, procured from the Unitiits-Buch- 
Tamersa | Makperksaeket immakartut | handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 
Okautsinnik, Kristomi- | unnut | Ajo- | Tchiglit: 
kaersiitiksennik Appersiitiksennik | Dictionary. See Petitot (E. F.S.J.). 
akkirsiitiksenniglo attortuksaursun- Ses d Henry (V-); 
F ae 5 E x irammatic treatise. Petitot (E. F.S.J.). 
nik | Innisiut ajokaersorniarlugit. | Teepe Potitot (E.F.S.J.). 
Budissime, | Nakkitarsimaput Ernst Tales. - Petitot (E. F.S.J.). 
Moritz Monsemit. | 1861. Tchougatche-Konega Vocabulary. Sce Balbi(A.). 
Literal translation: Here are | the books Tchuktchi : 
filled | with the words for christians | things to Grammitic treatise! “Sea Radlomamiae 
be used and instruction things | and things for Nuinierate Pott (A.F). 
answers to be used | children in teaching Songs. Hooper iiveran 
them. | At Bautzen,| they were printed by Vocabulary. Palbi (A.), 


Ernst Moritz Mons. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-72, 16°. 
Catechism entirely in the language of Green- 
land. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, purchased at the Unitats-Buch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 80 pf. 


Gallatin (A.), 
Gilder (W. H.), 
Hooper (W. H.), 
Krause (A.), 
Lesseps (J. B. B.), 
Pfizmaier (A.), 


Radloff (L.), 
Tamerssa| Okautsit Testamentitokame | Robeck (—), 
agleksimarsut | illeit pirsariaglit, | Ajo- Pan: ey on 
* . . . . u . 
kaersutinniglo nevsuiautik- | sennik, atl (A.) 
Tuksiautinniglo | illakartut | Nukter-. Zagoskin (L. A.). 
simarsut Karadlit okauseennut. | [De- | Ten Commandments: 
sign. | | Greenland. See Anderson (J.). 
Budissime | nakkitarsimarsut Ernst Hudson Bays Pecks, 
Moritz Monsibme. [n.4d.] Testamente Nutak, eller. See Egede 


Literal translation: Here are | the words in (Paul). 
the Old Testament| written |some of them|the | Testamente Nutak Kaladlin. See Fa- 
needful ones, | and with lessons things to serve bricius (0.). 
for explanation | and psalms | united | trans- : 
lated Greenlanders into their speech.} At | Testamentetak | tamedsa: | Nalegapta 


Bautzen | printed at Ernst Moritz Mons’s. |  Piulijipta | Jesusib Kristusib | Apostel- 
Title verso blank 11. pp. 3-225, 16°. Bible | jngitalo | pinniarningit okausingillo. | 


stories from the Old Testament, entirely in the Printed for | The British and Foreign 
language of Greenland. = 


Chie nien: Biting = Powell Bible Society, | for the use of the Chris- 
My copy, purchased of the Unitiits-Buch- tian Esquimaux in the mission-settle- 
handlung, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 2 M. ments | of the United Brethren on the 
Tamerssa timmiusaut | killangmit coast of Labrador. | 
pirsok. [Picture. ] London: | W. M’Dowall, printer, 
Literal translation: Behold a supply-of- Pemberton-row, | Gough-square. | 
bread | from heaven come. 1840. 


No title-page; heading only; 1p.1. pp. 1-8, 249. 
Bible lessons in the language of Greenland. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. ° 


Literal translation: The New Testament | 
behold it: | Our Lord our Savior | Jesus 
Christ’s | and his Apostles’ | their acts and 


Tastamantitorkamik | agdlagsimassut their words. 
ilait okalugtu- | arissat, ajokersitinik is p11. pp. 1-637, 12°, in the language of Labra- 
ilasi- | -massut. | as 


: z Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, British 
[Druck von Gustav Winter in Stol- and Foreign Bible Society, Church Missionary 


pen.}] 1871. Society, Congress. 


/ ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 89 


Testamentetak — Continued. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 644, a copy 
brought $1.62; at the Murphy sale, catalogue 
No. 907, 25cents. Priced by Quaritch, No. 30047, 
at 5s. 

A portion of this work, pp. 1-277, containing 
the four gospels only, was issued in 1839, with 
the title Tamedsa Matthaensib; the remain- 
der, pp. 277-637, was also issued separately 
with the heading Apostelit Piniaringut. 

“Tn 1826 a complete edition of the [Labra- 
dor] Esquimaux New Testament left the [Brit- 
ish and Foreign Bible] Society’s press in Lon- 
don.” —Bagster. 

Reichelt speaks of ‘the first edition of the 
[Labrador Eskimo] New Testament having 
appeared in 1827 under the auspices of the 
British and Foreign Bible Society.” 


Testamentetak terssa nalegauta an- 
naursirsiuta Jesusib Kristusib ajokcer- 
sugeisalo sullirseit okauseello. Trans- 


lated into the greenlandish language by | 


the missionaries of the Unitas fratrum. 


London, 1862. #4 


Literal translation: The New Testament be- 
hold it, our Lord our Savior Jesus Christ’s 
and his disciples’ their acts and their words. 

8°. New Testament in the Greenland. Title 
from tho Pinart sale catalogue, No. 352. For 
earlier editions see Testamentitak terssa. 


Testamentetokak Testamentitarlo. us 


Literal translation: The Old Testament and 
the New Testament. 

In the language of Greenland. Title from 
Dr. Rink. 


Testamentetokak Hiobib * * * Salo- 
moblo. See Erdmann (F.). 


Testamentetotak Josuab * * * KEs- 


terib. See Erdmann (F.). 


Testamentitak | tamiedsa | nalegapta 
piulijipta | Jésusib Kristusib | aposte- 
lingitalo | piniarningit ajokertusin- 
gillo. | Printed for | the British and 
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for 
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab- 
rador. | 

Stolpen: | Gustay Winterib Néner- 
lauktangit. | 1876. 

Literal translation: The New Testament | 
behold | our Lord our Savior | Jesus Christ's | 
and his apostles’ | their acts and their teach- 
ings. | Stolpen: | Gustay Winter’s his print- 
ings. 

Pp. 1-282, 8°. The Four Gospels and the Acts 
of the Apostles in the language of Labrador. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

A later edition, with additions, as follows: 
Testamentitak | tamedsa | nalegapta 
piulijipta | Jésusib Kristusib | aposte- 
lingitalo | piniarningit ajokertusin- 


Testamentitak— Continued. 
gillo. | Printed for | the British and 
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for 
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab- 
rador. | 

Stolpen, | Gustay Winterib Nénilauk - 
tangit. | 1876. 1878. 

Literal translation: The New Testament | 
behold | our Lord our Savior | Jesus Christ’s | 
and his apostles’ | their acts and their teach- 
ings. | Stolpen, | Gustav Winter's his print- 
ings. 

2p. ll. pp. 1-282, 1-225, 8°, in the Eskimo 
of Labrador.—Matthew to Acts, pp. 1-282.— 
Romans to Revelation, pp. 1-222. 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

Testamentitak, | terssa: | Ndlegauta 
annaursirsivta | Iesusib Kristusib, | 
ajokersugeisalo, | sullurseit okauseello. 
| Translated | into the Greenland lan- 
guage | by the | Missionaries | of the 
| Unitas Frateum; or United Breth- 
ren. | Printed for the use of the Mis- 
sion | by | the British and Foreign 
Bible Society. | 

London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer, 4, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1822. 

Literal translation: The New Testament | 
behold it: | our Lord our Savior | Jesus 
Christ’s, | and his disciples’, | their acts and 
their words. ; 

2p. ll. pp. 1-584, 2 11. 12°, in the language of 
Greenland. The first edition of the revised 
version; 1,000 copies were printed for the 
above society. 

Copies scen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, British Museum, Shea, Trumbull, Wat- 
kinson. 

Priced in Leclere’s Supplement, No. 2964, at 
20 fr. The Murphy copy, catalogue No. 2929, 
brought $2.50. 

Testamentitak | terssa | Ndleganta 
Annaursirsivta | Iesusib Kristusib, | 
ajokzrsugeisalo, | sullirseit okauseello. 

| The New Testament. | Translated | 
into the Greenland language | by the 
missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum 
or United Brethren | Second edition. | 
Printed for the use of the mission by | 
the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 

Budisime | printed by Ernst Moritz 
Monse. | 1851. 

Literal translation: The New Testament | 
behold | our Lord our Savior | Jesus Christ’s, | 
and his disciples’, | their acts and their words. | 
At Bautzen. 

2p. IL. pp. 1-583, 8°, in the language of Green- 
land. According to Bagster’s Bible of Every 
Land the edition consisted of 1,000 copies. 


90 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


WAHMTH AHA TH 
AKL IAXUAIA AvAATHTA, 


== 
ae 
AAXARA 


AUKUAL ERA TAUTWIURARZ 
WWTYALAKE 


WAAL 
AMKUAL ERA KATUXUUMABS. 


FLL LGPL LE FEDS BEL LLP LLLP LDL LEE LET 
VWapama Torknonamb nabs. 


LIL LID ILL LED BIL BOG LDOE LOL LAGE AOL 


rn ae a rc 


GC. HGTGPEYPTR. 
Wnnsaams TandraaSi ait 


ASAT. 


FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF TISHNOIE’S CHRISTIAN GUIDE BOOK. 


yy = 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE, 


Testamentitak — Continued. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Pilling, Pow- 
ell. 

My copy, procured from the Unitiéts-Buch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 5 M. 

Dr. Rink has furnished me with a similar 
title, no date, 553 pages, 8°. Fora later edition 
see Testamentetak terssa. 


% #& * 


Testamentitokab Makpérsegojsa 
Josvab. See Eragh (P.). 


Testamentitokab makpérsiegejsa * * * 
profetit mingnerit. See Kragh (P.). 

Testamentitokab makpérsegejsa * * * 
Mosesim. See Kragh (P.). 


Testamentitokamit Davidim Ivnge- 
rutéj. See Wolf (N. G.). 
Testamentitokamit Mosesim aglegej. 


See Fabricius (0.). 


Testamentitokamit Profetib Esaiasim. 
See Wolf (N. G.). 


Testamentitokamit Saiomonib. See 
Wolf (N. G.). 
Texts: 
Aglegmiout. Seo Pinart (A. L.). 
Aleut. Pinart (A. L.). 
Kadiak. Veniaminoff (J.). 


Thomas a Kempis. See Bgede (Paul). | 


[Thorhallesen (Egil).] Tuksiutit | Sab- 
batit Ulloinnut | Napertorsaket, allello 
| Kallalingnut | Attuartukset; | Tuk- 
siautillo Illaejartortut. | Apersoutin- 
goello | Koekhorsunnut. | 

Iglorpeksoinne Kiobenhaynime | nak- 
kitet Gerhard Giese Salikath. | 1776. 

Literal translation: Prayers | Sabbaths for 
their days | adapted, and other | for Greenland- 
ers | things-to-be-used ; | and psalms selected. | 
And fittle questions | for candidates-for-bap- 
tism. | At the city at Copenhagen | printed by 
Gerhard Giese Salikath. 

Title verso blank 11. preface signed by Paul 
Egedo 1 1. text, entirely in tho language of 
Greenland, pp. 1-116, index 2 ll. 16°. Pp. 54- 
116 are occupied with hymns. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 


— Schema conjugationis Grénlandice 
Verborum in ok, vok et rpok definen- 
tium. 


Hafn. 1776. * 
—— Expositio cateckismi grénlandici. 
Kjobh. 1776. : 


=—— Precationes et hymni grénlandici in 
singulos septimani dies. 


Kjébh. 1776. oi] 
Titles from Nyertp’s Dansk-Norsk Littera- | 
turlexicon, vol. 2, p. 609, Kjébenhavn, 1818. 


This latter work is probably the same as that | 
® 


oe 


Thorhallesen (E.)— Continued. 
of which full title, commencing Tuksiutit, is 
given above. 
Thorhallesen was born in Iceland November 
10, 1734. He graduated in 1758 and in 1765 be- 
came a missionary to Greenland. In 1776 he 
was made parson at Bogense, in Fyen, and dean 
in Skovbo district. He died in 1789. 


Tishnoff (Elias). [Seven lines Cyrillic 
characters. | | Waban Torknopams napa. | 
[Two lines Cyrillic type. ] | 1847. 

Translation: Christian | Guide Book, | con- 
taining | Saint Michael | history | and | Michael 
Catechism. | Elias Tishnoff made. | St. Peters- 
burg. | Synod Press. 

Title 1 1. pp. 1-96, 8°, in the Aleutian lan- 
guage. In Cyrillic type, with the addition of 
several specially cast for the purpose. See p. 90 
for fae-simile of title-page. The work is based 
on Veniaminoff (J.) and Netzvietoff (J.), Ori- 
gin of Christian Creeds. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 


—— [Six lines Cyrillic characters, ] | Ha 
Aseytcxo-Kaqnancriff aabixs “nepesers = &. 
ThUKHOBY. | 

C. Herepoyprs. | Bheynogaapnoii Tunorpavin. 
| 1848. 

Translation: Of | Matthew | Saint | the Gos- 
pel. | Of | Matthow | Saint | the Gospel. | Into 
the Aleutian-Kadiak language translated by 
E. Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. 

1 p.1.pp. 1-270, double columns, 11.8°. The first 
threo lines of the title-page are in Alent-Kadiak; 
thenext three aSlavonic translation of the same. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Pilling, Powell. 


—— [Two lines Cyrillic characters. ] | 
Aseyteno-Kaqbarckiii | Gyrnapp. | Coeran, Hana 
ThUKOOBD. 

C. erep6yprb. | Bb cynogaapnoii rTanorpain. 
| 1848. 

Translation: Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | 
Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | Compiled by Elias 
Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. 

Title 1 1. pp. 1-52, 16°. Seo p. 92 for fac-simile 
of title-page. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

The threo foregoing works sold at the Pinart 
sale, catalogue No. 14, to Leclere for 15 fr. 


{Two lines Cyrillic characters. ] | 
Aseyrcno-Kaqbancriit OyKBapb. | Coctan. Wana 
TLUKTOBS. | 

C. Merepoy prs. | Bb cynoqarpnoii TH norpasin. 
| 1848. 

Translation: Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | 
Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | Compiled by Elias 
Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. 

Pp. 1-33, 16°. Though identical in title with 
the one given above, it is not the same work ; 
the two agreo to the middle of page 8, but 
thereafter they differ materially. 

Copies seen: Congress, Powell. 


92 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


RURTAAZ WXGA 


AW ay Ka TH. 


ee hb et 


AAEYTCRKO-RAABARCKIN 
BYRBAPS. 


PID PID LOE LLL LPL LLL IPL LLO LIL 


Coemac. Hasna Toiicnoes. 


POT LLE ILE LIL LAG DOP L OD BIE AIL 


———— SE SSS EES 


C. NCTGPEY PTR 
Bo Cyvnoqgaapuck Tunoypaoin, 


184A 8. 


- FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF TISHNOFF’S ALEUTIAN-KADIAK PRIMER. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Tlerkuksamut imaldéneet illuarnermik. 
See Steenholdt (W. F.). 


Tomlin (Rev. J.). A comparative vocabu- 
lary | of | forty-eight languages, | com- 
prising | one hundred and forty-six | 
common English words, | with theircog- 
nates in the other languages, | showing | 
their Affinities with the English and He- 
brew. | By the | Rev. J. Tomlin, B. A., | 
Author of ‘Missionary Journals and 
Letters during Eleven Years Residence 
in the East;” | [&c. three lines]. | 

Liverpool: | Arthur Newling, 27, Bold 
Street. | 1865. 


Pp. i-xii, 1-32 (numbered odd on versos, 
even on rectos; recto of p. 1 and verso of p. 32 
blank), pp. xiii-xxii, 1 1. 4°.—Ineludes an Es- 
quimaux vocabulary (from a Moravian mis- 
sionary). 

Copies seen: British Museum, Watkinson. 


Toonooneenooshuk Vocabulary. See Hall (C. F.). 


Tract: 
Greenland. See Kragh (P.), 
Steenholdt (W. F.). 
Labrador. y, Bibelib. 
Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (H. 


Tribner & Co. A | catalogue | of | dic- 
tionaries and grammars | of the | Prin- 
cipal Languages and Dialects | of the 
World. | For sale by | Triibner & Co. | 

London: | Triibner & Co., 8 & 60 Pa- 
ternoster Row. | 1872. 

Title on cover as above, title as above 1 1. 
notice 1 1. text pp. 1-64, 1 1. alphabetically 
arranged.— List of Eskimo (Greenland) works, 
p. 18. 

Copies seen: Pilling. 

A later edition as follows: 


Triibner’s | catalogue | of | dictionaries 
and grammars | of the | Principal Lan- 
guages and Dialects of the World. | 
Second edition, | considerably enlarged 
and revised, with an alphabetical in- 
dex. | A guide for students and book- 
sellers. | [Monogram. ] | 

London: | Triibner & Co., 57 and 59, 
Ludgate Hill. | 1882. 

Printed cover as above, title as above 1 1. pp. 
iii-viii, 1-170, 8°.—List of works in Eleuth 
[Aleut], p.48; in Eskimo, p. 53. 

Copies seen: Pilling. 


Trumbull: This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by the compiler in the library of Dr. J. Ham- 
mond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn. 


Tschuagmjute Vocabulary. See Schott (W.). 


93 


Tschugazzi : 

Grammatic comments. See Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.). 

Pott (A. F.). 

Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.), 

Baer (IK. E. von), 

Buschmann (J. 
C.E.), 

Wowodsky (—). 


See Buschmann 


Numerals. 
Vocabulary. 


Tschuakak Island Vocabulary. 
(J.C. E.). 

Tugsiautit | angnerit | Katéngutigingni- 
anut | kalatdlit nunanitunut atortugs- 
sat. | 

Stolpen, | Druck von Gustav Winter. 
| 1878. 

Literal translation: Psalms | the greatest | 
for the brethren | Greenlanders in-their-land- 
being things-to-be-used. 

Free translation: The most important psalms 
for the use of the brethren who are in the coun- 
try of the Greenlanders. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. ili-vi, 
text pp. 7-442, alphabetic list of hymns pp. 
443-494, 12°. Hymn-book entirely in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitats-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 4 M. 

Tuksiarutsit, | attorekset | Mlageéktun- 
nut | Labradoremetunnut. | 

Londonneme: | W. McDowallib; Ne- 
nilauktangit. | 1809. | Printed for the 
Brethren’s Society for the Furtherance 
of | the Gospel; for the Use of the Chris- 
tian Esquimaux in the | Brethren’s set- 
tlements, Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale, 
on | the Coast of Labrador. 

Literal translation: Psalms, | things-to-be- 
used | for the communities | that-are-in-Labra- 
dor. | At London: | W. McDowall’s; his print- 
ings. 

Pp. i-iv, text pp. 1-277, index pp. 1-34, 16°. 
Hymn-book entirely in the Eskimo language 
of Labrador. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 670, at 6s. A 
copy (dated 1819) at the Pinart sale, catalogue 
No. 902, brought 1 fr. 50 ¢. 

Tuksiarutsit | uvlakut unnukullo, | uv- 
lunut tamainut illingajut | Wocheme. | 

Colophon: E. Bastaniermullo & Dun- 
skymullo nénertaulaunkput Lobaume. 
| (1871. ] 

Literal translation: Psalms | for morning 
and for evening, | for the days all made | in 
the week. | By E. Bastanier & Dunsky they 
are printed at Léban. 


Tuksiautit Julesiutit makko. 


D4 


Tuksiarutsit — Continued. 

Half-title as above verso blank 1 1. text 
(prayers) entirely in the language of Labra- 
dor, pp. 3-19, colophon verso of p. 19, 16°. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 35 pf. 


Tuksiautit attuagekset | illageennut | 
innuit nunaennetunnut. | [Design. ] | 

Barbime, 1785. 

Literal translation: Psalms things-to-be- 
used | for the congregations | the Eskimo in- 
their-country-being. | At Barby. 

Free translation: Psalms for the use of the 
congregations that are in the country of the 
Eskimo. 

Title verso blank 11. contents 2 ll. text (can- 
ticles) in Greenland Eskimo, Danish headings 
(German letter), pp. 7-304, index 16 11.16°. Le- 
clere says probably by Paul Egede. ‘The work 
itself bears no such indication. 

Copies seen: Maisonneuve. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2235, at 60 fr. 
The Pinart copy, catalogue No. 903, sold to 
Leclere for 13 fr. 

Tuksiautit | attuagekset | Ingmikortar- 
tunnut | Illageeksunnetunnut. | [ De- 
sign. | 

[Zerbst, gedruckt bey Andreas Fiich- 
sel. ] | 1822. 

Literal translation: Psalms | things-to-be- 
used | for separate | congregations. 

Pp. 1-47, 16°. Litany catechism entirely in 
the Greenland Eskimo. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 80 pf. 


Tuksiautit erinaglit. See Muller (V.). 


See Kjer 
(K.). 


Tuksiautit Kikiektugarursomik. See 
Kjer (K.). 


Tuksiautit | ussornautiksaglit, | attu- 
agwkset | INageenut Innuit nunien- 
netunnut. | [ Design. ] 

[No place.] 1822. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-160, 16°. 
Liturgic manual with prayers for public wor- 
ship entirely in the language of Greenland. 
Yor translation see next title. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, purchased from the Unitits-Buch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 80 pf. 


Tuksiautit | ussornautiksaglit, | attua- 
gekset | Ilageenut Innuit nunaen- 
netunnut. | 

Lebaume, | J. A. Duroldtib nakit- 
tagei. | 1852. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 


Tuksiutit 


THE 


Tuksiautit — Continued. 


Literal translation: Psalms | with-means- 
for-worshiping | a manual | for the congrega- 
tions the Eskimo in-their-land-being. | At 
Lébau, | J. A. Duroldt printed them. 

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. 8-72, 16°, Small 
liturgy entirely in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitiits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 80 pf. 


Sabbatit Ulloinnut. See 
Thorhallesen (E.). 


Turner (Lucien McShan). Contributions 


| to the | natural history-of Alaska. | 
Results of investigations made chiefly 
in the Yukon | District and the Aleutian 
Islands; conducted | under the auspices 
of the Signal Service, | United States 
Army, extending from | May, 1874, 
to August, 1881. | Prepared under the 
direction of | Brig. and Byt. Maj. Gen. 
W. b. Hazen, | Chief Signal Officer of 
the Army,,.| by | L. M. Turner. | No. II. | 
Arctic series of publications issued in 
connection with the Signal Service, 
U.S. Army. | With 26 plates. | 

Washington: | Government Printing 
Office. | 1886. 

Title reverse blank 11. pp. 3-216, plates, 4°.— 
Scattered through the volume are many Unalit 
and Aleut names of fishes, birds, and mammals. 


—— [Contribution to the natural history 


of North America. Report on observa- 
tions made in Ungava and Labrador 
in 1882-1884 by L. M. Turner. ] es 

Manuscript, 3900 pp. folio, in course of 
preparation.—Ethnology of the Innuit, pp. 
1842-2127.— Vocabulary of the Koksoagmyut, 
over 7,000 words, pp. 2128-2867.—Notes on 
the linguistics of the Koksoagmyut, pp. 2868- 
3011.—Over 1,000 sentences, Koksoagmyut- 
English, pp. 3012-3185.—Unalit (Norton Sound, 
Alaska) vocabulary, including over 3,000 
words, besides sentences and notes, together 
with conjugation of verb to go, pp. 3186-3475.— 
Vocabulary of the Malimyut (Norton Sound, 
Alaska), 250 words, pp. 3475a-3495.— Unalash- 
kan Alyut-English vocabulary, together with 
sentences and covjugations, over 1,900 words, 
pp. 8496-3673. 


—— [Descriptive catalogue of Innuit col- 


lections made in 1882-1884 in Ungava 
and Labrador by L. M. Turner for the 
use of the U. 8. National Museum.] * 

Manuscript, about 600 pp. folio, in course 
of preparation. Includes traditions, legends, 
and narratives, and contains many names of 
objects in the Koksoagmyut dialect. 


av 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Turner (L. M.)—Continued. 

—— [Descriptive catalogue of ethnologic 
collections made in 1880-1881 by L. M. 
Turner on Attu Island, Aleutian Chain, 
Alaska. Prepared for the use of the 
U. 8. National Museum. ] i: 

Manuscript, about 300 pp. folio, in course of 
preparation, describing implements, character- 
istics, customs and traditions; notes on names 
of village sites, &c., giving the native names 
of the articles described, of villages, &c. 


[ Descriptive catalogue of ethnologic 
collections made in 1874-1877 by L. M. 
Turner in Norton Sound, Alaska. Pre- 
pared for the use of the U. 8. National 
Museum. ] i 


Manuscript, about 800 pp. folio, in course 
of preparation, describing implements, uses, 
&e., together with chapters on tho character- 
istics and customs of the Unalit of Nortou 
Sound. Contains many nativo terms. 


— [Innuit names of birds, compiled 
from various sources by L. M. Turner. ] * 
Manuscript, 62 pp. folio, in possession of the 
aathor. Remarks on distribution of birds in 
the Innuit land ; descriptive names of parts of 
birds; authorities quoted; remarks on spell- 
ing and pronunciation of names given, pp. 1- 

. . . . 
11.—Names of 155 species of birds (arranged 


95 


Turner (L. M., —Continued. 
according to the American Ornithological 
Union Check-list), pp. 12-62. 

Titles from the author, who has also fur- 
nished me the following brief of his work 
among the Eskimo: 

“From May, 1874, to July, 1877, at St. Mich- 
ael's, Norton Sound, Alaska, among the Unalit, 
Malimyut, Kavyaagmyut, and Kvichpagmyut 
tribes of the Innuit of that region. From May, 
1878, to July, 1881, among the Alyut of Una- 
lashka, Atkha, and Attu; also visited Bristol 
Bay region, mouth of Kuskokvim River, Uga- 
sik, and Kadiak during thattime. From June, 
1882, to September, 1884, along coast of Labra- 
dor and south of Hudson Strait, among the In- 
nuit of those regions and the Naskopie (Nay- 
naynots) Indians of the Ungava District, Hud- 
son Bay Territory.” 

Since his return, in 1884, Mr. Turner, under 
the direction of the Secretary of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, has been preparing his 
material for publication. 

Turner (William Wadden). 
wig (H. E.). 

Tussajungnik siutelik tussarle. | [De- 
sign. | 

Literal translation: About - what - is -to-be- 
heard (?) he who has ears let him hear. 

No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. 
lessons in the language of Labrador. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


See Lude- 


Lible 


U. 


Ugalenzi: 


Vocabulary. See Baer (K. E. von), 
Buschmann (J. C. E.), 
Wrangell (F. von). 
Words. Buschmann (J. C. E.). 
Ugaljachmutzi: 


See Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.). 
tadloff (L.). 
Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
8.), 
Balbi (A.), 
Dall (W. H.), 
Fisher (J.), 
Prichard (J.C.). | 
Buschmann (J. 
C. E.), 
Uméry (J.). 
Umeéry (J.). Sur VPidentité du mot Mere 
dans les idiomes de tous les peuples. | 
In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. §, 
pp. 335-338, Paris, 1863, 8°. (*) 
Contains the word for mother in Ugaljach- 
moutzi, Greenland, Aleut of Unalaska. 


Unalaska: 
Conjugations. 


Grammatic comments. 


Remarks. 
Vocabulary. 


Words. 


See Turner (L. M.). 


Unalaska — Continued. 
Numerals. Sce Baer (K. E. von). 
Sentences. Turner (L. M.). 
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. 5.), 

Bryant (—), 
Dall (W. H.), 
Davidson (G.), 
Fry (E.), 
Gallatin (A.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Lisiansky (U.), 
Lutké (F.), 
Turner (L. M.), 
Veniaminoff (J.), 
Wowodsky (—). 
Campbell (J.). 

See Dall (W. I.). 


Words. 
Unaligmut Vocabulary. 
Unalit: 
Conjugations. 
Vocabulary. 


See Turner (L. M.). 
Nelson (E. W.), 
Turner (L. M.). 
Underretning * * * Gr@gnland. See 
Kragh (P.). 

Unipkautsit 52git maggoertorlugit Bi- 
belemit. Illinniarringnut kittorngare- 
nullo illingajut. 


96 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Unipkautsit — Continued. 
‘Title verso blank 11. contents pp. i-viii, text, 
Old Testament stories (52), pp. 1-342, New 
Testament stories (52), pp. 343-520, 16°. In 
the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 
My copy cost 6 M. 


Unipkautsit — Continued. 

Caley, Barthib sonnalauktangit; 
Stuttgart, J. F. Steinkopfib nelilauk- 
tangit, 1852. zs 

Literal translation: Stories 52-in-number 
repeated from the Bible. For schools and fam- 
ilies adapted. Caleb Barth’s his works; Stutt- 
gart, J. F. Steinkopf’s his printings. 

Pp. vi, 205, 12°, in the Eskimo language of 
Labrador. 

Title from Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 3703. 


Unnersdutiksak ernistiksiortunnut. See 
Kragh (P.). 


Ursini (G. F.). See Kragh (P.). 


Unipkautsit | 52git maggoertordlugit | Ussornakaut nakinniktut. | [ Picture. ] 
Bibelemit. | Illiniarvingnut kittorn- Literal translation: Blessed are the merciful. 
garénullo | illingajut. | Biblische Ge- No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible 

: lessons in the language of Labrador. I have 
schichten. | 


seen the same tract with outside title: Pil- 
loridlarput napkiniktut. ; 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 


Stolpen, | Gustav Winterib nénilauk- 
tangit. | 1878. 


V. 


Vater (Johann Severin). Untersuchun- | Vater (J. S.)— Continued. 


gen | iiber | Amerika’s Bevélkerung | 
aus dem | alten Kontinente | dem | 
Herrn Kammerherrn | Alexander von 
Humboldt | gewidmet | von | Johann 
Severin Vater | Professor und Biblio- 
thekar. | 

Leipzig, | bei Friedrich Christian 
Wilhelm Vogel. | 1810. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-212, 12°.—A few words in the 
language of Greenland, pp. 47, 156, 195; Eski- 
mo, p. 203. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard, Watkinson. 

At the Fischer sale, No. 2879, a copy was 
bought by Quaritch for 1s. 6d. 


Linguarum totius orbis | Index | 
alphabeticus, | quarum | Grammaticae, 
Lexica, | collectiones vocabulorum | 
recensentur, | patria significatur, his- 
toria adumbratur | a | Joanne Severino 
Vatero, | Theol. Doct. [&c. 2 lines}. | 

Berolini | In officina libraria Fr. 
Nicolai. | MDCCCXY [1815]. 

Latin title verso 1. 1, German title recto 1. 2, 
verso blank, dedications 2 Jl. preface pp. i-iv, 
half-title 11. text pp. 3-259, 8°. Alphabetically 
arranged by families, double columns, German 
and Latin. 

Notices of works in Aleut, p. 11; Andre- 
owsk, pp. 13-14; Greenland, pp. 85-86; Kadjak, 
p. 110; Kamtschadka, pp. 112-113; Norton 
Sound, p. 170; Prinz-Williams-Sund, p. 193; 
Tschugazzi, pp. 240-241; Tschuktschi, p. 241; 
Ugaljachmutz, p. 247. 

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology. 

A later edition in German as follows: 


—— Litteratur | der | Grammatiken, 


Lexika | und | Wortersammlungen | 


aller Sprachen der Erde | von | Johann 
Severin Vater. | Zweite, véllig umgear- 
beitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jiilg. | 

Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaischen 
Buchhandlung. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-592, 2 ll. 8°, arranged alphabet- 
ically by languages, with family and author 
indexes. 

List of works in Aglegmute, p. 453; Aleut, pp. 
12-13, 454; Andreanowski, p.19; Atnah, p. 38; 
Eskimo, pp. 113-114, 481; Hudson Bay, p. 173; 
Kadjak, pp. 194, 499; Kamtschadale, pp. 196, 
501; Kinai; Ugaljasehmutzi, pp. 204, 504; Kor- 
jaken, pp. 210-211, 568; Kuskokwim, p. 509; 
Norton Sound, pp. 266-267; Prince Williams 
Sound, p. 296; Tschugatschen, pp. 408-409; 
Tschuktschen, p. 409; Ugalenzen, p. 425; Una- 
laschka, pp. 427-428. 

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Harvard. 

In the Fischer catalogue, No. 1710, a copy 
sold for 1s. 


See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. 
S.). 


Veniaminoff (2ev.John). Yxasauie | nyrn | 


Bb | YaperBie nedecnoe, | noyyenic. | Ha | 
AaeytcKo-AncbescKkom | AsbrK', | commnennoe | 
Cpamenunkoms loannom’s | Besiamunosims. | 
1833 roa. | 

Mocksa. | Bo Cvaogaapuoii runorpasvin, | 
1840. 

Translation: Guide | road | into | kingdom 
heavenly | taught. | In Aleutian-Fox | dialect; 
| written | by Reverend John | Veniaminoff. | 
1833 year. | Moscow. | At Synod press. 

Russian title, reverse blank, 1 1. title-page in 
Cyrillic characters, reverse blank, 2 ll. 67 other 
ll. in Cyrillic characters, 16°. See fac-simile 
of title-page, page 97. 

Copies seen: Congress, Powell. 


—_,=_— 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE, 


YKASAHIE 
ma JY UW 
Bb 
YAPSTEIE HEBEGHOE, 
HOYWTEHIE. 


HA 


AaEyTcKo-AnCbEBCKOMDB 
fH 3 BI KB, 


COUHHEHHO EE 


Cpamennukonn Loannoms 
Benianuno6u ne. 


14633 roga. 


ee Fe F 


Bu Cvtogaabuofi Tunorpariu, 


4S % O. 


FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF VENIAMINOFE’S GUIDE ROAD. 


HSk——7 


Jd 


98 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Q ROMOMEECKOND WT RAADARCKOMD 


SObIRAZ'ES 


w 


OTYACLH O MPOUNXD POCCIICKO-AMEPHKAHCKHX’b, 


Ch NPUCOBOKYNAEHIEMS 
POCCIHCKO-KOJONIEHCKATO 
CHOBAP #, 


COAEPAIIATO BOSE 1000 CAOBS, U3b KOUXS WA HSKOTOPDIA GARAAHEI 
TIOCHEHIA. 


Cocmasuas Weans Beniamunoes, 


BB CHTXB. 


OO 


CAHKTHETEPBYPr'b 


Re Tunorparin HngePATOPCKOM Akatemin Hayrm 


——— 
a 


48%6. 


FAC-SIMILE OF VENIAMINOFY’S REMARKS, &C, 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 99 


Veniaminoff (J.)— Continued. 

—— 38acKHt | 00% OcrpoBax’b | YuasammKuncKaro | 
oTybaa, | cocrapscnubia | Hl. Beniamnnopsim | 
Yactb nepsaa [—propaa]. | Haqano mK AuBeniem’s 
Poccilicko-Amepukancroit | Komnanin. | 

Canktnerep6yprs. | 1840. 


Translation : Notes | on the islands | of the 
Unalashkan | district, | Compiled | by J. Veni- 
aminoff. | Part first [-second]. | Published at 
the expense of the Russian-American | Com- 
pany. | St. Petersburg. 

2 vols.: 4 p. Il. pp. i-ix, 1-364; 4p. ll. pp. 1-409, 
8 ll. and table, 8°. Vol. 3 has a different title, 
as follows: 


—— 3annckn | 06% | ATXHHCRAXD AseyTax? | u | 

Kosomax®. | Hf. Bonlawnnosa, | coctapaawurie | 

Tpetito yacTh | 3anHcOKS | 06 ocTp Bax’ | 

YAAAAMIKMACKATO OTAH.Aa. | 134800 WiKAUBCHIeMD 

Pocciiicko-amepuKanckoil | Komnanin. | 
Canktnerep6yprs, | 1840. 


Translation: Notes | on | the Atkhan Aleuts 
| and | Koloshians. | By J. Veniaminoff, | be- 
ing | the third part | of notes | on the islands | 
of the Unalashkan district. | Published at the 
expense of the Russian-American | Company. | 
St. Petersburg. 

2 p. ll. pp. 1-155, 8°.—Aleutian words, with 
Russian synonyms, scattered throughout.— 
Vol. 2, part 2, pp. 264-271, give§ some account of 
the Aleutian grammar. Chap. 16, pp. 298-305, 
on the songs, gives five songs in parallel col- 
umns of Aleut and Russian.—Vol. 3, chap. 1, 
relates to the Atkhans, and treats chiefly of 
the distinctions in language between the At- 
khans and Unalashkans; pp. 20-26 give songs 
and stories in Atkban.and some in Russian. 
Chap. 2 relates to the Koloshians ; pp. 135-154 
treat of their language and grammar and in- 
clude numerals 1-200, pp. 148-149; pp. 152-154 
contain sentences, &c. in Tlinkit and Russian. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Con- 
gress. * 


—— 3ambyania | 0 Kos0urencKoMb u KaAbake KOMS | 
asbixaxd | m | Oryacru O npownxb PocciiicKo- 
Amepukancknxt, | Cb mpucoBoKyneniemd | 
Pocciiicko-KozomencKaro | croBapa, | cogepma- 
iwaro 601be 1000 c10B, 13% KOuXb Ua AEKOTO- 
pba cabanas | voschenia. | Cocrannad Hans 
Beaia muHopt, | Bb curxt. | 

CanKtuetep6yprb | Bb THNorpavin Wusepa- 

TPopekoit Akagemin nayKs. | 1846. 

Translation : Remarks | on the Koloshian and 
Kadiak | languages | and | in part concerning 
other Russian-American [languages] | with the 
addition | of a Russian-Koloshian | vocabulary, 
| containing over 1,000 words, some of which are 
fully | defined. | Compiled by Ivan Veniaminoff, 
| at Sitka. | St. Petersburg, | in the Printing 
Office of the Imperial Academy of Sciences. | 


Veniaminoff (J.)— Continued. 


Printed cover, with title briefer than above, 
11. title as above 11. text pp. 3-81, errata 11. 
8°.—General remarks on the language and 
grammar of the Koloshian, pp. 1-24.— Transla- 
tions, pp. 25-26.—Kadiak grammar, pp. 27-35.— 
Kadiak translations, pp. 36-37.— Russian - Ko- 
loshian vocabulary, pp. 40-81. 

See fac-simile of title-page, page 98. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Powell. 

Leclerc, 1878, No. 2987, prices a copy at 15 fr. 


—— Onnirt | rpawmaruru | Arey reKo-AnchescKkaro 


A3bIKA. | Ceaujenuuka WH. Bewiamunosa, | wb 
Yuasa. | 

Canktnetepoyprb | Bb THHOTpavin uMuepa- 
TOpcKoli awxagemin wayKkb. | 1846. 

Translation: Anessay | upon the grammar | 
of the Fox dialect of the Aleutian language. | 
By Reverend J. Veniaminoff, | of Unalashka. | 
St. Petersburg | in the press of the Imperial 
Academy of Sciences. 

2 p. ll. pp. i-xv, 1-87, i-iii, 1-120, i-vi, and 2 
folding tables, 8°.—The grammar occupies pp. 
1-87.—Introduction to dictionary, pp. i-iii.— 
Aleut-Russian dictionary, pp. 1-76.—Russian- 
Aleut dictionary, pp. 77-111.—Aleut phrases, 
with Russian translation, pp. 113-120.—Errata, 
pp. i-vi, and two folding leaves, conjugation of 
verbs. 

Oopies seen: Bancroft, British Museum. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2096, at 35 fr. 
and by Triibner, 1882 (p. 48), at 5s. 6d. 


—— Langues de Amérique Russe. Par 


Ivan Veniaminoff. 

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 1, 
1850 (vol. 125 of the collection), pp. 359-364. 
Paris, n.d. 89°. 

For extracts from Veniaminoff see Henry 
(V.); also Schott (W.). 


— and Netzvietoff (Rev. Jacob). Ha- 


qaTko | xpuctiascKaro yyenia | nan | KpatKaa 
cBauy’nnad | uctopia | u | KparKiit xpucrian- 
ckili | Katuxuancb. | cb PyccKaro asbiKa Ha 
Aseytcko-ucbesckiii nepeseas | CBaijennukt 
folunb Beniamunosb 1827 roqa, nu Bb 1837 | 
roay ucupaBnAb; a CeaAWenunkd Jakosb He- 
BbTOBS | pascMaTpuBad ONbIA, CBONMH HOACHE- 
HIAMH CABAAAD WAXD | HOHATABIME H Asa ATXH- 
HYOB>, UMBOLUXS CBoe Hapbyie. | 

CanktHerep6y prs, | Bb Cynosa anno THUO- 
rpavin. | 1840. 

Translation: The radiments | of Christian 
instruction | or | Short Sacred | History | and | 
Short Christian | Catechism. |] From the Rus- 
sian tongue into Aloutian-Fox translated | by 
Reverend John Veniaminoff in the year 1827, 
and in 1837 | year revised; and Reverend Ja- 
cob Netzvietoff | has examined it and with 
notes made it | intelligible for the Atkhans, 
who have a dialect of their own. | St. Peters- 
burg, | At Synod Press, 


100 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


HAYWATR EH 


XPHCTIAHCKAYO YYWEHIR 


WE 


KPATKAA CBAUJEHHAA 
WaGTOPlinA 


2 


KPATKIMW XPUCTIAHCKIN 


KRATAXASHGS. 


cb Pycckaro a3biKa na Aaeymcko-JINcbesckiit Mepcneas 
Csamennuncn Ioanut Beniamunonh 1827 roja, ¥ Bb 1837 


roxy Hcnpap3zs; a Csamennukp Takonn Heusimors 
pPascMallIpuBbad OHbIA, CHOUMH NOACHeHIAMEL, CAbAaibeaXh 
SIOHAMHDIMG MM Jud ANIXHEOBD, HMbIOWEXh CboC Hapbale, 


CAHKTHETEPL VPI 3D, 
Bh QvHogaasHon THuworp da I His 


1840. 


FAC-SIMILE OF VENIAMINOFF AND NETZVIETOFY’S RUDIMENTS. 


- wad py SA pn pc A A 
a at iM i el ls cag ena sa al PE Ee _— 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE, 


Veniaminoff (J.)-—Continued. 


101 


| Vocabulary— Continued. 


Half-title in Cyrillic type and Russian, re- | 


verse title in Russian, as above, 1 1. title in Cy- 
rillic type (same as Russian title minus the im- 
print) 1 1. prefaces by Veniaminoff in parallel 
columns of Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Rus- 
sian, pp. i-vii; preface by Netzvietoff in par- 
allel columns, Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and 
Russian, pp. ix-xix; primer in Aleut and Rus- 
sian, pp. 1-24; Short Sacred History in Aleu- 
tian, pp. 1-104; Short Christian Catechism in 
Aleutian, pp. 1-51,8°. See fac-simile of title- 
page, page 100. 
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 


For a later edition of the Sacred History see . 


Tishnoff (E.). 


Toenoy mauero | Ineyea Xpucra | 
Esanresic, | natucannoe | anoero10M’ Mato- 
tewb. | Cb Pycekaro asbika Ha AseyTeKo- 
Adcpen’Koii Mepeser’ | Caanjennax’ Toant 
Beniammuonb 1828 roja, m Bb | 1836 roly 
UcipaBiab; | a CBamennakh TaKoph Herp bron 
pasemarpupad ero | OKoHdaTeIbHO, CBONMM M0- 
ACHEHIAMH CYB DOUMTHBIMS | W Jad Arxui- 
OBb, HM bioMAxb cpoe napbuie. | 

[ Moscow: Synod Press, about 1848. ] 

Translation: Of our Lord | Jesus Christ | the 
Gospel, | written | by the apostle Matthew. | 
From the Russian tongue into the Aleutian- 
Fox translated | by Reverend John Veniami- 
noff, in the year 1828, and in | 1836 year re- 
vised; | and Reverend Jacob Netzvietoff re- 
vising it | finally, with notes has made it intel- 
ligible | also for the Atkhans, who have a dia- 
lect of their own. 

Half-title 11. title in Cyrillic type (12 lines), 
verso of 1. 2; Russian title, recto 1. 3; Pref- 
ace, by Veniaminoff, in parallel columns of 
Aleut (in Cyrillic type) and Russian, pp. i-v; 
Preface, by Netzvictoff, in parallel columns 
Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Russian, pp. vi- 
xiv; Gospel of Matthew, parallel columns 
Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Russian, pp. 15- 
237 (erroneously numbered 247) ; Form of wor- 
ship for the paschal feast, and first and second 
chapters of Luke, in Cyrillic type only, pp. 1-21, 
8°. See fac-similes of title-pages, pages 102, 103. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 


[ Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asi- 
agmut, of Norton Bay; Kuskokwims, 
of Norton Bay; of the Indians near 
Mount St. Elias; of Kadiak Island 3 
and of the Indians of Bristol Bay.] 


Manuscript, 5 ll. folio, in the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. 


Vocabulary: 
Agleminut. See Balbi (A.), 
Aglemiut. Pinart (A. L.), 
Aglemiut. Wowodsky (—). 
Aleut. 3ner (KX. I. von), 
Aleut. Valitz (A.), 
Aleut. Balbi (A.), 


Aleut. Bancroft (A. F1.), 


Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 
Aleut. 


Andreanowski [Atkan]. 


Andreanowski [Atkan]. 


Arctic. 

Arctic. 
Argalaxamut. 
Asiagmut. 
Asiagmut. 

Atka. 

Atka. 

Atka. 

Baflin Bay. 
Bathurst. 

Bristol Bay. 
Bristol Bay. 
Chiagmiut. 
Chugitchigmit. 
Chuklukmut. 
Coyukon. : 
Cumberland Strait. 
Cumberland Strait. 
Davis Strait. 
Ekogmut. 

Eskimo. 


Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 


Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Fox Channel. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
ireenland. 


Greenland. 


See Buynitzky (S.N.), 


Drake (S.G.), 
Everette (W.E.), 
Gallatin (A.), 
Herzog (W.), 
Lowe (F.), 
Miiller (F.), 
Robeck (—), 
Russkie, 
Sauer (M.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.S.), 
Robeck (—). 
Everette (W. E.), 
Petitot (E. F.S.J.). 
Hoffman (W.J.). 
Furuhelm (H.), 
Vocabularies. 
Dall (W. H.), 
Gibbs (G.), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Notice. 
Petitot (E. F.S. J.) 
Johnson (J. W.), 
Vocabularies. 
Zagoskin (L. A.). 
Dall (W. H.). 
Dall (W. H1.). 
Whymper (F.). 
Gilder (W. H.), 
Kumlien (L.). 
Gibbs (G.). 
Dall (W. H.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 
Vater (J.S.), 
Beechey (F. W.), : 
Bryant (—), 
Buschmann (J. C. 
E.), 
Chappell (E.), 
Dobbs (A.), 
Herzog (W.), 
Jéhan (L. F.), 
Kalm (P.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Long (J.), 
M’ Keevor (T.), 
Murdoch (J.), 
Nelson (E. W.), 
Newton (A.), 
Parry (W.E.), 
Petroff (1.), 
Rand (S. T.), 
Ross (J.), 
Scherer (J. B.), 
Schubert (— von), 
Tomlin (J.), 
Washington (J.). 
Hall (C. F.). 
Balbi (A.), 
Bartholinns (C.), 
Barton (B.S.), 
Bryant (—), 
Court de Gebelin 
(A. de), 
Dall (W. H.), 


102 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


TYE MAHWHA AETV AZ 


HAGKGA XPHGOTYGaAalZ 
T SUNCAIXHCAW HA 


AIMCTYAAMA AAT GHAR & 


WAAXTALAHEZ AAXXTACAKAWHHE @ 


, f ? a ! alia? 

Kamara — vesirag = Soanz = Ren'iamntonz HAA TAP ANZ 
] '] t J tf ( 

Racakamaz orSaSranz oSernnz = Muaramg r8akranz WAKNZ 


! 1 eee, Fey ' 
A828)  r¥amanicaancz, icaioye 1836 caaArana HAAHE 


Ga v , wv e ’ 
Tara = Bawra . vScnSax  Wanonz = Haysiroas = mAaXrarang | 
e , Ul a a ' a ; 
arxarScarScaanice KAW Hair Srams A rs asa HHARA\'T 
7 aa f dn e gq 
MATAHATAHZ , ANA AHS AHHALAR Scuirciing HTX AH. 


a / 
ATYATSEARAWHHS 5 


FAC-SIMILE OF CYRILLIC TITLE-PAGE OF VENIAMINOFEF AND NETZVIVTOFI’S ALEUT-FSX 
GOSPEL OF MATTHEW. 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 103 


FOGHOJA BAMELO 


FMCYCA XPHCTA 


HAHTHCAHHCOE 


AHWOCTOAOM'D MATOBEMD. 


Cp Pyccksaro a35tkA HA A“AEYVCKO-AUCBEBCKOH MEPEBE.Vb 
CyauweEHHHKD Losnnt Benismunosrsn 1828 roaa, HM BD 
1836 roay HCIPABHID ; 


a Csaweunuxb Jaxosp Hensbronp pascmarpnsan_ ero 
OROHYATeEALUO, CROHMH JIOACHEHIAMM CALA NONATHDIMB 
HM Aaa Arxungosb, UM biounxb cyoe napbyic. 


FAC-SIMILE OF RUSSIAN TITLE-PAGE OF VENIAMINOFF AND NETZVIETOFE’S ALEUT-FOX 
GOSPEL OF MATTHEW. 


104 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Vocabulary — Continued. Vocabulary — Continued. 


Greenland. See Egede (H.), Iiatexemut. See Hoffman (W.J.). 
Greenland. Egede (Paul), King William’s Land. Hall (C. F.). 
Greenland. Franklin (J.), Koikhpagmiut. Zagoskin (L. A.). 
Greenland. Fry (E.), Konega. Bancroft (H. H.). 
Greenland. Gallatin (A.), Koniagmut. Dall (W. H.), 
Greenland. Gilder (W. Hi.), Koniagmut. Gibbs (G.). 
Greenland. Graah (W. A.), Koriak. Lesseps (J. B. B. 
Greenland. Klaproth (A.), de). 
Greenland. Konigseer(C.M.), Kotzebue Sound. Gallatin (A.). 
Greenland. Markham (C. R.), Kuskivigmut. Schott (W.), 
Greenland. Morgan (L. H.), Kuskivigmut. Zagoskin (L. A.). 
Greenland. O'Reilly (B.), Kuskokwim. Baer (K. E. von), 
Greenland. Olearius (A.), Kuskokwim. Furuhelm (H.), 
Greenland. Pfizmaier (A.), Kuskokwim. Kuskokwim, 
Greenland. Prichard (J.C.), Kuskokwim. Vocabularies, 
Greenland. Rink (H.J.), Kuskokwim. Wrangell (F. 
Greenland. Scherer (J. B.). von). 
Hudson Bay. Gallatin (A.), Kuskutchewace. Latham (R. G.), 
Hudson Bay. Gilder (W. H.), Kuskutehewac. Morgan (L. H.), 
Hudson Bay. Morgan (L. H.). Kuskutchewac. Richardson (J.). 
Inkalik. Buschmann (J.C. Kuskutchewak. Baer (K. E. von). 
E.), Kuskwégmiut. Dall (W. H.). 
Tifkalik. Schwatka (F.), Kwigpak. Schott (W.). 
Inkalik. Schott (W.), Labrador. Fry (E.), 
Inkalik. Zagoskin (L. A.). Labrador. Latrobe (P.) and 
Inkalit-Jug-eljnut. Buschmann (J.C, Washington 
E.), (J.), 
Tnkalit-Jug-eljnut. Schott (W.), Labrador. Morgan (L. H.), 
Inkalit-Jug-eljnut. Zagoskin (L. A.). Labrador. Richardson (J.), 
Inkuluklates. Wrangell(F.von). Labrador. Stearns (W. A.). 
Tnnuit. Buschmann (J.C. Lamonte. Lesseps (J. B. B. 
E.), de). 
Tnnuit. Miiller (F.), Mahlemut. Bannister (H.M.), 
Innuit. Woolfe (H. D.). Mahlemut. Dall (W. H.), 
Kadiak. 3aer (K. E. von), Mahlemut. Pinart (A. L.), 
Kadiak. Baschmann (J.C. Mahlemut. Smith (E. E.), 
F.), Mahlemut. Whymper (F.). 
Kadiak. Davidoff (G. I.), Mednoyskie. Wrangell (F. 
Kadiak. Davidson (G.), von). 
Kadiak. Gallatin (A.), Namoller. Schott (W.). 
Kadiak. Gibbs (G.), Noonatarghmeutes. Oldmixon (G.S.). 
Kadiak. Klaproth (J.), Noowookmeutes. Oldmixon (G.S.). 
Kadiak. Khromehenko(V. Northumberland Tnlet. Morgan (L. H.). 
S.), Norton Sound. Adelung (J. C.) 
Kadiak. Latham (R. G.), and Vater (J.5.), 
Kadiak. Lisiansky (U.), Norton Sound. Bryant (—), 
Kadiak. Petroff (T.), Norton Sound. Try (E.). 
Kadiak. Robeck (—), Nuniwok Island. Buschmann (J. C. 
Kadiak. Sauer (M.), E.). 
Kadiak. Schott (W.), Nushergagmiat. Dail (W. H.). 
Kadiak. Vocabularies, Point Barrow. Ray (P. H.), 
Kadiak. Zagoskin (L. A.), Point Barrow. Simpson (J.). 
Kadiak. Zelenie (S.J.). Pond Bay. Hall (C. F.). 
Kageagemut. Fisher (W. J.). Prince William Sound. Anderson (W.), 
Kamchatka. Gallatin (A.), Prince William Sound. Busehmann (J.C. 
Kamchatka. Klaproth (J.), E.), 
Kamchatka. Sauer (M.). Prince William Sound. Forster (J. G. A.), 
Kamskadale. Drake (S. G.), Prince William Sound. Fry (E.), 
Kamskadale. Golovnin (M.), Prince William Sound. Portlock (N.). 
Kamskadale. Lesseps (J. B. B.). St. Michael. Everette (W. E.). 
Kangjulit. Zelenie (S. J.). Skitaget. ribbs (G.), 
Kaviagmit. Dall (W. T.). Stupart Bay. Stupart (R. F.). 
Kenai. Davidson (G.), Stewart Island. Busehmann (J.C. 
Kenai. Lisiansky (U.). E.). 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


_ Vocabulary — Continued. 


Tchougatche-Konega. See Balbi (A.). 
Tchuktchi. Balbi (A.), 


Tehuktchi. Gallatin (A.), 
Tehuktchi. Gilder (W.H.), 
Tchuktchi. Hooper (W. H.), 
Tchuktchi. Krause (A.), 
Tchuktchi. Lesseps (J. B. B. 
de). 
Tchuktchi. Pfizmaier (A.), 
Techuktchi. Stimpson (W.) 
and Hall (A.), 
Tchuktchi. Robeck (—), 
Tehuktchi. Romberg (H.), 
Tehuktchi. Radloff (L.), 
Tehuktchi. Zagoskin (L. A.). 
Toonooneenooshuk. Hall (C. F.). 
Tschuagmjuten. Schott (W.). 
Tschugazzen. Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J.S.), 
Tschugazzen. Baer (K. E. von), 
Tschugazzen. Busechmann (J.C, 
a ¥.), 
Tschugazzen. Wowodsky (—). 


Tschukak Island. Buschmann (J.C. 
E.). 


Ugalakmut. Dall (W. H.). 


W. 


Wandall (KE. A.) —Continned. 
— Naitsungordlugo | nunab aglautige- 


Wandall (Erik Adolf). Kissitsisillior- 
nermik | iliniarkautikset.| Kaladlinnut 
attuegeksaursut. | Kaladlisut nukter- 
simagallowt | nark’iksarej sennak’ iglu- 
gidlo | Erik Adolf Wandall-ib, | Tol- 
strupimint pellesizta. | 

Aalborgime. | 1845. 

Literal translation: About-figure- making | 
fundamental - instructions | for Greenlanders 
being - intended - for-a-thing-to-be-used. | After 
the fashion of the Greenlanders already trans- 
lated | Corrected them and partly remodeled 
them | Erik Adolf Wandall, | the people of 
Tolstrup their priest. | At Aalborg. 

Second title: Begyndelsesgrundene | i| Reg- 
ning | til Brug for Grdéenlenderne. | Oversiet- 
telsen paa Grgnlandsk | rettet og tildeels 
omarbeidet | af | Erik Adolph Wandall, | 
Praest i Tolstrup. | 

Aalborg. | 1845. 

Eskimo title verso 1.1, Danish title recto 1. 2, 
text, alternate pp. Danish and Greenland, pp. 
4-91, 16°. Elements of arithmetic in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 


— Naitsungordlugo nunab aglautigen- 
era Stoud-Platoumit. ; 

Aalborgime, 1846. ‘ 

8°. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, No. 
948, which copy bronght 1 fr. 

A later edition as follows: 


Warden (David Baillie). 


105 


Vocabulary — Continued. 


Ugalenzi. See Baer (K. E. von), 
Ugalenzi. Buschmann (J. C. 
E.), 
Ugalenzi. Dall (W. H.), 
Ugalenzi. Wrangell (F. 
von). 
Ugaljachmutzi. Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J 
S.), 
Ugaljachmutzi. Balbi (A.), 
Ugaljachmutzi. Prichard (J.C.). 
Ugashachmut. Fisher (J.). 
Unalaska. Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
8.), 
Unalaska. Bryant (—), 
Unalaska. Dall (W. H.), 
Unalaska. Davidson (G.), 
Unalaska. Fry (E.), 
Unalaska. Gallatin (A.), 
Unalaska. Latham (R. G.), 
Unalaska, Lisiansky (U.), 
Unalaska. Lutké (F. P.), 
Unalaska. Wowodsky (—). 
Unaligmut. Dall (W. H.). 


Yukon River. Everette (W. E.). 


nera Stoud-Platoumit. | Kaladlit okan- 
zeennut nuktersimaga | E. A. Wandall- 
ib, | Tolstrupimiut | pellesita. | 
Aalborgime. | Stiftib nakk’iteriviane- 
nakk’ittarsimarsut. | 1848. 


Literal translation: So that it became short | 
the earth’s its description by Stoud-Platon. | 
Greenlanders into their speech translated it | 
E. A, Wandall | the people of Tolstrup | their 
priest. | At Aalborg. | The diocese’s on its 
printing-press printed. 

Pp. 1-109, 12°. Geography in Greenland 
Eskimo. 

At the Pinart sale, catalogue No. 949, a copy 
brought 1 fr. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

“Wandall was born in 1807, lived in Green- 
land from 1834 to 1840, and died, in 1869, at See- 
land, Denmark, where he had served as parish 
priest and teacher of the Greenland language 
to missionary students since 1849."—Rink. 


Wanderings of the Apostles, Greenland. See 


Egede (Paul). 

Recherches | 
sur | les Antiquités | de ?Amérique du 
Nord | et de | VAmérique dn Sud, | et 
sur | la Population primitive | de ces 
deux continents, | par | M, Warden, | 


Watts’s First Catechism. 


106 


Warden (D. B.)—Continued. 
Ancien Consul-Général [&e., 
lines]. | [Design.] | 

Paris, | Imprimerie et Fonderie nor- 
males de Jules Didot l’ainé, | Boulevart 
@Enfer, No. 4. | 1834. 

Pp. 1-224, folio. Forms deuxiéme partie, 
deuxiéme division, tome second, Antiquités 
Américaines, Paris, 1834, 2 vols. folio.—A few 
words of scripture, St. Matthew and St. John, 
in the Esquimaux of Labrador and of Green- 
land compared. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu- 
seum. 

The earlier edition of this work (1827) does 
not contain the Eskimo material. (Congress.) 


three 


[Washington (Capt. John).] Eskimaux 
and English vocabulary, | for the use 
of the Arctic expedition. | Published 
by order of the lords commissioners 
of the adiniralty. | 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle 
Street. | 1850. 

Pp. i-xvi, 1-160, oblong 12°. ‘‘ Compiled for 
the use of the Arctic expeditions fitted out at 
the expense of the British Government to carry 
relief to Sir John Franklinand his companions.” 
Extract from preface, signed John Washing- 
ton, Captain, R. N.—Brief sketch of the Eski- 
maux Grammar, pp. xi-xvi.—English and Es- 
kimaux vocabulary [Labrador, or Eastern; 
Winter Island and Iglilik, or Central; Kotze- 
bue Sound, or Western], pp. 1-100.—Specimen 
of Dialogues {Labrador-Eskimaux], pp. 101- 
107.—Eskimaux or Innuit Names of Places in 
or near Melville Peninsula [Labrador-Eski- 
maux], pp. 108-109.—Comparative Table of a 
few words of the Eskimaux (or Innnit), Chuk- 
chi, Aleutian, and Karyak languages, chiefly 
from Balbi’s Atlas Ethnographique and Klap- 
roth’s Sprach-Atlas, pp. 110-113.—Eskimaux 
and English vocabulary, pp. 115-160. 

Copies seen: Astor, Brinley, British Museum, 
Congress, Shea, Wisconsin Historical Society. 

At the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 5643, a 
copy was disposed of for $5.75, The Murphy 
copy, No. 905, brought $5. Priced by Quaritch, 
No. 30049, at 3s. 6d. 


—— [Greenland-Eskimo and English Vo- 


cabulary. Compiled by Capt. Wash- 
ington, R. N. 
Lendon, 1853. ] e 


Oblong 12°. 
Priced by Quaritch, No. 12580, at 28. 6d.; by 
Triibner, 1882 (p. 53), at 7s. 6d. 


Watkinson: This word following a title indicates 


that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by the compiler in the Watkinson library, 
Hartford, Conn. 


See Peck (E. 
J.). 


Western Esquimaux Primer. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF * THE 


pas (W.C.). 


Wexel (W. A.). See Kragh (P.). 
Whymper (Frederick). 


Travel and ad- 
venture | in the | territory of Alaska, | 
formerly Russian America—now ceded 
to the | United States—and in various 
other | parts of the North Pacific. | 
By Frederick Whymper. | [Design. ] j 
With map and illustrations. | 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle 
street. | 1868. | The right of Transla- 
tion is reserved. 

Pp. i-xx, 1-331, map, plates, 8°.—Appendix 
V. Indian dialects of Northern Alaska (late 
Russian America), pp. 318-328, contains: 
Malemute vocabulary, words from the dialect 
of the Malemutes, Norton Sound, Northern 
Alaska, pp. 318-319.—Co-yukon vocabulary, 
words from the Co-yukon dialect, spoken 
(with slight variations) on the Yukon River 
for at least 500 miles of its lower and middle 
course (Ingelete, a variety of same dialect), 
pp. 320-321. 

Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum, 
Congress. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 2539, a copy 
brought $2.75. 

Travel and adventure | in the | 
territory of Alaska, | formerly Russian 
America—now ceded to the | United 
States—and in various other | parts of 
the North Pacific. | By Frederick 


Whymper. | [Design.] | With map and ~ 


illustrations. | 

New York: | Harper & Brothers, 
Publishers, | Franklin square. | 1869. 

Pp. i-xix, 21-353, maps and plates, 8°.— Lin- 
guistics as in London edition, pp. 341-350. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenzxum, 
Powell. 

Reprinted 1871, pp. xix, 21-353, 8°. 

I have seen mention of an edition in French, 
Paris, 1871, 8°. (*) 


— Russian America, or ‘‘Alaska”: the 


Natives of the Youkon River and ad- 
jacent country. By Frederick Whym- 
per, Esq. 

In Ethnological Soc. of London Trans. vol. 
7, pp. 167-185, London, 1869, 8°. 

A few words of the Malemute of Norton 
Sound and the Greenland Esquimaux com- 
pared, p. 180.—Malemute vocabulary, Norton 
Sound, Russian America, pp. 180-182.—Coyou- 
kon vocabulary, Yukon River, pp. 182-183. 


Winkler (Dr. Heinrich). Uralaltaische | 


Voélker und Sprachen | von | Dr, Hein- 
rich Winkler. | 


See Bom- - 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


Winkler (H.)—Continued. 

Berlin | Ferd. Diimmlers Verlags- 
buchhandlung | Harrwitz und Goss- 
man | 1884. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents 1 1. text pp. 
1-480, 8°.—General remarks on the Eskimo, 
Aleut, and Tschuktschi languages and on 
their principal parts of speech, pp. 115-118, 
119-121. 

Copies seen: Brinton. 

“Dr. Heinrich Winkler, in his recently pub- 
lished ‘Uralaltaische Vélker und Sprachen,’ 
has made a careful comparison of the Eskimo 
with the languages of northern and northeast- 
ern Asia. He reaches the result that it is in 
unmistakably close relation to the Kadyak, 
Tschiglit, and Namollo of the Asiatic coast, 
but is in no way connected with the Ural-altaic 
tongues. It may have originally proceeded 
from the samo ciementary conception of 
speech; but it has developed a type of its own, 
differing widely from Asiatic standards, and 
much more closely approaching the structure 
typical of the great mass of American tongues, 
though in many respects presenting features 
peculiar to itself.”’— Brinton. 


Wisconsin Historical Society: These words fol- 
lowing a title indicate that a copy of the work 
referred to was seen by the compiler in the 
library of that society, Madison, Wis. 


Woldike (Mareus). Betwnkning om det 


Grgnlandske Sprogs Oprindelse og 
Uliighed med andre Sprog. Forfattet 
af M. W. 


In Kjébenhavnske Selskab, Skrifter, vol. 2, 
pp- 129-156, Kjdbenhavn, 1746, 4°. 
— Meletema de Lingve Groenlandice 
origine, ejusque a ceteris lingvis diffe- 
rentia, autore M. W. 


In Kjébenhavnske Selskab, Scriptorum a 
Soc. Hafu. vol. 2, pp. 137-162, Hafniw, 1746, 4°. 


Wolf (Niels Gjessing). Testamentitoka- 
mit | Davidim Ivngerutéj | Kaladlin 
okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut | Pelle- 
simit | Nielsimit Wolfimit, | attusegek- 
saukudlugin innungnut koisimarsun- 
nut. | 

Kjébenhavnime | Illidrsuin iglo#nne 
nakkitarsimarsut | 1824. | C. F. Schu- 
bartimit. 

Literal translation: From the Old Testament 
| David's his psalms | Greenlanders’ into their 
speech | translated | by the priest Niels Wolf 
| being intended for a manual for people 
christened. | At Copenhagen | at the orphans’ 
their house [Waisenhaus] printed | 1824. | 
From [issued by] C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. 1-238, 16°. 

Copies seen: Astor, British and Foreign 
Bible Society, British Museum, Congress, 
Harvard, Powell, Watkinson. 


107 


Wolf (N. G.)—Continued. 
The Fischer copy, catalogue 
bought by Lriibner, brought 2s. 


No. 2337, 


—— Testamentitokamit | Profetib Esaia- 
sim | Aglegej. | Kaladlin okauzeennut | 
nuktersimarsut | P[e]llesimit | N. G. 
Wolfimit, | attuegeksaukudlugit 
nungnut koisimarsunnut. | 

Kj6benhavnime | Ilidrsuin iglowtnne 
nakittarsimarsut | 1825. | C. F. Sehu- 
bartimit. 

Literal translation: From the Old Testament 
| the prophet Isaiah's | his written things 
{book]. | Greenlanders’ into their speech | 
translated | by the priest | N. G. Wolf, | being 
intended for a manual for people christened. | 
At Copenhageu | at the orphans’ their house 
{Waisenhaus] printed | 1825. | From [issued 
by] C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. 1-200, 16°. See Pfiz maier (A.). 

Copies seen: Astor, British and Foreign Bible 
Society, British Museum, Congress, Harvard, 
Powell, Watkinson. 

Bought by Triibner at the Fischer sale, No. 
2338, for 28. Gd. 


in- 


—— Testamentitokamit | Salomonib | 
Ajokersutéj Erkdirsekset | Kaladlin 
okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut. | Pelli- 
simit | N. G. Wolfimit | attuzegeksauku- 
dlugit innungnut koisimarsunnut. | 

Kjobenhavnime. | Nakkittarsimarsut 
Fabritius de Tengnagelmit. | 1828. 

Literal translation: From the Old Testament 
| Solomon’s | his teachings things which shall 
be remembered | Greenlanders’ into their 
speech | translated.| By the priest | N. G. 
Wolt | being intended for a manual for people 
christened. | At Copenhagen | Printed by 
Tabricius de Tengnagel. 

2 p. ll. pp. 1-73, 16°. Prover bs of Solomon. 

Copies seen: Astor, Powell. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 12582, at 2s.6d. The 
Murphy copy, No. 2763, brought 25 cts. Priced 
by Quaritch, No. 30057, at 2s. 


—— See Fabricius (0.). 

Wolf was born at Copenhagen August 6, 1779. 
Tie received instruction from his father, and 
in 1791 entered the Vordenborg Latin school, 
and in 1796 entered the university, passing his 
final examination in January, 1803. In De- 
cember, 1803, he was sent as missionary to 
Greenland, first to the colony of Holsteinborg 
and Sukkertoppen, and in the fall of 1807 to 
Godthaab. He remained in Greenland until 
1811. He died in Copenhagen October 16, 1848. 


Woolfe (Henry D.). [Vocabulary of the 


Innuit language. ] 

Manuscript. In a letter of November, 1886, 
to the secretary of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion, Mr. Woolfe, who is connected with the 
Pacifie Steam Whaling Company, says he has 


108 


Woolfe (H. D.)— Continued. 
compiled a ‘‘Muhtes,” or Innuit, vocabulary 
of 3,000 words. 


Words: 
Aglemoute. See Schomburgk (R. H.). 
Aleut. Campbell (J.), 
Coxe (W.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Uméry (J.). 
Davis Strait. Brown (R.). 


Eskimo. Balbi (A.), 
Buschmann (J.C. E.), 
Duncan (D.), 

Hooper (W. H.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Yankiewitch (F.). 
Buschmann (J.C. FE.), 
Lesley, (J. P.), 

Rink (H. J.), 

Uméry (J.), 

Vater (J.S.), 
Whymper (F.). 
Schomburgk (R. H.). 
Campbell WJ.), 
Davidoff (G.1.), 
Lesley (J. P.). 
Yankiewitch (F.). 
Buschmann (J.€. E.). 
Buschmann (J.C. E.), 
Uméry (J.). 
Campbell (J.). 


Wowodsky (Gov. —.). Vocabulary of 
the Aglemiut (Bristol Bay). 


Greenland. 


Hudson Bay. 
Kadiak. 


Norton Sound. 
Ugalenzen. 
Ugaljachmutzi. 


Unalaska. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 


Wowodsky (Gov.)—Continued. 
Manuscript, 2 ll. foolseap, 50 words and 
numerals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 


— Vocabulary of the Kadiak. 
Manuscript, 2 ll. foolscap, 50 words and 
numerals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 
— Vocabulary of the Tchugatz (Prince 
William Sound). 
Manuscript, 2 ll. foolscap, 50 words and 


numerals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 


— Vocabulary of the Oonalashka. 
Manuscript, 2 ll. foolseap, 50 words and 
numerals 1-10; in the library of the Burean of 
Ethnology. 


Wrangell (Admiral Ferdinand von). Ob- 
servations recueillies par VAmiral 
Wrangell sur les habitants des Cotes 
Nord-ouest de VAmérique; extraites du 


russe par M. le prince Emannel Galitzin. 

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, voi. 1, 
1853 (vol. 137 of tho collection), pp. 195-221, 
Paris, n. d. 8°. 

Short vocabulary of the Mednoyskie [Copper 
Islanders] and tho Ongalantsi, p. 199.—Short 
vocabulary of the Inkuluklates, pp. 209-210.— 
Names of some of tho constellations and of the 
months in Kouskovimtsi, p. 220. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 


—— See Baer (K. E. von). 


xe 


Yale: This word following a title indicates that 
acopy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the library of Yale College, New 
Haven, Conn. 


[Yankiewitch (Feodor de Miriewo).] 
Cpapnnresbubiii | croBapb | BCbXD | ABbIKORD 1 
tapbuiii, | n0 asdyanomy mopaqky | pacno.10- 
Kenn. | wacrh nm pesaa | [-yersepran] A-/ 
[.c-6]. 

Bh CanKtilerepoyprb, 1790[—-1791 J. 

Translation: Comparative | dictionary | of 
all | languages and dialects | in alphabetical 
order | arranged. | Part first [-fourth]. A-D 
{S-Th]. | At St. Petersburg. 

4 vols. 4°, 


Yankiewitch (F. de M.)—Continued. 
Scattéred throughout the work are words in 
Eskimo and in the language of Norton Sound. 
“Pallas having published, in 1786 and 1789, 
the first part of the Vocabularium Catharina- 
um (a comparative vocabulary of 286 words in 
the languages of Europe and Asia), the ma- 
terial contained therein was published in the 
above edition in another form, and words of 
American languages added. The book did 
not come up to the expectations of the govern- 
ment, and was therefore not published, so that 
but few copies of it can be found.” —Ludewig. 
Copies seen: British Museum. = 


Yukon River Vocabulary. Seo Everette (W. E.). 


ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 109 


ZL. 


B3ALOCKHH' (Jenr. Jaspenrin Asexcbit). [Za- | SATOCKMH'D (1. A.) —Continued. 


goskin (Lieut. Laurenti Alexie).]  Ie- 
IUCXOJUA OONCh | yactn pyccKux'b Baaybuiit | 
bb Amepukb. | Lpousneyeunaa | Leiirenantoms 
1, 3arockuubims | BB 1842, 1843 m 1844 ro- 
Jax. | Cb MepKatopckoto KapTolo rpaBapoBban noo 
a Mbaw. | Yacrb neppaa [-propaa ]. | 

Cauntoetepoyprs. | Lewitauo Bb tuuorp) xiii 
Kapaa Kpaiia. | 1847[-1848]. 

Translation: Pedestrian Exploration | of 
parts of tho Russian Possessions | in America. 
| Accomplished | by Lieutenant L. Zagoskin | 
_in the years 1842, 1843 and 1844..| With a Mer- 
cator’s chart engraved on copper. | Part first 
{-second]. | St. Petersburg. | Printed in tho 

Printing Offico of Karl Krai. | 1847[-1848]. 

2 vols.: 1 p. 1. pp. 1-183; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-120, 1-15, 
1-45, 8°.—Vocabulary of the Inkilik and Inka- 
lit Yugelmut, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 17-20.—Vo- 
cabulary of the Chiagmiut, Kuskivigmut, Ka- 
ciak (from Billings and Lisiansky), and Seden- 
tary Chukche, or Namollos (from Robeck), vol. 


_2, appendix, pp. 21-36.—List of villages, with 


population statistics, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 39- 


41.—List of birds in Koikhpagmiut and Inki- 
lik, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 42-43. 
Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum. 
For reprints, in whole or in part, see Busch- 
mann (J. C. E.); Schott (W.); and Zelenie (S. 
1 


3EIEHDI (C. 1.) [Zelenie, S.I.]. Hspaeue- 


Hic H3b AveBANKA ALilTenaUTa BarocKkuua, 
BEJCHUATO Bb IKCHE MUI, COBePUIeEN AO UM 10 
Marepuky Cheepo-sanaqnoi AMepuku. (Cocra- 
acho A. U1. C. Uf. 8erenbiw. ) 


Translation: Extract from the daily journal 
of Lieut. Zagoskin, who led an expedition 
clear to the continent of Northwest America. 
Compiled by active member §. I. Zelenie 
[Green]. 

In Russian Geographical Society Journal, 
vols. 1 and 2 (second edition), pp. 211-266, St. 
Tetersburg, 1849, 8°. 

Comparative vocabulary in parallel columns, 
Russian, Chnagmut, Yukon and Kuskokwim- 
mut, Zuzemtsetf of Kadiak Island, and Na- 
mollo or Sedentary Chukchee, pp. 250-266. 


To tt a oe 


CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 


LIST OF AUTHORS, IN CHRONOLOGIC ORDER, WHO HAVE WRITTEN IN 
OR UPON THE ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 


1656 Olearius (A.). Greenland. | 1767 Cranz (D.). Greenland. 

1656 Olearius (A.). Greenland. 1769 Cranz (D.). Greenland. 

1659  Olearius (A.). Greenland. 1770-1771 Kalm (P.). Eskimo. 

1662 Olearius (A.). Greenland. 1772 +=Kalm (P.). Eskimo. 

1663  Olearius (A.), note. Greenland. 1772 ~=Kalin (P.). Eskimo. 

1669  Olearius (A.). Greenland. 1776 = Beck (J.). Greenland. 

1669 Olearius (A.), note. Greenland. 1776 =Thorhallesen (E.).. Greenland. 

1671  Olearius (A.), note. Greenland. 1776 =Thorhallesen (E.). Greenland. 

1675 LBartholinus (C.). Greenland. 1776 »=9‘Thorhallesen (E.). Greenland. 

1676 Crespieul (F. X.). Eskimo. 1776 =©‘Thorhallesen (E.). Greenland. 

1679  Olearius (A.). Greentand. 1777 —s Scherer (J. B.). Greenl’d & Lab. 

1690 Olearius (A.), note. Greenland. 1779-1786 Giessing (C.). Eskimo. 

1691  Olearius (A.), note. Greenland. 1779-1797 Cranz (D.), note. Greenland. 

1719 + Olearius (A.). Greenland. 1780 Coxe (W.). Aleut. 

1727 Olearius (A.). Greenland. 1780 Coxe (W.), note. Aleut. 

1728  Olearius (A.), note. Greenland. 1780. Konigseer (C.M.). Greenland. 

1729 Egede (H.). Greenland. 1780 Konigseer (C. M.). Greenland. 

1730 = Egede (H.). Greenland. 1780-1801 La Harpe (J. F.). Greenland. 

1741 Egede (H.). Greenland. | 1781 CourtdeGebelin(A.). Esk. & Greenl’d. 

1742 Egedo (H.). Greenland. 1783 Abel (I.). Greenland. 

1742 Egede (I1.), note. Greenland. 17838 Egede (Paul). Greenland. 

44 = =Dobbs (A.). Eskimo. 1784 Anderson (W.). Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1744 Egede (Paul). Greenland. 1784 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1745 = Egede (H.). Greenland. 1784 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1746 Anderson (J.). Greenland. 1784 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1746 Egede (H1.). Greenland. 1784 =Bryant (—). Various. 

1746 Woldike (M.). Greenland. 1784 Bryant (—), note. Various. 

1746 WoOoldike (M.). Greenland. 1784 Bryant (—), note. Various. 

1747 Anderson (J.). Greenland. 1784 Hervas (L.). Greenland. 

1750 Anderson (J.). Greenland. 1785 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1750 Anderson (J.). Greenland. 1785 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1750 Beyer (J. F.). Greenland. j 1785 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1750 Egede (Paul). Greenland. 1785 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 
1753-1761 WKalm (P.). Eskimo. 1785 Bryant (—), note. Various. 
1754-1764 IKalm (P.). Eskimo. 1785 Bryant (—), note. Various. 

1756 Anderson (J.). Greenland. 1785 Bryant (—), note. Various. 

1756 Egede (Paul). Greenland. 1785 Bryant (—), note. Various. 

1756 Egede (Peter). Greenland. 1785 Jesusim. Greenland. 

1756 Indrenius (A. A.). Greenland. 1785 Tuksiautit. Greenland. 

1758  Egede (Paul), note. Greenland. 1786-1792 Brodersen (J.). Greenland. 

1760 Egedo (Paul). Greenland. 1787 Anderson (W.). Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1760 Groenlandsk. Greenland. 1787 Bryant (—), note. Various. 

1760 Jefferys (T.). Eskimo. 1787 Coxe (W.). Aleut. 

1761 = Brun (R.). Greenland. 1787 Egede (Paul). Greenland. 

1761 Jefferys (T.). Eskimo. 1787. Hervas (L.). Greenland. 

1763 Egede (H.). Greenland. 1787-1788 Anderson (W.), note. Pr. Wm. Sound. 

1763 Egede (H.). Greenland. 1788 Egedo (Paul). Greenland. 

1765 Cranz (D.). Greenland. 1788 Fabricius (O.), note. Greenland. 

1766 Egede (Paul). Greenland. 178) Bergmann (G. von). Greenland. 

1767 Cranz(D.) Greenland, 1789 Dixon (G.). Various. 


111 


112 


1789 
1789 
1789 
1790 
1790 
1790 
1790 
1790 
1790-1791 
1791 
1791 
1791 
1791 
IT94 
1795 


1797 
1797 
1797 
1798 
W799 
1799 
1799 
1799 
1800 
1800-1805 
1801 
1801 
1802 
1802 
1802 
1803 
{S04 
1804 
1805 
1805-1810 
1806 
1806-1817 


1809 
Isto 
1810 

1810 

1810-1812 

ISit 

1812 
1812 

1815 
1814 
1815 
1816 
1816 

1816 
1816 

1816 
1817 
1818 
1818 
1818 
1818 
1818 


1818 

1818 
1818-1819 

1819 


Dixon (G.). 
Evede (Paul). 
Portlock (N.). 
Dixon (G.). 
Egede (Paul). 


Fabricius (O.), note. 
Lesseps (J. B. B. de). 
Lesseps (J. B. B. de). 
Yankiewitch (F.). 


Fabricius (0.). 


Forster (J.G. A.). 


Long (J.). 
Long (J.). 


Fabricius (O.), note. 
Portlock (N.) and 


Dixon (G.). 
A jokersutil. 


Barton (B. 5.), note. 


Katekismusce, 
Barton (B.35.). 


Anderson (W.), note. 
Bryant (—), note. 


Fabricius (O.). 
T'ry (E.). 
Nalegapta. 
Hervas (L.). 
Fabricius (O.). 
TVabricius (O.). 
Sauer (M.). 
Sauer (M.). 


Sauer (M.), note. 


Sauer (M.). 
Vabricius (O.). 
Nalegauta. 
Marcel (J. J.). 


Bryant (—), note. 


Bodoni (J. B.). 


Adelung (J. ©.) and 


Vater (J.58.). 
Tuksiarutsit. 
Nalegapta. 


Kohlmeister (B. G.). 


Vater (J.5S.). 
Davidoff (G. 1.). 
Robeck (Dr.). 
Kalm (P.). 
Lisiansky (U.). 


Burghardt (C. ¥.). 


Lisiansky (U.). 
Vater (J.5.). 
Acts. 

Barth (J. A.). 
3rodersen (J.). 

Katekismuse. 


La Harpe (J. F. de). 


Chappell (E.). 
Ajokeersutit. 
3arth (J. A.). 
Brodersen (J.) 
Egede (H.). 


Heckewelder (J. G. 


E.). 
O'Reilly (B.). 
O'Reilly (B.). 
Nyerup (R.). 
Apostelit. 


CHRONOLOGIC 


Various. 
Greenland. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


Various. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Various. 
Various. 
Eskimo. 
Greenland. 
Various. 
Eskimo. 
Eskimo. 
Greenland. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


Greenland. 
Eskimo. 
Greenland. 


qtreenl’d & Lab. 
Pr. Wm. Sound. 


Various. 
Greenland. 
Various. 
Labrador. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Various. 
Various. 
Various. 
Various. 
Greenland. 
yreenland. 
Greenland. 
Various. 
Greenland. 
Various. 


Labrador. 
Labrador. 
Labrador. 


Greenl’d & Esk. 


Kadiak. 
Various. 
Eskimo. 
Various. 
Labrador. 
Various. 
Various. 
Labrador. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Kskimo. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Karalit. 


Greenland. 
Greenland. 
Eskimo. 
Labrador. 


INDEX. 
1819 Epistles. Labrador. 
1819 Fabricius (O.). Greenland. 
1819 Ileckewelder (J. G. Kavalit. 
q.). 
1819 Kleinschmidt (J. C.). Greenland. 
1819 M’Keevor (T.). Eskimo. 
1819 Ross (J.). Eskimo. 
1819 Ross (J.). Eskimo. 
1819 Toss (J.). Eskimo. 
1820 Cranz (D.). Greenland. 
1820 Fabricius ¢0.). Greenland. 
1820 La Harpe (J. F. de). Greénland. 
1820 Mentzel (—). Greenland. 
1821 Heckewelder (J. G. Karalit. 
E.). 
1821 Ross (J.), note. Eskimo. 
1822 Vabricius (O.). Greenland. 
1822 Fabricius (O.). Greenland. 
1822 Ifeckewelder (J. G. Karalit. 
E.). 
1822 La Harpe (J. F.), Greenland. 
note. 
1822 Testamentitak. Greenland. 
1822. ‘Tuksiautit. Greenland. 
1822 Tuksiautit. Greenland. 
1823 Franklin (J.). Eskimo. 
1823 Klaproth (J.), note. Various. 
1824 Egede (Paul). Greenland. 
1824. Franklin (J.). Eskimo. 
1824 Franklin (J.). Eskimo. 
1824 Franklin (J.), note. Eskimo. 
1824 Khromechenko(V. S.). Kadiak. 
1824 Parry (W.E.). Eskimo. 
1824 DParry (W.E.) Eskimo. 
1824 Parry (W.E.), note. Eskimo. 
1824 Wolf (N.G.). Greenland. 
1825 Khromechenko(V.8.), Kadiak. - 
note. 
1825 La Harpe (J. F. de), Greenland. 
note. 
1825 Wolf (N.G.). Greenland. 
1826 Balbi (A.). Various. 
1826 =Balbi (A.). Greenland. 
1826 Davidib, note, Labrador. 
1826. Khromchenko(V.S.), Kadiak. 
note. 
1826 Notice. Eskimo. 
1826 Prichard (J.C.). Various. 
1827 Fabricius (O.). - Greenland. 
1827 Kjer (K.), note. Greenland. 
1827 Testamentetak, note. Labrador. 
IS28 Wolf (N.G.). Greenland. 
1829 Franklin (J.). Eskimo. 
1829 Kjer (K.), note. Greenland. 
1829 Kragh (P.). Greenland. 
1829 Kragh (P.), note. Greenland. 
1829 Nalegauta. Greenland. 
1829-1830 La Harpe (J. F. de), Greenland. 
note. 
1830 Davidib. Labrador. 
1830 Kragh (P.). Greenland. 
1830 Kragh (P.). Greenland. 
1831 3eechey (I. W.). Eskimo. 
1831 Beechey (F. W.). Eskimo. 
1831 Kjer (K.). Greenland. 
1831 Various. 


Klaproth (J.). 


.) ff 
A Tilak 
mt 
tt 
% , 
j 
Ke 
' 
a < 
f 
‘ 
n 
‘ 
‘ 
+ ( 
i 
$ 
( 
; 
i 
1 
) 
\ 
{ 
} 
i 
Ml 
P f